TW200427483A - Dual deck exercise device - Google Patents

Abstract

An exercise device employing side-by-side pivotally supported moving surfaces. In one particular example, an exercise device employs a first belt deployed about a front roller and a rear roller and an adjacent second belt deployed about a front roller and a rear roller. The rear of the belts in the area of the rear rollers are pivotally secured and the front of the belts in the area of the front roller are adapted to reciprocate in an up and down motion during use. In some implementations, the moving surfaces include an interconnection structure such that a generally downward movement of one surface is coordinated with a generally upward movement of the other surface. In other implementations, the moving surfaces are operably associated with one or more resistance elements that effect the amount of force required to pivot or actuate the moving surfaces.

Description

200427483 Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention belongs] The present invention generally relates to the field of fitness equipment, and more particularly relates to a fitness equipment including a pair of pedals, wherein the pedals are A moving surface provided thereon. [Prior art]

U.S. Patent No. 6,461,279. US Patent No. 5,626,539. U.S. Patent No. 5,336,146. Master # ming's background fitness equipment has been developed for a long time with various achievements to help fitness. Examples of success-level fitness equipment include treadmills and ladders. Traditional treadmills typically include a belt that provides a continuous track, and the user can be a woman ▼ * Users can walk and jog on a moving surface

#dagger. The traditional ladder climbing machine typically includes a pair of connecting pieces suitable for upwards, and provides-pair of watches. On the Xizhu master said 3L, users can: w on the surface or step mat and press up and walk up the ladder. In order to verify that the various embodiments and concepts of the present invention are involved, the _Jianjian I fitness device system provides a side-by-side movement. Typical after a, A temple movement ^ is pivoted at one end The ground support is pivoted up and down at the opposite ends: and it is suitable for 4 winners-a type that conforms to the present invention, 10 200427483, a pivotable movement # &# ~ " One way is provided, some ways are provided using some kind of treadmill, Haifang uses -4b or all of a kind of ladder machine, i place, and ^-second king's fitness surplus. In addition, A fitness machine that conforms to the concept of the present invention is a cinch port. H catches 仏 Γ without early identification by a treadmill or a ladder climber S. These and other examples and concepts of the present invention The system is discussed in more detail below. [Summary of the Invention] This application is related to and claims the name "Dual Exercise Equipment (Dual Deck Exercise Device)" February 28, 2003 State temporarily Patent Application No. 6〇 / 45〇, 789. The present invention is related to the following U.S. applications and as a whole (as fully described herein), the following U.S. patents are filed as a test, and the subject matter disclosed in the following U.S. applications is: US Provisional Application No. 60/451, 104 filed on February 28, 2003 as "Exercise Device with Treadles"; The name is Exercise Device with Treadles Treadles) "and was filed on February 26, 2004 in the United States Patent Application No. 20, which is also Dorsey & Whitney LLP Memorandum No. 2071 / US / 2, and is US EV 304 883 463 US No. Express Mail; US Provisional Patent Application No. 60 / 450,890 entitled "System 200427483 and Method for Controlling an Exercise Apparatus" and filed on February 28, 2003; The name is "Control System and Method for an Exercise Apparatus" and was filed on February 26, 2004. Requested US Patent Application No., this application is also Dorsey & Whitney LLP Memorandum No. 2076 / US / 2 'and US Express Mail No. EV 447 463 1 12 US; the name is "Fitness with Pedal" Device (Exercise Device with Treadles) and was filed on February 2, 2004, U.S. Patent Application No. 34, which is also Dorsey & Whitney LLP Memorandum No. 34005 / US, and is US Express Mail No. eV 447 No. 463 28〇US; The name is "System and Method for Controlling an Exercise Appamus" and was filed on February 26, 2004 in the United States Patent Application No. The case is also Dorsey & Whltney lLP Memorandum No. 34006 / us' and American Express Mail No. Εν 447 463 1 26 US; the name is a dual treadmill exercise device with a single rear roller "Device having a Single Rear" "US Patent Application No." filed on February 26, 2004, this application is also Dorsey & Whitney LLp Memorandum No. 34007 / US number, and US express mail number Εν 447々ο 2 US numbers; 12 200427483 The name is the fluid resistance, arm movement, and non-motorized dual platform treadmill (Hydraullc Resistance, Arm Exercise and Non-n_

Mot〇rized Dual Deck Treadmills) '' and U.S. Patent Application No. 34 filed in February 2004, which is also Dorsey & Whitney LLp Memorandum No. 3410 / Us, and US Express Mail No. EV 447 463 3〇2 US; and the name "Exercise DeWce ~ 讣

Treyis) "and filed on February 28, US New Style Patent Application No. 29 / 176,966. Operable. One of the first and the second is selected as the resistance element resistance element to facilitate resistance The structure of the element is enclosed by a motor, which is used for pedals such as resistance.

Installed to a frame for pivoting relative to the frame. A resistance element is installed between the frame and a pedal in an installation position. The first pedal can be selected in a range of the installation position. To adjust. The first resistance pedal has a position adjusted by adjusting the first installation position. A similar one is operatively installed between a second pedal and the frame to adjust a position of the second pedal relative to the frame. These can be installed in a continuous adjustment like a guide screw to allow the continuous adjustment of the #resistance pieces in their cracked position. The guide wire is operatively mounted to to rotate the guide screw. Instead of the continuous adjustment structure, a separate adjustment structure like a bursting stud can be used. The attachment point of the component to these pedals can be changed to adjust the position. 13 200427483 According to one embodiment of the invention, the first and second pedals are pivotally mounted to a frame. Each pedal system is provided with a continuous sole. Each sole has its own motor that generates a driving force for an individual sole. Alternatively, each pedal may be provided with a driving roller for transmitting a motor corresponding to the driving force to the continuous bottom of the pedal. Each motor can be controlled separately to operate the two pedals at different speeds. Alternatively, the motors can be synchronized via a common control device to ensure that the two consecutive bottoms are: driven at substantially the same speed as each other. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a pedal assembly includes a frame; an upper sole is reversed, which is separated from the frame and is generally located above the frame. A pedal can be slid. Ground traverses a material surface of the soleplate; and a suspension device operatively contacting the frame and the upper soleplate to maintain the upper soleplate in place adjacent to the sole and generally The upper part is located below the step bottom; the county's hanging clothes will also cushion the upper part when the upper floor is deflected toward the aforementioned frame. The suspension device can be protected from death. It can be placed between the aforementioned frame and the aforementioned upper base plate so as to include at least one elastic member; or it can include two or more elastic buffers, which are inserted. Between the frame and the upper floor: A rigid bumper is used as part of the suspension. Alternative: Method 疋 'This setup can include multiple bullets and multiple hard bumpers, where the elasticity of the above-mentioned frame is skewed when the above-mentioned frame is deflected: & anti-just start facing forward ^ ^ ^% It will contact the lower and upper sides of the upper bottom cup, and when the upper bottom-, j 対 is deflected toward the frame 14 200427483, these hard bumpers will be separated from the lower surface of the upper bottom plate. According to another embodiment of the present invention, a pedal set

A frame, an upper base plate, which is separated from the frame and two L-squares; above the frame; a sole, 苴 /, τ crosses a top surface of the base plate cleverly; and, a Hang a ^ Nicoin garment that is in operable contact with the frame and the upper floor, with-keeping the upper floor in the proper position adjacent to the tread and being large and substantially below the tread ; When the hanging two θ m square bottom plate is inclined toward the aforementioned frame, the upper and upper bottom plates form a cantilever relative to the frame, and the hanging garment system includes at least one elastically resilient member, Inserted between the frame and the upper floor. According to one example of the present invention, a pair of pedals are pivotally attached to a frame at the gates. Each pedal has a continuous ancient command. 部 #. The bottom opening IM formed by a top unfolding part of # — and f. The resistance devices connected to the female pedals φ 埂 ... are pivoting motions of these pedals in at least one direction. These pedals are oriented from the higher limit * and-卩 towards the lower free one-while the port P slopes downward. The frame may include columns. The resistance dream ^ $ I position and the special pedal can be attached to the post. The wire of at least one resistance device resists the turning of the corresponding pedal in one direction. One is connected to each other by means of channels A and operatively connected to each pedal, with u V causing one pedal to be lifted, and ^ door 4 the other pedal to be lowered. If you use the function of the complex spring. " Special force placement will not need to include a sinus car according to the present invention. 'A dual-floor fitness machine 15 ::: includes: a pedal pivotally mounted on a frame. According to the structure of f ,, and σ, it is known to be connected to the two, ^ ^ and is installed in the frame so that any one of the pedals is pointed towards ^ ^,-,, 4c, the other pedal will provide For is a hydromechanical device. ", A brake or a pedal according to the present invention, for example, a kind of fitness machine system includes a pivoting motion in a vertical plane.-[Two for: to an impact member) is operated The ground is attached to a frame at the position of a younger brother (like the first place of Lu & 4). The first place is within the scope of ^ ^ attachment. .When the resistance Λ _ Du, the adjustment of a frame on the frame hangs 4 χ cows to the attachment point of the frame to change the height of the pedal. A guide screw = the resistance mechanism Attach to the frame. — A: The top end of the resistance element and a nail can be used to connect the opening and a frame attached to the top of the resistance element. The frame. The bolt: Two, spring-loaded bursting bolts. The Jian Wang ϋ ϋ 1 疋 one-pedal and first resistance element / rape: to include similar to the first and second pedals And the second resistance opening piece. One snuggle is attached-Lifan when a pedal is moved down , Another step: two = the two pedals can be adjusted to move θ upwards. The same height is set., J such pedals can be used in accordance with one embodiment of the invention, a pedal, which A pair of scissors cut into a beneficial system includes an m frame connected to a frame. Each shear 16 200427483 Knife :: The frame can be moved between a lower position and an upper position. Open "Pay to the mother frame, use The scissors are elastically connected to the eye: month: the position above the child is shifted.-A suppressor can be connected to each frame; :: Two attachment devices can be operatively connected to each pedal for: Tian- When one pedal is lowered, the other pedal system will rise = direction: when moving, these pedals can remain parallel to a supporting surface. The component can be placed under tension or compressed. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a restraining device used on a fitness device includes a pedal, a yoke, and a reservoir containing hydraulic fluid. For The reservoir system is divided into two chambers by a valve. Each chamber system is provided with a plunger 'and each plunger system is connected to a pedal. When: The plungers are pushed into their respective pedals by In their respective chambers, they push = pressure fluid through the valve to enter another chamber, which is used to push the other column base and its pedal outward. This valve is adjustable and used to Produces a change-inhibiting effect. The plunger can be provided in a cylinder sealed by a common cover. The cylinders can be arranged side by side and housed in a housing -A channel may be provided in the common cover to allow hydraulic fluid to flow between the two chambers. The plinths may be connected to the pedals via an attachment device.- A biased mechanical split (like a spring) can be attached to each spring to push the corresponding pedal upwards. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a fitness device system includes a pedal that is pivotally mounted to a frame for pivoting motion in a plane of approximately 17 z 274 83. One is attached to the frame with the pedal n " J theft to resist pedal movement. An elastic system attached to the frame toilet pushes the pedal upwards. A similar second pedal ΐ is installed on the pedal 'and is provided with a suppressor and a spring = Γ to be elastomeric. These bombs can be curled up by the pedals. Such suppressors may have adjustable resistance. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a system includes a pair of gymnastics, a gymnastic machine and a heavy floor ^ _. And the pedals on the frame. Each pedal has a square and a rear roll on, 丨,; β plus double white dan 100 q bottoms that extend around these rollers. The female pedals are connected to a corresponding driving roller mechanism I 置 可 m ^. The drive table can be placed in the bathroom. The driving roller machine h N _ and the friction-bonding wheel gear device can also be placed among the rollers. One of the rollers is a common driving roller. The mechanical device can be placed on the plate and one of them can be driven from each step.

in. A speed can be provided to control the cutting device, so that: the control of ㈣, etc. is used to control the speed of driving the roller machinery, to control the movement of the net floor. According to an embodiment of the present invention, one: a pedal assembly is pivotally attached to a series: a supplied part will be pivoted to a roughly -4 pedal set private π, 1 Ding Storage location. The Gal and Hi tracks can be pivotally attached to the side guide position. Can be provided and can be transferred to a storage J for a latch to be held in the storage position. "Apricot 1" is used to ensure that the pedal assembly "stands in the storage position, the fitness 18 2UU427483 machine is preferably; ^ a 服 庄 丨 iL 士 &", and the system is also upright, and The pedal assembly is rotated into an off-center orientation. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a fitness apparatus system is provided with a pedal assembly 'which is pivotally attached to a frame. — A post: also attached to the frame. A side guide is attached to the stand ^ 4 side guides will be turned around a side guide holding point 柩 to a storage: position, and the post will be around a post pivot The pivot point pivots into a storage position. A lateral cutting member may be operatively attached to the 'distant frame' to provide lateral support to the fitness station in the storage position. When adjusted into the storage position, the fitness machine can stand upright without limitation on a front end of the frame and a bottom portion of the upright. According to an embodiment of the present invention 'a fitness apparatus has a :: base frame' with a pedal assembly attached thereto. A "" square base frame is pivotally attached to a front frame of the rear base frame at a tow point of the base frame. A column system is attached to the M-square base σM water. The The rear base frame can pivot around the base frame pivot point: pivot between an operating position and a storage position, where the square base frame is generally transverse to the upright = and wherein, in the storage position In the middle, the front base frame is generally attached to the upright column. The pedals are attached to the rear base frame by a break: a rear part. The fitness clothes stand upright without restriction. On the front 2 frames and the rear base frame, and when the rear base frame is in the storage position, the column system is located in a generally vertical orientation 19 200427483. The rear base 4 frame can be rotated to a In the orientation of the center of the storage position. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a fitness apparatus has a main frame and a housing fixedly attached to the main frame. To A pedal system is attached to the main frame, and the height of the housing is at least equal to the height of the pedal during the operation of the pedal. A resistance element may be artificially attached between the pedal and the housing. The housing may be a one-piece construction. A return element may be operatively attached between the pedal and the housing. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a pair of movable belt pedal assemblies The frame is pivotally mounted to a frame. Chu ^? The first and second restraining devices are connected between the frame and the individual pedal assembly, and the first and second deflection devices are connected to the frame. Between the frame and the individual pedal assembly: The pedal assembly may include drive rollers which are attached to a motor via two drive shafts and a torque transmission mechanism. The frame may include an upright member, ^ ^ 4 net pedal assembly is pivotally ... "Hai upright member. A pedal can be installed to the stand at a fixed changeable, pivot point. ^ The device can Combined with the first and second single placements, the placements and the biased dry placements, the covers are engaged between the uprights and the pedal assemblies. 'According to another embodiment of the present invention, the first belt The pedal assembly is pivotally mounted to a frame one: Movable leather devices are attached to the frame and the pedal assembly of their respective brother & brother II suppress 0. Potential and brother two biased device system Engaged in the frame invites—the respective pedal assemblies 20 200427483 of the daggers. The first and second movable belt pedal assemblies include a belt and a drive mechanism. These belts are used for being used. The upper surface to which the user's foot is connected, the driving mechanism is used to drive the upper table of the belts in a direction pivotally mounted to the frame away from the first and first movable belt pedal assemblies. ... According to another embodiment of the present invention, a fitness device includes a powerful pair of pedal assemblies that are operatively connected to a frame; when a user steps on a stepped portion of each pedal assembly Complementary movements in a generally vertical plane. Each stepping position is formed by a movable belt opened by a female eye. The fitness device may include a driving mechanism 'for the movable belt relative to The plate assembly moves. Rev. 1 # α Electric parts can drive the belts while moving relative to each other in a complementary manner with the pedals. '::: The parts can be locked in a relative to the pedals It can be used as a stepper. The arc rocker arm is also pivoted. Pedal assembly. The second end of a second 払 # is the second end of the lever arm and the second pedal: combined with the arc-shaped rocker to join the connecting rods to the isotropic joint can be assembled. Such contact members can Side = and a component of the pedals is joined to the 21 200427483 pedal assembly 'wherein' the side frame members are provided on the first and second pedal assemblies. According to another embodiment of the present invention, the A first and a second pedal assembly are pivotally mounted to a frame. An arc-shaped rocker arm having a first end portion and a younger-end portion is also pivotally mounted to the frame. A first = The link rod system is joined to the first end of the arc-shaped rocker f and 踏板 a pedal assembly, and a gachu ... Between the end of the younger brother and the frame Mu ^ M r ^-wood. A younger two contact rod joins the arc and younger brother-zhiyuan to the second pedal assembly, and a first ::: direction is joined to the second pedal assembly. Another embodiment of the second end of the arc-shaped rocker arm and the frame Γ-pair = Γ, a fitness apparatus is included. Opposite 6 Zhuang, 5Hai Temple pedal assembly is pivotally installed to a frame pole pair deflection system can be selected as lu I wood board assembly, for the frame and their respective pedal assembly While the biasing force acting on the push-up resists such pedaling or variable biasing characteristics, and has a biasing characteristic of α 疋, the frame-a base frame structure: temple = = is directly connected to the. The spiral bombs may be spiral bombs and bear against the flange on the base frame member assembly at the other end. One provided on their respective pedals According to one embodiment of the present invention, they are mounted to a frame. The pedal assembly is pivotally coupled to the first pedal: a self-braking base restraint assembly having a first belt with an anti-assembly and a second belt that is engaged with the first pedal assembly. This brake restrains the centripetal attachment of the pedal assemblies including a separate link: turn. The brake base restraint assembly can be connected to the belt, a brake: a differential flywheel to the brake, and a pulley system for driving the brake. Alternatively, the brake restraint unit has a first A first restraint belt connected to the pedal assembly and: a second restraint assembly connected to the second pedal assembly may include a second restraint belt that is linked to the second pedal assembly. The braking base includes the first and second restraint belts and the first And the first brake. An interconnecting device can be included as part of the fitness Z ^ so that when any pedal assembly is pushed down, the other: the components will be pushed up correspondingly. '' According to the invention -An embodiment 'A pair of pedal assemblies are pivoted to a frame head. A single continuous restraint belt system is provided with a first end connected to and attached to the first pedal assembly and a Attached to the second end of the second pedal assembly. A flywheel train is mounted to the frame. A differential flywheel train is engaged to the flywheel. A pulley system is attached to the first and second ends of the continuous restraint belt. The continuous restraint belt is guided therebetween and includes a pulley 'attached to the differential flywheel so that the movement of the pedal assemblies can resist the rotation of the flywheel. If a differential flywheel is used, the differential flywheel can be deleted According to an embodiment of the present invention, the first and second pedal assemblies are pivotally mounted to a frame. A first deflection mechanism has a rigid support member disposed on the first pedal assembly and a An elastic member that is joined to the frame. A second deflection mechanism has a 23 200427483 support member arranged on the second pedal assembly and an elastic member that is joined to the frame. A flat spring can be joined to The frame facilitates the formation of the first and second biasing mechanisms. A cymbal spring can be joined to the frame in a concave orientation relative to the pedal assemblies to form the biasing mechanisms. A spring The leaf springs can be connected: to the frame, to show a convex side relative to the pedal components To form the biasing mechanism. A multi-section torsion spring can be joined to the frame itself at several positions. The torsion spring section of the torsion spring cage forms the biasing mechanism.- Having: a flat spring with a second and a second part can form such a deflection element. § Xunyou is configured to face the first and second pedal groups. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the first and second pedals rotate The ground is installed to a frame. One, the first buffering machine of the cow-type sturdy member, a stretch jacket, you are arranged between the frame board components. One has a rigid member and ^ ... Haidi one step two cushioning machine The device is arranged in the first part of the component. The rigid members can include the middle part and the elastic members; the protruding rigid protrusion of the plate assembly is connected to the frame. There is a soft oak According to an embodiment of the present invention, a vibrator is provided, which has a first and a first plate assembly, and a first driving roller is rolled on the second roller. The 1st moving roller and a 1st and 1st: and a 1st and 1st are placed in a substantially angular configuration with a corner arrangement I and the 1st driving roller 24 200427483 is located in the triangular configuration At the apex. First, the first driving roller and the first and second: belts are configured. The first pedal assembly is tied around the first wheel and to the frame. -A similar to the first-step quilt: turn to the ground and install it to the frame close to the second drive roller: step = two == horse "! can be connected via a torque transmission mechanism; 1 Move the two-axis cup. A drive shaft can be fixed to the first and second drive rollers to provide a repose point for the first and second drive rollers. Suppression of farming and deflection devices can be between pedal components such as pedals. A reciprocating link device === frame and the pedal assembly. To be coupled to the pair of pedal assemblies is pivotally coupled to a cymbal. Each pedal has at least one front roller and one rear roller. Movable leather belts are arranged around the front and rear rollers of each pedal assembly. Each pedal assembly has a stepping area defined on the movable belt between the front and rear rollers. -A soleplate will not appear in the stampede area. The side mount 4 can be joined between the frame and the pedal assemblies. A motor may be provided to move the movable belt between the front and rear rollers. The movable belt may have a reinforced rim. According to another embodiment of the present invention, a pair of pedal assemblies are rotatably mounted to a frame. Each pedal assembly has a front roller and a rear roller, and a movable belt is arranged around the front and rear rollers. Each pedal assembly includes a bottom plate having a user-selectable second position and a user-selectable second position, the third position being approximately defined between the front and rear rollers. A stepping area, and the second position is removed from the stepping area. The deflection device may be engaged between the frame and the pedal assemblies. "A movable belt such as a helium may include a reinforced edge. The movable leather; it may be placed between the tension between the reinforced edges. -The present invention provides a protective guard for a fitness device having a first pedal assembly and a second pedal assembly, the pedal assemblies being pivotally connected to a base frame The protective guard helps prevent undesired access to the pedal assembly and the internal structure of the base frame. In one concept of the invention, one for a The pedal assembly and a fitness component of a second pedal assembly include a base cover, a basin-shaped _, having at least one pedal opening; a pedal cover, which is connected to the first pedal component; and A second pedal guard is connected to the second pedal assembly. The first plate guard and the second pedal guard surround the first pedal assembly, the first pedal assembly, and the base. The area between the guards. ☆ In another form, a protective guard for a fitness device with a first pedal: and a second pedal assembly is provided with a base guard. , Which is defined by a right part, a left part ^, and a rear part. The protective guard also includes a second pedal cover connected to the second pedal assembly, which has a connection with the first _ The first pedal cover connected to the pedal assembly and a 1-solid < 3 n " 26 200427483 in yet another form, the protective guard further includes a first pedal assembly and the second pedal assembly. Center bezel between pedal assemblies. The center stretcher can be pivotally supported on the fitness device by a center-driven frame and a spring. The features, utilities, and advantages of various embodiments of the present invention will become more apparent from the more detailed description of the embodiments of the present invention as shown in the accompanying drawings and defined in the scope of subsequent patent applications. Cry :: "Ben Meming contains a dual-layer fitness machine. The bottom plate is facing back and forth at an angle to a common spindle. The reading machine can use two pedals, each of which can independently reciprocate back and forth. The pedals are generally tied to the front pedal or back and forth around a common spindle at the rear pedal. The fitness machine's-Che Lu # π, ^ yoke example can include a locking mechanism ^ The Syrian mechanical device can be locked, otherwise it is to prevent the pedal from moving. One embodiment of the locking mechanism uses a foot Forms of pedaling, pivoting mechanical clothing and locking lugs. When the foot lamp is subordinated, a stick will pivot around the pivoting mechanism, move the locking projection to the disc = the connection formed by the channel formed on the bottom side of the pedal, or choose t directly engages the underside of the pedal itself. These locking projections prevent further downward movement of the pedal. In another embodiment of the locking mechanism, a cam may be attached to the footlight as well as the stick. The downward footlight action forces the stick: a pivot point 'to drive the cam to rotate upwards until the bar is engaged with the bottom side of the pedal. This system will cause the blocking of the pedal action. 27 200427483 In yet another embodiment of the locking mechanism, it is omitted, and a key system is attached to the two ugly __ 'sticks can be moved laterally, the key Push-in-one formed on the bottom side of the pedal or in the slotted hole or, "The position can be a fixed-length rod or a piston :: phase :::- , The handle sticks can include = Tian use narrow ":! !! When the pedal and / or handle is moved, the :::

The top can slide along the slot. Moreover, the quilt: a turn that falls on or near the handle stick can be moved laterally independently of the pedal action. In yet other embodiments, one or both of the rotating rod sets "two-bearing or-a wheel making stick on a first-party jrr roller. When the strong material ... Wheel can

Move two and two turns ’and force the plate-belt shift accordingly. The brake wheel can be disengaged, allowing the pedal belt to move independently from the handle = or limit the movement. In this way, the pedal belt is tied :: driven by the action of the handle stick. It should be noted that the handle will only drive the pedal roller and move the pedal assembly at an angle through a belt around the roller without moving around a pivot point. It is housed in a narrow hole where a bottom end of a 4Γ female handle stick can be seated by the side of the pedal of the female parent. In these 28 embodiments, the handle sticks can be located at the bottom of the top plate ^% of which are located on the handle stick I you. Pivot between i A ^ Violate pivot. Therefore, when the handle sticks are moved back and forth, the combination of the bottom of the moving handle stick and ^ u staggered along the aforementioned narrow hole turning point is effective:; :::: and driven downward. Vertical movement of slotted holes and pivots. -A lateral motion is translated to the axle for pedaling the pedal, and the pedals are moved in the opposite or the same direction: the direction in which the two doors are operatively connected. The fitness dream of the double bottom plate is combined with the sister structure of the handle stick: in some embodiments, the resistance element can be forged chain. For example,-one, one tongue = providing or strengthening a part of the upper body stick and text "? Ba Yu 4. ^ Column or other upper body structural elements. When the part of the stick is facing upward, when Tian Yi ★, π #,,, ° or the column is driven, the living or elastic yellow system naturally prevents the user from applying more force to the car base. Forged user's upper body forged chain. ^ The handle stick is like this, so it will strengthen the happy limbs of the double bottom plate, and other embodiments may include a height adjustment mechanism to wear through it. ^ ^ G 栝 Yes ^ 'This is enough to change the high output of the pedal. Xi can wait for the pedal to return to the sword by, for example, B 喆 xin. Threaded cymbals of 50 pedals. … 掖 Attach to the threaded screws of 1 to ^ and move up or down. When the 蟫 fresh silk is tired, the 蟫, 糸 糸 turn, the adjuster will lift or attach the pedal. Such wrapping ##, 乂 峄 Low being lifted and lowered by the 禋 generally will also be achieved during each step, 士 t θ J ^ ^. When the rear of the pedal is lifted by the Japanese m ^ ^ 幷 for the angle of _, because the height behind the pedal is lifted and close to the maximum option in front of the pedal & say seek direction, the operating angle of the General Assembly will be reduced small. 29 200427483 In some cases, the rear of the pedal can be lifted high enough, and the angle between the rear and front of the pedal can form a downhill rather than an uphill. "Fitness equipment can also allow pitch adjustment. Generally speaking," throw "is defined as the vertical movement between the pedals measured from the main frame or the base of the fitness equipment. The angle between the lowest point and the highest point of. Accordingly, this angle can be changed by the user as desired. A pitch rod is rotatably attached to a pivot support around a pivot point, and extends in two directions beyond the pivot point, perpendicular to the longitudinal major axis of the pedals. (And below). A pitch adjusting device for each pedal is seated along the pitch stick. The apex of each pitch adjustment device is adjacent to the base of the pedal. A pitch adjustment can be moved along the longitudinal principal axis of the pitch rod. Generally, the farther the pitch adjustment device is located from this pivot point, the greater the vertical distance (converted into an angle) that the pedal advances during operation. ^ Adjust the seat of the pitch adjustment device on the pitch stick. You can change the operating angle of the pedal. After taking off, some embodiments of the dual-bottom fitness device may be a group of two-door = type embodiments, which may be transported and / or stored in a more sophisticated two: room. For example, the frame of the motor, pedals, and drive belt full body device is transported separately, and is operated by the user, and is well dressed. The Hai motor can be driven by a driving belt connected to the motor and a main shaft or a roller. When it is operating, it will rotate the driving belt, and the driving belt; 30 200427483: clothing-man-land Rotate the roller and force a pedal belt to press on the roller to move theta generation. The 4 motor can be located under a pedal and directly connected to the pedal belt by a wheel or other direct drive. When the motor is running, the wheels will drive the belt by rubbing on the pedal belt. Turn to thick Generally speaking, in one embodiment, this hair. # &Amp; 明 疋 A fitness machine 'eight daggers have a base frame · a first bismuth pull, 卞 like a brother pedal, which is operatively coupled To the base frame; and a-^^^ pedal, which is operatively connected to the base frame. The first step ^ white towel. The saddle pedal includes a first pedal frame W and a first stepping surface, and the first stepping surface can be displaced relative to the first plate frame. At least one part of the first pedal frame may be displaced relative to the base frame. Similarly, the second pedal includes a second pedal frame and a second stepping surface, and the second stepping surface is displaceable relative to the second pedal frame. A # position of the pedal frame can be displaced relative to the base frame. In one embodiment, each tread surface is a roller called a roller, and a female roller system is rotatably mounted on a main shaft ^ The main shaft system is supported by each pedal frame of the roller. The outer perimeter of each roller is displaceable in a rotatable manner relative to the respective pedal frame of the roller, and is suitable for contact with the user's feet or shoes. -In one embodiment, each treading surface is a treading belt. Each stepping belt can be a continuous step ^ Secret Book Anti-fault (that is, when the step # 皮 τ displaces, the stepping belt will circle 31 200427483 in its own loop in its loop. Frame advance), or each stepping belt may be a discontinuous stepping belt (that is, when the stepping belt is displaced, the stepping belt does not go around its respective pedal frame in a continuous loop. Into). When the stepping belt is a discontinuous stepping belt, the stepping belt may have a first end portion coupled to a first roller and a second end portion coupled to a second roller. Furthermore, each discontinuous stepping belt can be biased so that the center of the longitudinal direction of the user's feet or shoes will return to a starting position after the user's feet or shoes are no longer displaced by δHepf. σ In one embodiment, the base frame includes a first frame member and a second frame member, and the pedal systems can be pivotally displaced around a main axis, wherein the main axis system extends from the first and Between the second frame members. In one embodiment, both the first and second pedals further include a roller, and a main axis of the roller is coaxial with a main axis extending between the first and first frame members. The rollers may be the rollers to the rear of each pedal, or they may be the rollers to the front of each pedal. Moreover, these rollers may be driving rollers for driving the pedaling surface of each pedal, or they may be non-powered idlers. In one embodiment, the base frame system again includes a first frame member and a second frame member, and the pedal systems are pivotably displaceable about a main shaft, wherein the main shaft system extends from the first And = between two frame members. Each pedal further includes a front roller wheelchair and a rear roller, and the main shaft system extending between the first and second frame members and the pedal frame are in front of the rear roller and on the front roller 32 200427483 Cross at the rear position. In one embodiment, each of the first and second frame members includes an elongated hole and extends between the first and second frame members: the t axis (and around The main shaft, the main and four temple pedals are pivoted to the base frame and are displaced in the base frame). They are a pair of production parts that can be displaced along these narrow holes. The temple's narrow and long holes can be twisted and dried, and the slope of the pedals will change when :: pieces ... the long holes are displaced. One or two of the rods: 邛 1 to include a single post or 荽 夂 6 E Use ~ to fix the sorrowful talents in the appropriate positions of the narrow and long holes of the followers. In one embodiment, the base is extended from the base frame and includes a guide flange, and the base frame is shifted from the main axis to the second = the main axis is extended to the first and second frames. Between the components, the pedals such as Γ and Γ are the first and second positioning elements that can be pivoted relative to the base 'long holes. Each element is suitable for entering the toilet. The first position element is fixed. The pedal is used to stop the positioning element at a first position. It is suitable for the movement of the narrow slot along the #. Each second is used to stop = in contact with its respective pedal frame, the slot may be U-shaped. Middle ... the movement of the long hole. In one embodiment, one of the first * rainbow W-jiwen ^ includes a front roller that can be rotated around the vehicle by the second main I by n 4 & knife wheel and one can, around one : Enter the rear wheel of the hug. Furthermore, [the main axis between the wooden members, and the first one (the Biehai # pedal system can be pivoted around the main axis and 33 200427483 is pivotally displaced relative to the base frame), and Offset at a straight line between the main axes of the pivotable rollers. The stepping surface is a stepping belt that is displaceable around the rotatable rollers. In a variation of the previous embodiment, each pedal system includes a third roller, which is connected to the main shafts of the first and second frame members (and the pedal systems can be routed around the main shaft). The square of the pivot =, the displacement of the base frame) is coaxial, and can be dragged around the main shaft. Accordingly, the stepping belt can be speared around the three rollers. In the outer-variation, each pedal system includes a fourth roller to pivot around a third main axis, which is vertically offset from a straight line extending between the main axes of the front and rear rollers. . The belt can therefore be moved around the four rollers. In one embodiment, each pedal further includes a ___ second and a third roller. Each first roller train can be carried out with a first main shaft behind each pedal frame :: The second roller train can be pivoted around a: solid: shaft behind each pedal frame. Each 篦-, ±±, 彳, 彳, 彳, one spear, and the mother's younger brother, two rolls, are vertically offset from each pedal frame = 疋 is also positioned relative to the frame of the 5th base. Each of the pedaling surfaces is displaced by the three rollers of each of them—when it ’s down ’, each pedal frame is suitable for two or two skins at the same time = bag = outside. In each, a fourth roll was made to revolve around a fourth main axis. 34 200427483 Fortunately, the fourth main axis of the e-axis is vertically offset from each pedal frame and fixed relative to the base frame. Positioning. Each stepping surface is a stepping belt that can be displaced around its respective four rollers, and each pedal frame is adapted to move back and down at substantially the same time when depressed. In one embodiment, the fitness machine further includes a pivot link for coupling each pedal to the base frame. Each pivoting link system has a first end portion of the pedal that is pivotally pivoted around a third main axis and a second pivot axis that is pivotally connected to the base.壬 木 之 个 # 位 or 第二 Extend a second end of the 胄. For each pivot link, when the pedal has not been dusted, an acute angle exists between the top edge of the pivot links and the bottom edge of the pedal frame. When a pedal is depressed, the angle becomes sharper and sharper and the pedal frame moves substantially backwards and downwards simultaneously. Used in Γ embodiments, the fitness machine further includes a pivoting link for coupling the female pedal to the base frame and the first main shaft to be coupled to the first frame rod of a pedal. ^ & Turn around the circle-a second main axis and then connected to the base :; more ==: or a second end of the extension. A pivotal coupling has a torsion spring, which is wound and is coupled to the main spindle as an extension. When-a hihat = the part of the frame or the top adjacent edge of the drag link = a pure angle system exists between them. Edge 2004 and the top edge of an adjacent pedal frame 35 200427483 * In one embodiment, the fitness machine further includes a four-bar linkage device for coupling the pedals to the base frame. Each four-bar linkage device ... is swiveled around a first main axis and is connected to one: the first corner of the board and one swiveled around a second main vehicle and face-to-face to the base frame A location or a second corner of the extension. Each four-link device includes an upper and lower horizontal member, a front and rear vertical member, and a poppet. A front end of the water prince connected to the water-thousand member above ^ ^ W K d is pivotally connected to the front top end around the first main shaft. A rear end portion of the lower horizontal member is attached to a bottom end of the rear vertical member. The spring may be between the upper and lower horizontal members and offset the horizontal members. When depressed 'a pedal frame equipped with the four-link device moves substantially simultaneously forward and downward. In one embodiment, each pedal further includes a first swing arm and a second swing arm, and the base frame includes a wheel shaft and first and second pulleys and cables. Each first swing arm has a lower end that is pivotally consumed to the respective pedal and one that is pivotally coupled. The upper end of the base frame. Each of the second swing arms has a lower end which is pivotally pure to each pedal and an upper end which is pivotally connected to the frame. The first pulley system is coaxially mounted on the axle and is connected to the first pedal by a first-I line. The second pulley train is coaxially mounted on the axle and is connected to the first pedal by a second cable. Displacement of the first pedal causes the second pedal to perform a substantially equal, but opposite displacement. 36 200427483 θ In one embodiment, the fitness machine further includes an arc rocker arm and a spring, and each pedal further includes one first swing arm and one second swing arm. Each of the first swing arms has one: a lower end pivotally connected to each pedal and an upper end pivotally connected to the base frame. Each second swing arm has a lower end portion pivotally coupled to each pedal and an upper end portion pivotally coupled to the base frame. The arc-shaped rocker arm is pivotally coupled to the prefecture, and has a first end operatively pushed to the first pedal and a second operatively coupled to the second pedal. Second: And two. After being displaced by the user's feet or shoes, the elastic system will deflect the pedals such as 忒 and return to a non-displaced position. The impeachment can interact between the base frame and at least one of the swing arms. The position of the first stern plate will cause the second pedal to perform a substantially equal, but opposite displacement. In one embodiment, the base frame includes first and second vertical

Straight pillars route a cable through a set of sheaves, and each pedal further includes first and second sheaves. The first pulley wheel is pivotally lying on the first pedal, and is slidably moved along the first pillar. The second pulley is pivotally coupled to the second pedal and is slidably displaced along the second support. The overview and line system interconnect the first and second sheaves so that displacement of the first pedal will cause the second pedal to perform a substantially equal, but opposite displacement. In one embodiment, the fitness machine further includes a control mechanism and an arc-shaped rocker arm 37 pivotally coupled to the base frame. The curved rocker arm includes a first end portion and an end portion operatively coupled to the first pedal. The curved rocker arm: 'is coupled to the second upper vertical plane of the second pedal. The displacement of part f can be a roughly 4-day Γ #-pedal displacement in a general will cause the second pedal to seek, but the opposite displacement. Illegal control mechanism moved. At ― each π; limit the position of the end of the arc rocker arm

^ Only the Φ, 4 k L and the first and second Λ__ ~ t mechanical devices of the embodiment are adjusted to include a rod part frame 芊. Section g — element ° The shaft is rotatably coupled to the base having two ends; the two ::::: are at the same end, the outer periphery is shaped like a rocking: the main axis of the arm. Similarly, the second convex is: on the first cam element and / / semi-system, coaxially installed on the rod rocker = external peripheral surface and is suitable for contacting the arc = second The end of the outer peripheral surface is substantially parallel to the main axis of the outer ridge of the outer ridge of the 第-the element and the peripheral surface of the cam element # when the distance from _ along the outer peripheral surface is: The smallest position point increases gradually as it advances to one point. Position 1 is in an embodiment. The fitness machine j 胄 身 traction includes a low-friction watch "system" is placed between the first and second pedals. More specifically, The pedal can include a first edge, :: brother; the pedal can include a second edge adjacent to the first edge, and the friction surface can be at least one of the edges. The The low-friction surface can be a rollable or rolling surface (38 200427483, that is, a low-friction surface formed from a set of rollers), a slideable surface, or a rolling and sliding surface- The sliding surface can be T muscle, nylon, or another low polymer. Moreover, the sliding surface can be lubricated. "This: In one embodiment, the The fitness machine further includes a third pedal, and one part of the second pedal is a low-friction surface. The low-friction surface can be a rolling or slidable surface, as already described above. The third pedal can be offset in an upward position. In addition, the third pedal can alternately track the first and the fourth pedal position between a highest pedal position and a lowest position between the highest pedal position and the lowest pedal position. The second pedal. [Embodiment] Detailed description-A fitness device 10 consistent with the present invention can be constructed to provide the user with a walking type of exercise, a stepping type of exercise, or a crawling-like combination of both walking and stepping. motion. The exercise device generally includes two treadmill-like groups # 12 (referred to herein as "pedal" or i "pedal assemblies,") which are pivotally connected to a frame M such that The pedals can be turned up and down around a common main phase 16. Each pedal system includes a tread leather f 1 8 which provides a moving surface like a treadmill. In use, the user will walk, jog or run on the treadmill, and the treadmills will reciprocate around the common spindle. These pedals are connected to each other, so that the 39 ZUU427483 P of one pedal can reach the & by the downward movement of another pedal. The moving surfaces of the board belts and the coordination and interconnection of the pedals back and forth, and the mouths provide a kind of fitness similar to crawling on a loose surface: 'like walking, jogging or running up a sand dune, The towel, each of the upward and downward movement of the foot, is achieved by sliding the foot backwards and downwards. Special cardiovascular and other health benefits are achieved through this crawling-like exercise. In addition, as will be recognized from the following discussion, these special health features are accomplished in a low-impact manner. FIG. 1 is an isometric view of an example of a fitness device consistent with the present invention. FIG._ The embodiment of the fitness device shown in FIG. 1 includes a protective clothing manufacturing board 20. The situation obscures the view of some parts of the fitness facility. Head 2 shows the isometric view of the fitness device of head 1 and the protective and decorative control panel is removed to more clearly show all parts of the device. The other views of the fitness device shown in Figs. 3-8 and other drawings do not include the protection and decoration control panel in most cases. Referring to FIG. 1, FIG. 2 and other drawings, the fitness apparatus includes a first pedal assembly 12A and a second pedal assembly i 2B, each of which has a front portion & 22 and a rear portion & 24 . The rear parts of the pedal assemblies 12 are pivotally supported at the rear of the fitness apparatus 10. The front parts 22 of the pedal assemblies are supported above the frame 14 and are constructed to reciprocate in a generally upward and downward manner during use. It is also possible to pivotally support the pedals in front of the fitness device and support the rear of the pedal assembly above the frame. The pedal set 200427483 is a piece: it supports a circulating belt or pedal belt, which is rotated on the platform 26 and around the front roller 28 and the rear roller 30, providing a forward or backward movement. surface. , Β to the front of the pedal device on the fitness device is referred to herein as "facing forward, ')' or can be exercised; to face the rear of the pedal component to exercise (herein referred to as" face side use ") . The term "forward" is used here,

"Side" stands in a forward-looking manner using the device in the same way as the two :: user's point of view. During any method of use, 'users can ^ use one user's feet to touch his towel — Pedals ^: walking, running, and / or stepping on the device. For example, if you are facing you, the left side of the heart piece 12A / the left foot of the user-usually only touch the side Pedal assembly 12B. Replacement = The user's right foot will generally only touch the right in use facing rearward, the user's left foot will conform to .I, will touch the right pedal assembly 12β, and _ The user's right foot-generally only touches the left pedal assembly 12A. ≪

Tip 2 :: L The fitness device with the same concept of the present invention can be constructed as only one movement, one movement or only one stepping movement. For the cross-board component system to be constructed, it will not be reciprocated, and the "e-Gong M system is constructed to rotate. The word" crossing action "shall be used to indicate any — # 跑, '又 类 的 & amp The more action, such as walking, slow composition, etc. For the stepping action, the pedal components are built back and forth, and the loop belt ,, line _. Use ^ 'stepping action: = will not go around ^ ^ ^ η 疋 should be used to indicate any human-like stepping action of 2004200427483, such as when a person walks up a ladder, makes a traditional ladder fitness device go up a slope, etc. As described above, each pedal The component wing is at the rear of the fitness device. Each pedal 2 = turn is supported above the front part of the fitness set, so that =;:-can be pivoted up and down. When the user is: When the pedal assembly steps, the associated pedal assembly 12A is solidified: the pedal is pivoted on the% belt 18. As will, (daggers and belts) will be more detailed to the pedal set ... connected to each other, so that one pedal etc. = movement: it will cause the opposite direction of the other pedal assembly = downward movement . Therefore, when the user goes down on a belt, the pedal assembly will step down and revolve. By stepping on the pedal assembly, the pedal assembly will be moved upward and downward, and the cycle will cover a spanning table. The user can achieve a combination of step and step fitness exercises. Fig. 2 is an angle view of the fitness jealousy shown in Fig. 1. Partial cuts on / side and ^, I㈣, etc. are shown to remove the belt platform or shield system below 28 and the rear roller 30. In addition, ^ 6 and the front roller ㈣ are shown in other diagrams. The fitness device includes the lower part ", Fig. 2 and its use for the fitness equipment f to say-to frame wood 14. The frame provides the frame's overall structural support including the /% pieces and other components. Each intersection member 36 = _32 'a right-side member 34 and a plurality of 5 Haisi father fork members are interconnecting the left-side member and the right-side member 42 2UU427483 to provide _, an early base structure. This frame can be set on the floor first, hey π + 卞 ”cut directly on the adjustable struts with adjustable damping m, 塾 子 减 展 展, the combination of them. In the implementation of Figure 2, the column 3 8 series It is provided in the frame _ °, and it is supported. The bottom of the * is not connected to the left and the right of the front corner I: It is connected to the front end area of the left member 32.

The connecting 42 series and the front end region of the right-side member 34 start from the front as a whole and form a slightly curved Qutaba 44 series extending to the top of each column in an orientation that is generally T-shaped with the columns. . τ㈣ 顶 ”the handle, and the τ-shaped downwardly extending part is the upright. These handles are arranged in the same plane as the lower side members 3 2fen 2 j 4 and 34. m is called 疋 出- A first section 46 connected to the uprights, and a second section 48, which extends obliquely with respect to the first section. The handle is suitable for The user is using

Hold during placement. -An exercise ... 0 is supported by the handles: section, ::. The console includes one or more cup holders, a health display :, and one or more recesses suitable for holding keys, a mobile home, or other personal items. The console system is most clearly shown in Figs. Fig. 3 is a left side view of the fitness device 10 shown in Fig. 2, and Fig. 4 is a right side view. Fig. 5 is a plan view of a practical example of the fitness apparatus shown in Fig. 2 and Fig. 6 is a front view. _9 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 9-9 of FIG. 5. Referring to FIGS. 2 to 6 and 9 and 43 200427483 other drawings, each pedal assembly includes a pedal frame 52, which has a left side member 54, a 1U stone side member 50, and extends from § 19 A plurality of crossing members 58 between the left member and the right member. As shown most clearly in FIG. 9 'the outer longitudinal members 54, 56 of each pedal are frame-turned by radial ball bearings 59 angkou rear spindle (axle) j 6 〇 口 海 寺 如 方 轮 2 8 It will be " δτ 丨, / 去 go to l ^ _χ, which is supported in a rotating manner in front of each pedal frame, and the towering ^ and 4 4 rear rollers 30 are in a rotatable manner. In order to adjust the tension and trajectory of the treadle belt, the rear 7junwan is supported on each pedal frame. The front wheel can be connected to the pedal frame in an adjustable way. In a special embodiment where most, 、 桂 A _ /, fetch / month is not shown in Figure 3 and Figure 4, each front '衮 train can be adjusted with each Γ: plate frame Connected to the front. The front roller includes an axle 60β extending outward from the two ends of the roller. Each of the outwardly extending ends of the axle is provided with a threaded opening 62, and is supported in a channel 64. The 'channel' is defined in the forward ,, and lintel sections of the left and right members 54 and 56 of the pedal frame. The channel defines a forward open end 66. A foot 6 The y, ^, and 疋, which have a threaded opening, are fastened to the left and right members so that the center of the opening 70 will be aligned, and the forward open end 66 of the channel 64 is aligned. A screw inspection system is threaded into the opening of the threaded π ′ system, and the text, and corresponds to the screw prostitutes _,,, η in the standing part of the roller wheel shaft 60. ', The openings are engaged, and the wheel axle is supported in the channel. Instead of 妯, a ^ spring system is located in the closed rear part of the channel and the pivot wheel axle, said' for forward Offset the pivot axle 44 200427483. By adjusting one or two bolts located at the end of the axle, the wheel ’s The corresponding end can be moved forward or backward in the channel to adjust the position of the w square roller. The adjustment of the front roller can loosen or tighten the stepping belt, or change the stepping forward of the stepping belt. The belt platform 26 Is seated on the top of each pedal frame 52. The platform can be bolted to the pedal frame, can be fastened to a frame combined with a platform shock absorbing or platform suspension system, or 2 can It is loosely installed on the pedal frame. Each belt platform is seated between each of the front and rear rollers ^ and 30 of each pedal assembly 12A and 12B. These belt platforms are sized and used To provide a landing platform for stepping on most or all of the belt 18, the rear system of each pedal assembly is pivotally supported at the rear of the frame, and the front system of that pedal assembly is supported by a Or more suppressing elements%, a interconnected 78, or a combined branch of inhibiting elements and interconnecting members above the frame 'so that each pedal assembly M can be relative to the lower box The frame pivots up and down. Fig. 7 is a rear view of the embodiment of the fitness device shown in Fig. 2. Fig. 9 is an upright view of the square roller assembly taken along the line 9-9 taken along _ 5. Figure J. Refer to Figures 5, 7, and 9, and other drawings' Each pedal, W turn is supported in a way of a rear cross member 8 of the main frame 14, a swing shaft 822 Square. In a special implementation # 82 W square that can be rotated ::: Γ: _84Α, 84… 4C is supported above the rear heading member. The corresponding radial fine glaze bearings δ1Α, 81B, and 81C are 45 2UU427483. The wheel shaft is supported in a ^ -Γ ^ U ^ temple frame in a rotating manner. The driving shaft rod system supports each u ^, Λ u U silly roller in a rotatable manner. So the left

The right and left scrolling systems are supported in a rotatable manner with respect to a common driving spindle 82 of ϋ pi AA AA, and in one example, the common driving spindle is also the common rear pivoting spindle of the temple pedal 12 16. Each roller (28'3G) is quilted to the axle 83 on the axle (16. The collar is fastened to the axle by a key 85, and the key is assembled in a , One of the axles and one of the axles

, In channels 87, 89. The collar system is further fixed to the wheel axle by a setting screw 91f supported in the axle jacket. The setting screw is tightened against the key portion.

A pulley 86 is fastened to a portion of the drive shaft 82. As shown most clearly in Figs. 2, 3, 9 and other drawings, in a special embodiment, the drive pulley 86 is fastened to the left end region of the drive shaft buckle. However, the drive pulley may be fastened to the right end region i or somewhere along the drive shaft between the left and right end regions. A motor 88 is fastened to a bottom plate 90 (shown most clearly in the bottom view of Figure 8), which extends between the right and left members 56 and 54. A motor shaft 92 extends outward at the left side of the motor. The motor is mounted so that the motor shaft is substantially parallel to the drive shaft 82. A flywheel 94 is fastened to the outwardly extending end region of the motor shaft. A drive belt 96 is connected between the drive shaft pulley and a motor pulley 98 connected to the motor shaft. Accordingly, the motor system is configured to use 46 200427483 to cause the driving shaft and the two rear rollers 3 () to rotate. A belt speed sensor Ϊ 00 is operatively connected to the stepping belt 8 to monitor the speed of the belt. In a special embodiment, the belt speed sensor is implemented with a reed switch 102. The reed switch includes a magnet 104 and a pickup. The reed is operatively connected to the drive pulley to generate a belt speed signal. The magnet system is embedded in the driving pulley or connected to the pulley, and the picker is connected with the main frame 14 in an orientation 'for each time the magnet rotates through the picking material — a _ Output pulse. Both the left and right rear rollers 30 are fastened to the drive shaft 82. Therefore, the rotation of the drive shaft will cause the left and right rear rollers and the associated endless belt 18 to rotate at the same 'or almost the same pace. It is also possible to provide this. Independent drive shafts for each roller are provided , It will be said to be powered by a knife-open motor, and has a common motor controlled in these 6 conditions 'the motor speed will be coordinated by the controller to know that the Pigeon is the same' or almost Rotate at the same pace. The or the # · motor can be constructed or commanded by the user's control to be used in a forward direction (ie, from the left perspective, around the front and rear rollers to guard the hand against the sun) The endless belt is driven in the middle, or it is constructed to drive the endless belt in a backward direction (that is, clockwise around the front and rear rollers from the left perspective). During use, the endless belt 18 slides above the platform 26 according to various factors (including the material of the belt and the platform and the downward downward motion on the belt 47 200427483). During certain _ frictional forces Leather: May: on W and by the dynamic friction between the belt and the platform: and slightly adhered to the platform. In addition to the 入 • tribute 'force of the motor-shaft, it is fastened To this motor, the flywheel 94 has a force that overcomes the increased dynamic friction and force: it contributes to the movement. It helps to provide a uniform stepping belt movement in a special In the embodiment of the middle thick rust male r4, said "cis ten mouth 疋 a 3 / 8-centimeter beam low friction ★ " 疋 MDF"), which is an electron beam = force curing coating The coating is based. In addition, the belt is: a polyester fabric base on top of rrpvc. The belt can also bind 5-low-friction materials' like low-friction stone evening resin. 俜 可 二 Γ: Some embodiments may include a resistance element 76, which Γ :: Board connected. When used in this article, the word

The meaning of rotational motion 2 is any type of device, structure, component, assembly, and structure that includes resistance to vertical motion (such as the pedal 'movement'). The resistance provided by the resistance element may be fixed, variable, and / or adjusted. In addition, the resistance may be a function of load, a function of time, a function of heat, or a function of other factors. Such a resistance element may provide other effects' such as down'up, or down and down movements that ease the movement of the pedal. The resistance element may also provide a restoring force on the pedals such that if the pedal is in a lower position, the resistance element will provide a restoring force to move the pedal upward; or if the pedal is Among the above positions S 'the resistance element will provide a recovery J 48 200427483 force to move the pedal down. The word "impact," is used to indicate a resistance ":: sometimes a force-suppressing element in this article. Dagger or not include an elastic (recovery) effect. A special structure of the fitness device Among them, a resistance element 76 = extends between the female pedal assembly 12 and the frame 14 to support the tower: step: the front of the module and to resist the downward movement of each pedal. The η and other resistances ^ The pieces can be arranged at various positions between the pedals. In the example of the figure 5 丨 Back /, Wang Yao frame wood, the resistance Λ ® 7 and other implementations 108 and 110 shown in the figure There is a first and a second impact member β .: An impact member resists and moderates the movement of the pedal. What's more, the first or left impact member 丨 〇8 # i # of the left The side or outer frame ¥ member ^ extends between the left pedal group 4 pieces 54 and the left upright frame member 40; 6: The wide system extends between the right wood transport member 56 and the right upright frame member M of the right pedal assembly . Figure 2 "An alternative embodiment of the page invention, 1-Exterior frame rod structure of the board assembly # /, ^ Each tread member Elongation ^ Qiu bit / frame member and the pedal assembly located below - of: Inter. In another alternative example, the impact members can be connected to the pedal between the inner Qiu plate (M #tsai to be seen in Figure 40). The front part between the frame members of the M pedal (in the fluid embodiment, the impact member (⑽, u) is a "$ Kongtan restraining device" and is combined with a recovery spring to fly on the outside and the board When the front side of the foot is impacted, the foot tribe that impacts both of them will suppress and resist the downward action of the footsteps 49 200427483 force to provide cushioning for the various leg joints of the user's foot joints <: and For example, the ankle and knee devices can also be adjusted. Two reductions: In some constructions, the resistance reduces the length of a tread extension. The impact member can have a ^ σ lower stroke ^ user-adjustable suppression When the collar is turned, it will lead to the control of the axon, and the restraining force of the V-induced impact member is small, which is used to meet the user's arbitrary θ force or reduce the need for 1J. One can use this Among the fitness devices of the invention, the special impact part called "a" and "*" is displayed and described in the name of a fitness machine with a hydraulic cylinder with a resistance that can be replaced by P Japan ^ ^

Exercise Machine with δη * ^ ^ (with Adjustable-Resistance u ^

Cylinder), the American Town. "Patent No. 5,762,582 of Resistance, Hydraulic, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Each 5 ^ 来 # 'money hitting piece includes a circle filled with hydraulic fluid Same. 7 piston rods extend outward from the cylinder. Within the cylinder, a piston is connected to the glass cup and the cylinder. The piston is connected. Defines at least one orifice through which hydraulic fluid can be used, and also includes a check valve. The Haihei system will subdivide the Yuanqihai® into two fluid-filled chambers. During impact # 的 的 动 动 期 f said, m 合 卢 外 门 ~ Muheng 墼 件 冲 件 ^ "Move up or down in the meat. In the direction or extension of the impact member, the fluid will flow at a rate: Port 1 This rate is partially controlled by the number of orifices and the size of the orifices. . During the upward movement or compression of the punch, the flow system flows through the check valve / shaft system to be operatively connected to a plate associated with the orifice or orifices. The rotor will expose or cover the orifice I for fluid flow and thus reduce or increase the suppressive force of the impact member. Alternatively, the drag-resistance fine-tuning system is connected to a gradually tapering plunger. The 50 200427483 plunger refers to an opening between the hydraulic chambers of the impact member. The depth of the plunger will partially control the resistance of the impact member. Preferably, the return spring system shown in Fig. 4 of the '5 87 patent is removed. A special impact member that can be used in a fitness device consistent with the present invention is shown and described in the name "independent action stepper" US Patent No. 5,622,527 issued on April 22, 1997 In the patent, the disclosure is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The impact member can be used with the spring 252 shown in the figure of the 527 patent. This spring provides a restoring force, which is attached to the pedal After being pressed down, the pedals are moved up or restored. However, it is preferable that the spring 252 is removed. Therefore, in one embodiment of the present invention, the impact member only provides one resistance, and No recovery force is provided. In an embodiment where no elastic element is used, the impact member can be configured to provide a wide range of resistances at 47 Kg &quot; &quot; 03. Alternative resistance elements The system is shown in more detail in the following :: Step 1 = Two sets of 7: Departments; Angle view 'The system is partially centered m ... ::: 8 Two: 1; To ... A side view showing the structure, the Structure 5 is in the same position where the rb gate is connected to each other. ® 16 (A, B) to Figure 20 (a fj isometric; jf PI) is a pre-angle view of the shai fitness device, its system Corresponding to the views of Figures 10 to 15 and 15 and 彳 π. In Figure 10, the interconnected surnames Li Cun and the social connection ... The special implementation of the I system includes an arc-shaped swing Arm assembly] 12, its 51 200427483 is supported on 2 turn-by-turn levers. The members extend from the left and right members of the frame ... The door =: 2 :: group = operably connected to each pedal group ... The month / month is not apparent in Figure i 5. Take a ϋ-shaped horizontal section rocker cross member system to define the key slot female upright part system boundary ^ out-4 4 and Figure 25). At the top of the keyway, there is a pivoting opening 118. The arc-shaped p-boundary rod pivots the wheel axis 120, and the basin is pivoted between the arcs to pivotally ... extend to each The pivot opening is in the following arc-shaped rocker arm. As described in more detail, the structure moves between _ "U Xiao Yu to connect each other ^ position and-" use, between positions. :: 形 摇The left and right outer parts of the arm are respectively: two below the r ... 2 and-a second or right below the right pivot; two: a general support ΛΓ supporting a first upper drag ... 8 from the left pedal assembly 12A The inner or right side of the branch is extended two times, so that the upper rotator bolt can be parallel to the body: supported below and outside the inner member.-One branch waving-One: Upper pivot detection ... 30 of the general The upper B-shaped plate assembly 12R Lecunmu 132 is pivoted from the right side of the square: can: or ^ outside. 〇It is supported on the inner member τ square and 128 by the body flatly: = — 杆 # m It is connected to the upper and lower left pivoting nails <between> A second lever member 136 is connected between the upper right and lower quality turning nails UG124. These levers connect the pedals 52 200427483 to the curved sowing lever arm. Among the 134,), one and the other are defined, and the female rods () have a sleeve nut with an adjustable length, and the β-set sleeve nut is formed and formed by a shape joint 138. The t nails are connected to a ball and one below and: a sleeve nut is defined-a sleeve is defined above ^ 14G ° each sleeve with a thread is tied to a circular cavity, # 带 对 的The end is used to support a locomotive sphere. These pivot bolts * A rod system defines the opposite and has = the pivot sphere. ^ ^. Again, / tired, text The crotch, each end is toothed in a corresponding threaded sleeve. As will be discussed in more detail below, these pedal sets. Can be 'locked' so as not to wrap around Frame rotation around the rear main shaft 16-when U is locked, the belts 18 of these pedal components collectively provide: an effective single-non-pivoting stepping surface like a treadmill. During assembly or after the rotation of the rod # 142 to adjust the length of each sleeve nut 134 and 136, the height of the two pedals Can be precisely aligned 'so that the two pedal belts together can provide a parallel stepped surface in the latched position.) An edge interconnect structure 78 (e.g., the curved rocker arm assembly) attaches the left side of the furnace The pedal and the right pedal are interconnected such that when one pedal (for example, the left pedal) is turned around the rear turning spindle 16 downward and then upwards, the other pedal (for example, the right pedal) is associated with each other. Pivot around the rear pivot spindle to pivot down and then upward. Therefore, the two pedals are connected to each other in a way to provide a stepping action, wherein the downward movement of one pedal is carried by the upward movement of the other pedal, and vice versa. Yes-a stepping action. During the stepping action, whether it is a single arc rocker main shaft called a zone rotation or shaking the arc rocker arm 112 will now refer to FIG. 10 to FIG. 14, B), the fitness fixed 16 ( A'B) to Figure 20 (a is a crawling-like movement user provided by the action of $ "in more detail) In a representative user (hereinafter referred to as" the user ® Shown facing forward.

The use of 1 is: == The device is constructed to be used for crawling type action is only one: use 1 pedal to go back and forth. As shown in the figure, there is a representative of the user. Too f i step on twigs, Λ In some cases, such movements cannot be moved between the uppermost position and the lowermost position. 'Transfer: it will move between the positions in between. In some cases, this strain is suitable, and may have shorter or longer steps than shown in the figure. In Shi Yue, officials can walk backwards, or they can face backwards, or they can face backwards and walk backwards.

In FIGS. 10 and 16A, the left pedal assembly 2A is located in a lower position and the right pedal assembly 12B is located in an upper position. Referring to i 10 and Fig. 14, the left side of the arced rocker arm 112 is pivoted downward and the right side of the arced rocker arm 112 is pivoted upward. The figure shows the user's right foot forward and on the right treadmill belt / square. In the orientation of the user shown in FIG. 16B, in the use of a 'square crawling type', the user's left leg will be extended downward and backward 'and most of the user's weight is on the left On the pedal. The user's right leg will bend at the knee and extend forward, so that the user's 54 200427483's right foot will begin to press down on the right pedal "i Sheshi w. From the orientation shown in Figure 6B The middle user will switch his weight to a level between the right leg and the left leg and start to press down with his right leg to force the right side to move downwards due to the skin ▼ The feet will all move backwards from the position shown in the lake. Figure 1b Figures i7A and 17B show the orientation of the clothes set 10, and the user is located in a 1G, Figure 16A and Figure ⑽ In the position after the position shown, the right pedal assembly is avoided downward, and the right pedal assembly is connected to each other via the arc rocker M to make the left pedal assembly 12A start to rise. The user's right foot starts from ^ Move backward and downward at the position shown in MB. #Use the left foot of the user to move backward and upward from the position shown in Fig. 6B. Figure 12, Figure 18A, and Figure 1

α 1 8B does not show the right pedal assembly 12B.

And the left pedal assembly j 2 A is approximately in the middle of the φ gate spear that has passed its downward stroke. Therefore, these pedal assemblies are almost at the same degree of the same ancient translation above the frame 14, and the endless belt 18 is also located at the same height. As shown in Figure 8] B +,. M ^ No ’The right foot and right leg of the user are moved from the position shown in Figure 17B to the lintel of Adelaide and downward. The left foot and left leg of the user are moved backward and upward from the position shown in Fig. 17B. At this point, the user is already jealous too much. Raise the left foot from the stepping belt on the left side in the forward span. ‘Therefore’ the heel of the left side and the user roll it onto the ball of the left foot. _ In general, there will now be more weight on the right pedal than on the left pedal. After the orientation shown in Fig. 12, Fig. I8A em, Fig. 1 8B, the 55 200427483 pedal assembly on the right side 2B continues its downward movement, and the pedal assembly 12A on the left side continues its upward movement to reach Fig. 13, Fig. i9A and the orientation of the device shown in Figure db. In FIGS. 13, 19A, and 19β, the left pedal is higher than the right pedal, and the arc-shaped rocker 112 is pivoted around the arc = talent pivot spindle 120 so that the right side is lower than the left side. In this position, the user's right leg system continues to move backwards and downwards. The user lifts his right leg off the left pedal and moves his right leg forward. At about the upper position of the pedal belt f ', the user will step his left foot on another part of the pedal belt. All weight of the user is on the right pedal until the user places his left foot on the left pedal. The user continues to provide a downward force on the right pedal to force the left pedal upward. Figures 14, 20A and 20B show that the right pedal assembly ΐ2β is large: located in its lowest position, and that the left pedal assembly 12A is located approximately in its highest position. In this position, the user is on the front part 22 of the left pedal and: =. The user has also started to raise his right leg. On the left pedal to connect 彳 ~ / ㈣, ...,. The structure 78 is transferred to the right pedal so that the pedal on the right can be lifted. 1:}: Figure #! 6 (A 'B) to Figure 20 (A' B) show the basic method of these pedals to move back and forth ^ ^ Follow the clothes, that is, the left pedal from-a The movement from the lower position to an upper position sets the lower position ^ the movement of the board from an upper position to one. A complete crawl, one step, one step, one step, one step, one step, one step, one step, and one step step. The method of stepping in a certain position and returning to the phase includes a step with a pedal and a complete upward stroke. (From the lower position 56 200427483 to the upper position) and a complete one position of the pedal to the next ancient office, the process (from the upper position to the lower position). For example, an AND (the upper position of the right pedal ) ㈣'s step cycle will ::::: The side pedal moves upward from the lower position to the upper position and includes the movement of the lower left position 罟, rich red JU f back down to its position. In another example,- In this case, 办 Γ strike f to do θ η 1 The stepping cycle related to your pedal position (see Figure 18) will go to i Li Bu Gu AAL #Reverse the movement after reaching 5] The middle position of the upper position and the lower position, ^ 乂 乂. The order of the downward and upward movement of the pedal does not matter::;: The movement can be continued downward movement or downward movement can be continued with reference to Figure 1G and Other schemes' in a special Among the special structures, the fitness

The device includes a step sensor 144, and JL provides A output pulse wave corresponding to each stroke of the pedal. The step sensor is implemented with a second switch 146 including a magnet 148 and a pickup 15G. The magnet is connected to the end of a brace 152 extending upward from the arc-shaped rocker arm 2ΐ. The floor frame orients the magnet so that the magnet will swing back and forth and pass through the picker, and the picker is installed on a gift frame M? Connected to the arc-shaped rocker cross member 114. Each time the magnet M8 passes through the pickup 15G_, the second reed switch 146 is a pulse wave from the 4th wheel. Therefore, when the right pedal coffee moves downward, the reed opens and transmits a pulse wave, which corresponds to the magnet 1 going down and passes through the pickup, and when the left pedal 12A moves upward τ X Yin, The chip switch also transmits an output pulse wave, which corresponds to the magnetic 57 200427483 iron passing through the pickup. The output pulse wave system is used to monitor the pedal swing and stroke count as the pedal moves up and down during use. By arranging additional sensors substantially vertically, it is also possible to determine the size of the 疋 / clothing or vertical stroke. These output pulse waves can be used alone or in combination with the belt speed signal to provide an indication of the exercise frequency f and can be used in various calculation-related exercises, such as 疋 used to determine the user's calories Of the burning rate. The most / monthly edges are shown in Figs. 3, 6, and 16A to 20. In a special embodiment, each pedal system includes a component 154. The lowest horizontal component includes a generally shaped brace 156, which is connected to the inner and outer sides of the pedal frame, and the apex area of the 1 忒 V-shaped brace is oriented downwards, and generally ~ ,, A flat mounting surface 158. -The block 160 is a downwardly facing portion below the surface of the surface. When the fitness device is set to be equipped with a sleeve nut (134, 136) when the pedal is in its lowest position, the misalignment of the block wk wk directional member 1 62 is a Yida pedal. Entering the bottom of the gate, the block system is made of a hard and wide plastic flares that can be used in one embodiment. The block is also in the form of a flexible elastomer: The-lock cross member falls to the bottom. The block is used in the closure during the use to enhance the buffer. The block will provide some cushioning effect, or when the 58 ZUU427483 cushioning is not used. Provide buffering effect. Throughout "As described above, this fitness can be constructed to be located in the _ and: lock (lGek-〇ut)" position, where the pedal assemblies ^^ pivot up and down. In a special latching direction, the: pedal assembly is pivotally fixed so that the treadle belt is parallel with respect to the rear of the body device and at a slope of about 0%: :: In a forward-facing use, the user can simulate: downhill: stepping; and in a rear-facing use, the user can simulate FIG. 21 as the front left part of the fitness device according to the present invention Isometric: And the left part of the "Hai AS"; the standing part has been moved, and it is clearer with :: a special locking mechanism 166. Fig. 22 is a side view of the trowel of the fitness apparatus with the P knife, and the locking mechanism is in an unengaged position. FIG. 23 is a partial side view of the left front part of the fitness device. The locking mechanism is placed in an engaged position. The locking mechanism: The device includes a substantially τ-shaped control lever arm 168, which has: The lower part &amp; 17G and the upper part ❿ the control lever ΗLOCK 168 # The square part is pivotally connected to a control _ 174 extending backward from the front cross member 1% '. The flash lock is over 168 scoops. The P position is pivotally connected to a left and right flash lock branch pipe connection member 1 μ and 180 around a common pivoting main shaft 182. The left door lock officer connection is connected to a left sliding support, which can be supported on a left guide support 1 86 °. The right flash lock branch connection is connected to a right sliding building. The frame 1 88 phase 59 427483 is connected, and the side frame is supported on a second or right * guide frame 19G in a slidable manner. The two sliding floor frames are arranged on the upper surface of the locking &amp; directional member 162, so that each guide frame defines 7 guide paths, which extend substantially in one direction. Between the front and the back of the fitness device. In one embodiment, each channel includes a pair of side walls M2 extending upwardly. The sliding &gt; wood system bounds the side walls 194 which extend downward and separate by a distance, which is slightly larger than the distance between the upwardly extending side walls of the guide frames. A longitudinally elongated slot 196 is defined in each guide passage. The elongated holes are suitable for receiving the guide bolts. The guide bolts extend inward from the downwardly extending side walls of the sliding building. Move forward and backward in the vicinity of the guide path. The forward and backward ranges of the installation, and automatic support are controlled by the channel, and the front and rear separation of the guide bolts. The 164 series is connected to the top of each sliding support. “As shown most clearly in FIG. 21, the thin a L 200 system defines a“ slot 202 extending upwardly for the elongated slot 202, which is adapted to the control lever f 168. The bottom of the slotted hole defines a flange 20:? :: site 'which has a short downwardly extending retainer flange 206. In the non-latching position (see figure = is held in the branch tube and the arm of the sparse arm is held in the proper position ^ '' and ^ will be held down by the retainer flange first, use two f Lock! Wait for the pedal. 'The lever arm will be headed towards the side: keep the flange flange off, and then move to the right or away from the narrow slot of the branch pipe. Then 60 200427483 down' the lever arm It is lifted up in the slotted hole. The upward movement causes the lever arm to pivot upward to the lever support 1 74 against the pivot connection. This upward pivoting action is by a bolt A generally backward movement of the upper position 1 72 of the lock is achieved, and this movement causes the branch pipe connection (178, 180) to follow the guide path in the sliding support (1 84, 1 86) and the buffer. Slide back. A joystick spring (not shown) can be connected between the lockout assembly and one of the cross members to help the user move the lockout assembly into the "lockout" position. ❿ -While activating the locking mechanism Prior to mounting 162, the pedal assemblies were oriented to be approximately the same level relative to each other, resulting in the stop block 16G hanging at the bottom of each pedal being oriented at approximately the same vertical position. At this position The middle block is moved backward, so that the buffer 164 is moved into the engagement with the stop block by the rear block. The retarder may be tapered toward the end toward the rear. Therefore, the Buffering: It can be wedged under these stop blocks to hold the fitness equipment in the lockout and these pedals are prohibited from performing up and down movements. To install the device, push With a 7-gauge user, users can step directly on such pedal sets and start exercising. Alternatively, the user can step on a foot 2 that extends outward from the side of each pedal assembly 12. 8. As shown in Fig. 1, each foot system defines one, and a flat installation surface 2 10 is substantially opposite to the surface of the adjacent pedal assembly and the upper belt. The surface may have a raised portion or Are other types of special , Using 61 200427483 / into the user's shoes or the touch between the foot and the installation surface. As shown in Figure 2 and other drawings, each platform is fixed to an outwardly extending platform support _ 212 The platform brace is fixed to the left and right frame members (54'56) and extends outward from these frame members. Figure 27: Shows the use of an alternative rear mounting platform 214 according to the present invention. Fitness equipment. The rear-mounted platform system includes a separate foot platform, which extends backward from the 12th part of the pedal assemblies and is located at the same level as the rear part. To help transport the A fitness device, a certain embodiment of the fitness device can be constructed so that the pedal assemblies 12 can be lowered into a transport position, and the pedals such as Xiao can be easily moved upwards from this position and quickly bounced Into the operating position. Fig. 24 is a perspective view of the fitness apparatus lowered into the transport position, and the left and right columns 40 and 42 and the console 50 are disconnected from the fitness apparatus 10; Figure 25 A partial perspective view of the arc-shaped rocker arm assembly 1 1 2 lowered into the transport position. For a fitness device constructed so that the fitness device can be lowered into the transport position, the pivot wheel shaft 12 of the arc rocker arm is spring loaded, so that the wheel shaft can be lowered to Key slot ιΐ6. As shown most clearly in the '15, the tow shaft of the curved rocker arm includes an end cover 21 6. At each end, there is a peripheral flange 218 ', which has a diameter of any part that is larger than _116'. The frame turning opening 118 is enlarged. The end cover also only has a collar 220 disposed inwardly from the flange 2 1 8. The straight k of this collar is larger than the narrow slot with a downward extension of 62 200427483, but it is smaller than the pivot opening. The arc rocker arm assembly is cut at x =: Stretch. When the cover is pulled out, the collar is small on the lever) from which it is exposed. The pivot wheel shaft system is fed into the keyway, as shown in the figure; lowering the solitary rocker arm system will cause the pedal assembly ...: turn 25: 160 to the bottom and is located on the locking cross member 162 '", To build the fitness device in its fitness or :: The rocker arm assembly is lifted (like by lifting up: The plum runner shaft can be in the keyway Move upwards ^ turn = opening. Because the pivoting axle is loaded with elastic, when the axle is aligned with the middle two, the collar 220 ejects inwardly into the pivoting opening k M i 'this The arc-shaped rocker arm system is firmly fixed in the turning hole and is ready to be used. The MI pair of wheels 222 series is connected to the front transverse structure # 176. The Jian 10's one rear panel (see Figure 7) includes a pair of handles. The handles are long openings, but other handles can be used. By lifting the rear of the device, the wheels will engage the device's spoon. In this way, the user can easily move the fitness, movement to different positions. Alternatively, one wheel or multiple Wheel °, rear of the U 4 device, and the handle is seated in front. Although two wheels are shown, one or more wheels can be used to move the plate / stern wheel, or other devices. To easily move the installation 63 200427483 Change diagram ... 29: The installation position of the impact member can be along the base frame &quot; 0 (as also described above, one impact member or several impact members 108 The stepping pedal (or resistance element 76) may be provided as part of the dual floor treadmill fitness setup, &amp; is to ease the resistance of the pedals to the pedals 12 or as exercise.-In general, impact One fixed end of the pieces 108, 110 is attached to one pedal, and the other end of the impact member ⑽, 110 is attached to the key | For example, as shown in the second frame of Fig. 14- This part (posts 4G, 42 of the frame of the drawing or the side frame members 32'34 of frame 14 as shown in Fig. 26). The impact member ⑽, the impact member mitigates the impact member, or may have a combination Among the return springs. Figures 26 to 29 show one embodiment of the present invention. In 1, this ... 29 "is not out of the frame M and the position of the pedal 12," quotation of the load relative to U is n.k 'in order to adjust the pedal 10, because the impact member no acting on these pedals 12 The angle of the effect will also be affected. The impact member 108 and the modified cushioning or resistance force can also be adjusted by adjusting the position of the position of the pedal 12 without load so that these pedals 12 will naturally receive :: And if no load is applied to the pedals, the pedals ... the adjustment of the inclination of the upward and downward pivots / pedals 12 around the no-load position will change the difficulty of exercise. In all cases where the conditions are equal , The steeper the pedal 12 ° ^ 64 200427483 the harder the exercise. Figure 26 shows the base portion 300 of a double floor treadmill device 10 having a pair of pedals 12 pivotally supported on a frame 14, as discussed elsewhere herein. In this embodiment / the pedal 12 has a common driving roller (in this embodiment, the rear roller 30) and an individual distal roller (in this embodiment, the front roller 28), Used to allow each pedal to pivot up and down in an upright position; however, the other arrangements discussed ... also operate with impact members 108 that can be changed by the position of Figure 29. To emphasize the base part that can be changed _ shown in Figure 26 and Figure 28, shore two, 仏, and 栌 μ μ 〒, you should understand that and 42: add the base part 300. It will be added to a column with a column-platform 50, ^ 14, such columns include a handle 44, a control two :::: motor control device, and other special features. Figure-a pedal〗 2 A first end of the piece M8. The frame is attached to the attachment position and there is a frame member 54. The other connections on the pedal 12 are available. The impact member 1 〇ί? Μ system is attached To a thin, one end 108B 1 fixed shaft% 302, the cliff a; you strong n ju base frame 14 clothing matching Around one of the guide screws 304. When the shaft rotates, the collar 302 Toda-guide screw 304 is changed by the &amp; Chuan 2 system. The guide changes the impact member aa and so on. 4 304 Length, so the lower end part of the sheep sweat _ 8B position when no load. Because the impact month w has roughly one in the case of no load Th, middle length 'pedal 12 302 to adjust. Move the collar 65 200427483 The movement of the collar as shown along the guide screw 3G4 is shown in the figure. The illustration shows that when the threaded guide screw 3 04 is shown, the collar 302 follows the guide screw 3 〇4 turn and shift is also as can be seen from Figure 27, the end of the impact member 108 should be the collar 302, so that the angle of the impact member ⑽ relative to the axis s ground is produced along the 'circle 302 With the guide screw at the 304 angle, you can change it when you are moving ten times, or when you are moving: it can be changed. The installation method shown is two

Early pivot installation. The bow I guide screw 304 can! ^ 普 “田 | With the reason 丨 from here, ^ J is automatically rotated by the user: = a motor, or it can be manually operated if the guide screw 304 is rotated by a motor The Haihai motor can be controlled by input from the user, or controlled by a program input from a computer on the machine, in order to adjust the tilt of the pedal 12 during the user's fitness. Jiahai pedal 12 series is provided with a changeable pivoting impact member 1G8, 11 () ^ The impact seeking system is installed on the guide screw

Collar-the position on the two guide screws 304 = In the case, the connection is made so that both are fired at the same time to be mutually 12 have the same ㈣ middle 2 materials to ensure the two pedals Figure 29 3-4 of the adjustable impact member attachment device Dove showing different positions. One example of the collar coffee is close to the guide screw, and the specific pedal 12 is held in a lower position. Another example The collar 302 "is close to the right side of the guide screw. However, the specific ... 2, is kept in an upper position. The selection of the guide screw ^; ^ γ ^ choose M, The adjustment structure of the coupling is 66 200427483. When t 04 is suspected to turn, the collar 302 is the position of the collar 302 required for the rotation of the rotary screw translated along the guide screw and wire 304. The leather stop 'and the collar 302 will be secured and seen on the guide screw, 3.4, so as to look at the bottom of the impact member 108. Peng is used in the bottom 2 to use other mechanical devices Here comes the impact piece

Step: 2: The position of the follower frame 14 of 1: B is used to adjust the unloaded = angle. For example, the guide screw 3 04 and the collar 3 2 can be replaced by a separate adjustment structure, such as 31 with an opening.

:two:. "And the nail detection structure 312 is popped out, as shown in Fig. 28. The position of the end of the impact part can be adjusted by sliding along the rod :: .... 2 until the desired position is reached and The user inserts the pop-up bolt 312 into the desired opening 31 (^). A member with a thread may be used instead of the pop-up bolt 312. Alternatively, a setting screw may be combined to the collar 302 "Medium to keep it in place via friction 3 02. It can also be seen that

In order to achieve a similar effect by making the attachment position of the top end 108A of the fresh piece 108 of the n R piece 108 through the opening 31G on the side 54 of the pedal 12, The opening 3 10 is suitable for accommodating an explosion shown in FIG. 29 on the top end of the impact member 08. Circle 37 to 囷 39 · • The installation position of the impact member can be changed along the frame column 67 200427483 In addition to installing the impact member ⑽, 110 (that is, slowly) is installed on the pedal 12 and the base of the frame. 4 doors 6 … And as described above = outside (as shown in the figure is installed between the pedal 12 and the frame factory striker 108, 1 〖〇 Ke 37. Figure 37 series-main position 4G, 42, such as The graph adjustment is connected to a frame, which allows the user to adjust by the attachment position of the pedal 12 and a _14, 4 (/, described elsewhere), a pedal = of / impact The position of the upper part, no 1. The impact part: 8: V At the end of the double bottom fitness device board 108B, the system is attached to the side-adding member 54 'of the pedal and the impact part The upper end of 108 is difficult to be attached to the frame; the pillar member 4 of τι! 14 is connected to the Zugu h member 40. The pillar member 40 of the frame is at a different height from the member 40. The range of different horn set points 314 to which the pedal is attached provides for a forged chain impact .... for generating all the pedals required on the user can be provided with Its own impact piece ⑽, &quot; 0, enables the two pedals 12 to be adjusted to have different nominal slopes. In this way, the user can customize the forged chain to be more legible on one leg than the other Only the legs are more laborious.-4 Attachment points 314 of multiple impact members can be separated. For example, as shown in Figure 37 and Figure 38, a peg 316 is used to attach the top end of the impact member The sections 108A, 108 are attached to the posts 40, 42. The top end 108A, 110A of the impact member 108 '110 is provided with a channel 318 for engaging the telescopic nail 316. The posts 40, The 42 series is provided with a series of 68 200427483, countersunk holes 3 1 6 which can be engaged by studs 3 1 6 at the required height. In order to adjust the attachment position of the impact members 108, 110, on the top of the impact member The channel 318 at the end 1G8A '11GA is aligned with the required opening 314 in the side of the post 4 (), 42 and the stud 316 is inserted into the / 1 hole 3 14. The stud 3 丨 6 can be a threaded device 3 ^ 〇, or it can be a Shida held in the opening 314 by a spring load In order to readjust the position of the impact members 108 and 110, the peg 316 is pulled out from the opening 314, and leaves the impact member, &quot; 〇 top end position, 110A and freely The different openings 314 are aligned. 3 Alternatively, 'the attachment locations may be continuous, as by using a structure like that shown in Figure 39. Impact member ⑽, 11G top end i 08A, U0A It can be made to move within a groove according to, for example, the rotation of a guide screw 304 'and the groove is provided in the post of the frame. The top end 1G8A of the impact member ⑽ '11G should actually be infinite between the ends of the guide county 3G4. Rotate the guide screw 304 to adjust the impact member ⑽, the top end of the 11G is beautiful, and the 〇A can be automatic as if it is an electric motor, or it can be manually operated with a crank arm. The fascia 12 can be adjusted to different heights or to the same height according to the needs of the user. Fig. 39 shows an example of a guide screw 304 used for the adjustment of the top end portions i08a, u0A of the impact member 108, 110. The impact member ⑽, the top end ΟA, 110A is attached to a collar 302, and the collar 302 is engaged with the guide screw 304 by a thread. When the guide screw 304 is 69 200427483 When rotating, the collar 302 will move up or down according to the engaged thread and the direction of rotation of the guide screw 304. The top end of the impact member 108, the attachment position of the 108A, 110A This adjustment can be vertical, inclined, or curvilinear, or in any other direction supported by the use of a particular structure. Figure 30. • Dual pedal exerciser with two motors

The previous configuration has been discussed, in which a separate driver roller and a motor train are used to drive the two step belts 18 on a double-bottomed edible device 10. The Fig. 30 series shows an example = wherein each stepping belt 18 is provided with its own driving wheel 30 and motor 88. FIG. 30 shows the base portion 30 of a dual-floor fitness device 10 with two adjacent steps 12 (where each pedal is provided with a pair of end rollers 28 at opposite ends of the pedal 12). , 3 丨.-A continuous stepping leather; f 18 series is provided around these: for the two end rollers two of each pedal 12:

: Zhi- is the driving roller, although it should be known that the driving ~ wheel can also be seated on the pedal i2 i in the towel room. In the embodiment, the driving rollers are the rear rollers 3. : Spoon roller (that is, the Zhongshe broadcast ^ ~ ^ 肀 between the roller 916 as described in Figure 84) or support.冓 324 can be provided at such ends, Figure 3 &quot; ㈣ and the accompanying :: Qian Guang 3〇 ... thorough k inch sound). It should be noted that each pedal 12 can be operatively connected with a device such as a punching device, an impulse device for returning the foot and mouth of the pedal 12 to 10, and an interconnecting device ( For example, the arc 70 200427483-shaped rocker arm assembly 112) described in FIG. 10 is used to create a dependency relationship between the actions of the pedals 12 (when a pedal is pushed down, The other pedal 12 is pushed upward by the attachment device 12). FIG. 30 is used to emphasize that the driving roller 30 does not have to be a common device between two adjacent pedals 12. In other words, more than one driving roller 30 may be used, such as one roller for each pedal 12. Each drive roller 30 is driven by its own motor 88 via a pulley 86, 98 and belt 96 system. A common control cry (not shown) can be provided to ensure that the motor 88 operates synchronously to ensure that the stepping belt 18 is driven at the same speed. However, it is conceivable that each motor 88 may be individually controlled if the user desires, so that the stepping belts 18 on the pedals 2 are driven at different speeds. Although in FIG. 30, the driving rollers 30 are shown as having axially aligned centerlines, this is not necessary for the present invention, and each driving roller may have a misaligned rotating spindle. It should also be noted that although a belt 96 and pulley 86, 98 system is shown, any functionally identical configuration (such as pure tooth and gear, chain drive, direct drive or friction drive) can also work I have to report it. See Figure 44A and Figure 44B for the contribution of alternative drive gases, and the accompanying discussion. Circle 31 to Figure 34: Suspension system of the bottom plate Figures to Figure 34 emphasize various types of bottom plate suspension devices, which are used on the pedal 12 of the instant dual-bottom fitness device 10. Figure Η shows a pedal assembly 2 that includes a pair of rollers 28, 30 located at opposite ends of a frame 71 200427483 wood 52. A continuous 18 series is provided around the rollers 28,30, so that == Pico ^ ^ ^

And the rollers 28, 3Q, which are used to form an upper span 18A of the step belt η and a top surface of the step belt 18 below the second step 18A of the step belt 18 “in use— A fitness device incorporating a pedal 12 component can be used on the surface on which it can be stepped. Preferably, the continuous stepping belt 18 疋 is under tension 'so that the belt will engage the frictional way Wait for the rollers 28, 3. These rollers 28, 3 () are provided with teeth for engaging in the notches of the treadle belt 18+ for a drive that is more tightly dependent on friction. The rotation of # 28, 3〇 will thus cause the stepping belt 18 to move around the rollers 28% in a loop. Continue to refer to ffl 31 'If the rollers 28, 3 () are in a clockwise direction If it is rotated in the middle, the upper span 18A will move to the right as a whole, and the lower span 18B will move to the left.

An upper soleplate 26 and a lower soleplate 326 are positioned between the spans 18A and 18B of the tread belt 18. A suspension system 324 is provided between the upper floor 26 and the lower floor 326 to facilitate proper positioning and cushioning of the upper floor 26. The embodiment shown in Fig. 31 uses the bottom plate 326 as the main frame structure 52 for supporting the rollers 28, 30. Alternatively, the lower floor 326 may be attached to a frame 52 that independently supports the rollers 28, 30. The upper bottom plate 26 should have a substantially flat and smooth top surface. The size of the top surface of the upper bottom plate 26 should roughly correspond to the length and width of the span 18A above the belt 18 that is stepped on. The upper bottom plate 26 may be an overall rectangular wood sheet, such as plywood or pressure plate, or other similar materials positioned above the step belt 18 under the span 18A. A friction reducing coating may be provided on the top surface of the upper floor 26 'so that the upper span 1 $ a of the stepping belt 18 will easily slide over the top surface of the upper floor 26. The suspension system 324 may be any configuration that appropriately holds the upper floor 26 in a proper position directly above the step belt 18 below the span 18A. The upper floor 26 may be positioned in support contact with the span 18A above the step belt 18, or may be slightly separated under the step belt 18 without load. The suspension system 324 should also provide a damping effect, so that when a user steps on the upper span 18 A of the step belt i 8, the user weight is applied to the upper floor 26 via the step belt 18. Momentum will diverge slightly smoothly, instead of shaking vigorously. The suspension system 324 of FIG. 31 includes an array of elastic rubber bumpers 324 which are provided between the upper base plate 26 and the lower base plate 326. β In the case of no load as shown in FIG. 31, the upper floor is divided on the buffers 324 and is held in the position above the step belt j 8 below the span 18 A. . To keep the upper base plate 26 in place, the upper base plate 26 may be glued or otherwise attached to the bumpers 324. When a user hits the upper span 18 A of the stepping belt 18, the stepping belt 18 will deflect slightly downward to resist the top surface of the upper bottom plate 26. In the case of load, 73 200427483, above the bottom plate 2 and 6 T, together, T. The product a is inclined toward the bottom plate 326. Bulletin board: the weight and momentum of the oak is toward the lower floor 3: factory_weight =: Γ 324 will compress and deform to smoothly transfer the weight to the lower floor 326, and finally to the frame M. Instead of using rubber, it is possible to use shock absorbers suitable for shock absorption. Materials to form the buffer

At: 8 (such as hard plastic, wood or metal) is positioned as the rear roller in FIG. 32. 30 is used to limit the direction of the upper bottom plate 26 in the area of the rigid bumper 328. The bottom is reversed. The situation where the extra surface area of the stepping belt ^ contacts the driving roller 3 ... can cause the stepping belt 8 to be driven unevenly around the wheels 830, etc., to be avoided. This rigid bumper '328 is fixedly attached to the top and bottom

Bottom plate 26 and lower bottom plate 326. The opposite end portion of the upper bottom plate (the left end portion as seen from FIG. 32) is not restricted, and is secured by an elastic cushioning benefit 324 (such as a foamed rubber member) It is separated from the lower base plate 326. Therefore, the upper bottom plate% is mounted above the lower bottom plate 326 in a substantially cantilevered manner. The natural elasticity of the upper bottom plate 26 acts like a flat spring, and provides some cushioning effects in addition to the cushioning effect provided by the elastic bumper 324. The elastic bumper 324 can be positioned anywhere between the rigid bumper 328 and the free end of the upper bottom plate 26 = position point, and more than one bumper 324 can be used. The soft 74 200427483 buffer 324 can be shorter than the distance between the two bottom plates 26 and 326, or can be closely fitted between the two bottom plates 26% and 3%, and on the upper bottom plate 26 Contact any of the upper and lower base plates 26 and 326 before any shift occurs. FIG. 33 shows another embodiment of the suspension structure, and includes a plurality of relatively soft bumpers 324 (such as those) held between the upper base plate 26 blood T Shiji 20xing lower base plate 320 Bumpers made of rubber or other similar materials). The plurality of buffers 324 can be positioned in an array and randomly 'or one buffer 324 is positioned near the centerline of the forward end portion of the upper base plate 26. FIG. 34 shows another embodiment of the suspension system. The suspension system incorporates a relatively high and soft buffer ^ 324, and equivalent-,, and the buffers are on the upper floor 26 and below Bottom = combined between-from. This configuration allows for a substantial shift in the upper floor 纟 when a load is applied to the upper floor 26 via the upper span 18A of the treadle belt 18; however, 'the configuration prevents once the weight is applied By the short and hard bumper 324 ", excess favoritism is generated. The initial downward shift of the upper base plate 26 occurs through the soft base 324, which only touches the height, and contacts the base plate 26. Once the The offset is sufficient for the upper bottom plate 26 to be brought into contact with the short and hard bumper 324, and when it comes into contact with the end hard bumper, 324, it will prevent the upper bottom plate from further, significantly Offset. Therefore, the initial impact and momentum of the user ’s weight are buffered by the high and soft elastic buffer 324; but the excessive offset is buffered by the short and hard buffer 324. Avoid. 75 200427483 It is possible to use other types of flexible floor suspension structures positioned between the floor 26 and any floor below the floor. Non-separated structures (like a separate sheet of soft material or other This elastic knot ) Can be used between the upper soleplate 26 and the lower soleplate to cushion the impact of the user's foot on the soleplate 26 during use. Figure 35: The front pivoting pedal assembly so far Most of the discussion in this article describes a pedal 12 'that pivots around a main shaft 16 that is located at or near the rear of the pedals 12 (see, for example, Fig. I, Fig.%, Fig. 30, and Fig. 37). Figure 35 | shows a double-bottom pedal device 1G 'similar to the device described elsewhere herein, but with its towel and pedal 12 around a front portion 22 located at or near the pedals 12 The tow main shaft 330 is pivoted. As can be seen from FIG. 35, a frame 14 is provided including a post located in front of the frame 14. Each pedal 12 is pivoted in one way or another. The front end of the pedal 12 is attached to the upright part 40 of the frame 14 and the rear end 24 of the pedal 12 is freely suspended. Therefore, the front part ^ of the pedal 12 is restricted by dragging. And the rear part of the pedal 12 24 will move in a generally vertical arc. A motor 88 is mounted to the frame 14 to facilitate driving of a moving sole provided on the pedals 14 "The motor sole 18 # 连接 The mechanism in this specification can be described in detail by any m. For the purpose of illustration, a pulley% and a driving belt% 200427483 are shown in FIG. 35. The driving belt 96 is attached to a Driving wheels 28 at the front 22 of each pedal 12. It can be a motor 88 for a common forward driving roller 28, or one driving roller 2 8 (one for each of the pedals 12) and each Each roller has its own drive motor 88. A housing or shroud may be provided at the front of the frame to cover the motor 88 and the pivot shaft 3030. In Fig. 35, the cover on the left has been removed so that the motor 88 and the pivot spindle 330 can be seen.

/, 1 ... Private gear and / or resistance devices are provided between each pedal 12 and frame 14. In the example shown, the pedals are suspended by impact members 108, 110 connected to the posts. The movement of the pedals 12 in the vertical plane is thereby resisted and suppressed. The positions of the pedals 2 and 2 can be adjusted by changing the impact members 108, u0 to the posts &amp; 42 or the attachment point 34 of the pedal 12. Although not shown in the drawings, it should be understood that the impact member

Yes, other easing devices can be connected to the lower part of the frame 14 instead of the knots 40, 42. It is also possible to provide an interconnection 4 (not shown in the figure) to make the pedals 12 compensate. ㈤ Movement can be performed by the user 332 facing forward and running forward. Β pedals 12 are tied around their forward pivot point 33 ° and downwards. Each foot is tied to one of the feet, and 17 Touching back to back. The foot is then lifted and expected the pedal to 77 of the pedal 12.

20042 / 48J Uranium square end 22, and during this period, the 'pedal 12' was moved from a backward tilted position and moved to an upward tilted plus 1 position or at least one bit with an angle less than a backward tilt , Yi Tian # m + 罝 is used to prepare the foot for the user 332 to reconnect. The impact pieces ι〇8, η. Yes, it can be used to automatically retract to a higher position, or the bullet, leather II can be suppressed only by the outside connected to the pedals 12, and used to An upward position: with = a single bullet or a double bullet, or if not in use, you can run the user 332 with the back of the pillar facing the ground or run backwards, or by the user plus as shown The ground is facing the stilts 40,42 and the user crawls forward or backward. Fig. 36: Easing device connected to the attachment structure Fig. 36 shows a series of μ and interconnected clothes 332 for use in coordinating the presenting movement. This coordination system is what I want, φ makes-a pedaling action can be generated by these pedals 12, once, the operation of the two pedals 12 :, when the left pedal 12 is everywhere ...: Phase &quot; 18 ° degrees. For example, when you step on the top of its movement, the right side will produce a corresponding upward movement hunting the right pedal 12, and a basic '· port structure' for connecting such pedals U in this way. An arc-shaped rocker arm structure 112. η4 10 ㈣ pedal 12 is attached to the same side of the arc-shaped rocker arm assembly 112 through __ pieces of '...,, 136. -A step ... any reaction force in the direction of any motion system 'This is because the motion system is transmitted to the other pedal 12 via the arc rocker 78 200427483 lever arm assembly H2. This effect is described in more detail below with reference to Figure 36 by peptide. The interconnecting device 334 shown in FIG. 36 includes an arc-shaped rocker arm 112 connected to a frame turning detection pin 120. The drag check needle is supported by a bracket 336. The support frame 336 is preferably securely mounted to the base frame 114 below the 4 pedals 12... For support—one == '13 "installation bolts 122, 124 are provided at The arc is at the female end of 2 (preferably at an equal distance from the pivot bolt peg =, but it is not necessary ... ^ 36 is pivotally attached to each mounting peg, And the whole extends upward to a bottom position corresponding to the pedal 12, (not shown in the figure). The w 36 arc-shaped rocker arm ιΐ2 is provided by a lower abdomen; 4 ^ is one, two of mBu t Facing the plate heart arm 112, 'Π uses other structures to form the arc rocker

use. The structure used in Figure 2 should not be regarded as shown, but the structure used to support the vertical axis J is positioned between the installation pin 122, the center, and 112B. The facing plates of I w 112 The curved rocker arms 112 are interconnected with the motion described herein. When a pedal :: plate corresponds to a tie ... 34 is pushed down: and… -a-th end is pushed down. The arc-shaped joystick = rod; moves upwards. The other end of the arc rocking ... 12 = 79 200427483 upward movement causes another tie rod 136 to be pushed upward, and thus pushes the other pedal 12 upward. If the tie rods ⑴, the spoons are equal in length and equally divided from the pivot point 120 of the arced rocker arm ΐ2, the corresponding movements of the pedals 12 will be equal to each other. It should also be possible to detect that any resistance applied to the operation of one of the pedals 12 will be transmitted via the interconnecting device 334 to the opposite movement of the other pedal 12 as resistance. If necessary, the resistance can be applied to the pedals η via the interconnecting device 334, and it is equal to such. ... shows a special ::: spin brake of the rotary brake 338 for providing resistance to the movement of the pedals by applying resistance to the interconnected garment 4. According to this embodiment, the -wheel 340 is attached to the pivot peg m. The pulley 340 is susceptible to elasticity. Connected to a rotating brake mechanism ... The position 338 is provided by the belt 342 of the pulley to provide ^ 342 for the rotation of the pulley 340 to the arc-shaped rocker 眢 ^ and in turn provides for the movement of successively enlisted movements Resistance, and the arc-shaped rocker arm 112 is designed to provide resistance to the action of each of the pedals 12. For example, the rotary brake mechanism 33, horses, and hunter users are adjusted from a low load effect to a high load effect through proper work. @ ^ Rotating brake cry 戍 θ 338 There is one brake motor,-one. . It means an electromagnetic brake. = The type of braking device can be applied to the rocker: a simple example of the resistance of the pulley system shown in Fig. 36 is adopted. A door early friction brake device can be applied to the arc rocker arm. 200427483 Twenty-two pivot pin 120. Moreover, other types of resistance can be used. For one, a two-cylinder fluid I buffer device 344 as shown in FIG. 41A and described in detail in the figure ::: can be connected to the curved shake cup # 112 to resist such Movement of the pedal 12.囷 Nen to Β40Β: Scissor-type frame supported by a swinging pedal Pedal L4GA_ shows the base part of the dual-basket material fitness device 1G as described elsewhere herein, which is a frame of Scissor dust 346 is used to allow the pedal # seeking pedal 12 to move downwards, and the pedals carry a male spring-shaped frame 346 upwards under the action of a retracting spring 348, one of the scissors-shaped frame Port P 350 is attached to the frame and the other end 352 is slidably supported by the frame 14. Mountain α is a very rare, slidable V of the frame 340. The 卩 352 series was provided with a round of surnames plus a track 356 running. At the upper part of the special scissors: two end portions 358 are attached to the pedal p. : In general, each pedal 12 will have two scissors-type frames 3 ", and a male knife-type frame is attached to each side frame of the pedal _ 5 ^ for the stability and robustness of the design, however It is not necessary = if the frame is properly positioned directly below the pedal, a scissors-type frame 346 can be used. Figure 40B shows the right pedal in the lower and upper position 12 and the left pedal 12 in the high position. Compared to the scissors configuration on the right hand side: the invisible spring 348 pulls the bottom end of the scissors together, 352, and shifts towards the upper position. Tread: 81 200427483 12. Alternatively, a spring can be placed between the front ends or two of the far-scissor-type frame ... The two back-side ends of the frame are used to push the XI upright分开 Separated from each other. When using sleep, the crystal buckle 4 &gt;, 忒 scissors-type frame 340 is folded up, and unfolded under the influence of the user's work and force. Can be implemented-an interconnecting device 334 to force one Push down and vice versa . Like a pedal and another pedal is shown in Figure 41. The piercing mouth can be included in the structure, &quot; to react with the scissors-type structure 346 and the movement of the pedal, A cushioning environment activated with &lt; high energy. "To ...-a second is needed. The action of the pedal 12 shown is to make the floor or any of these pedals dependent, by tilting the The 14 tooth surfaces of the frame are parallel. Therefore, it is possible to increase the force by a slope to the optional track on which the wheels slide. The dance can be achieved by, for example, making the move and the M supply ^ can be achieved with respect to the frame 14 and using a lifting mechanism to lift the end. Instead, one of &quot;, 56 moves the scissors of the scissor-type frame, or the length of the cattle 60, or the degree or slope to such a step ^ 12. The kinematics of the knuckle joint are extremely critical to the structure of the heart-knife-type structure, so that additional structural links and springs ”and / or bumpers are created to allow these pedals η and ^ and the complexity of the design. And the movement is at the horizontal position of the root angle. A slightly broken angle or larger = to Figure 41D: the liquid buffer device of the two chambers. Figures 1A to ^ show a dual-cylinder impact member 344 82 200427483 for pedals 12 operatively attached to a dual floor fitness device as described herein to provide resistance to the movement of the pedals 12. The impact member 344 of the dual cylinder includes two Cylinders 364. Each cylinder 364 has a reservoir portion 366 for containing a hydraulic fluid such as oil. The reservoir portions 366 of the two cylinders 364 are connected via a connection line 368, and one A valve 37 series is positioned in the connection line. A plunger 372 series is positioned in each cylinder 364. Each pedal 12 series is connected to a plunger 372 for easy parental push and pull Out Corresponding plunger 372. When plungers are pushed into and pulled out of each cylinder 364 by Xin, they will pump hydraulic fluid back and forth between the storage location 366 via the connecting line and the valve 370. The resistance to the flow of hydraulic fluid provided by line 368 m 3 70 is transmitted to these pedals to cushion their movement. Figure 41D provides an exploded view of the embodiment of Figures 41A to 41D. Yes, two cylinders 364 are formed side by side in an early body 374. A pedal end cover 376 and a storage Jieguer part cover 378 are provided at the opposite end of the unit body ⑺_ To close the cylinders 364. The end covers can be connected to the main unit of the unit by fasteners such as threaded bolts. Connecting rods 38 ° are provided to connect the plungers 372. To the pedals or the attachment structure. The main plug 372 is formed by the piston 382 and the piston rod member. The piston rod member 384 is fixed to the piston at one end, and the other = The thread is engaged by these connecting rods # 38G. Between The screw connection between the piston rod member 384 and the connecting rod member 380 is formed by a male portion on the piston 83 200427483 rod member 384 and a female portion of the connecting rod member. The pistons 382 are Their steam red 346 slides inside and is sealed inside the cylinders by a sealing ring. A push plate can also be provided within each cylinder 364 and located in the connecting rod member 38 disk piston rod member 384. The pushing plate 392 should be able to slide within its steam rainbow and be fixed relative to its corresponding piston 382. The pushing plate 392 can also be sealed with the cylinder 364 by a sealing ring, although this Not necessarily ... A compartment member 394 may be provided between each connecting rod member and its corresponding pushing plate member 392. A cylindrical structure 396 surrounds each piston rod member m and helps to maintain the face of the piston 382 and the push plate 392 perpendicular to the side wall of the cylinder 364. As can be seen from Figure 41B, the reservoir end covers the claw tie discs and the steam red 364 engages in a sealed manner. The space between the piston 382 and the end cap 378 forms a steamer-shaped vitalizer section # 366. A channel 368 in the reservoir end cover 378 forms a connecting line 368 between the two reservoir locations 366. The channel grip can be extended into an opening 398 in the reservoir end cap 378 to facilitate allowing filling of the reservoir portion 366. A removable stopper 400 (preferably threaded) is provided in the opening 398, and the channel is sealed with T. An adjustable needle valve 37 extends into this connection line 368. The needle valve 37G can be adjusted by rotating it to change the size of the openings that allow fluid to flow between the reservoir portions 366. The smaller the opening, the greater the restriction of flow and the greater the resistance. 84 200427483 Meeting 4ΓΠ: -Γ When the pedal 12 is pushed down by the user, the pedal member is pushed against its corresponding connecting rod with two attachment structures, and the connecting rod member is pushed into the unit body with U. Push The lever 380 is pushed inwardly by the pedal into two of the unit bodies 374: the plug 374 will move toward the end cover 378. In other words: the movable base 382 moves toward the reservoir end cover 378. 41B and 41C are diagrams for explaining the function of the dual-cylinder impact member 344 described above. Head 41β is a sectional view showing that the upper column base 372 is almost completely deployed outward, and the lower plunger cut is almost completely pushed inward. FIG. 41C shows the same dual-cylinder impact member 344 after the pedal to which the plunger 372 is operatively connected has been moved. The upper plunger 372 has been pushed into its cylinder towards the reservoir end cap 378 in the second middle pan, and the lower plunger milk [is drawn back to expand its reservoir portion 366. In order to move from the position of Fig. ㈣ to Fig. 41C, the white fluid is forced to cover the upper end of the reservoir from the upper end of the reservoir ⑺ ，, the adjustable needle valve 37G and the connection f line enter the lower reservoir end P. The cover 378 疋 is necessary. The force required to draw fluid from one reservoir site 366 to another reservoir site provides resistance to the movement of these pedals 12. Each connecting rod 380 has a peg receiving hole 381 for connecting to the pedal or to a part of the attachment structure. If an incompressible fluid is used as the hydraulic fluid, the moderator can be used as the attachment structure. Circle 42: Spirafiex easing device 85 200427483 Figure 42 shows the use of a Spiraflex® resistance mechanism 40m, which acts as a damper for the downward movement of the pedals 12. The Spiraflex® Mechanical Device 4 410 is described in U.S. Patent Application No. 09 / 82,835, filed on March 8, 2000, "" Please refer to this application for reference, and This application is also owned by the assignee of this case. An attachment structure between the pedals 12 interconnects the movements of these pedals, so that the upward movement of one pedal will cause the downward movement of another pedal, And vice versa. The pedals Η are fastened to the mechanical device 41 by cables 412 and pulleys 414. As described in the aforementioned patent application, the acoustic mechanism 410 is a The resistance mechanism is almost a fixed resistance. ^ The upward movement of any pedal 12 is resisted by Spiraflex (g &gt; ^ mechanical device 4 ^ 0. This resistance to upward movement is transmitted to the other via the attachment device The pedal 12 makes the outer -... a mechanical device MM can effectively provide the resistance to press down any one of the pedals 2. One of the pedals 12 is bypassed by a peep through a pulley 414 2 connection To S The rotating mechanism inside the piraflex® mechanism, meanwhile, the other pedal 12 is connected to another suspicious mechanism within the mechanism 4 through another cable 412 and a pulley MM configuration. As shown, the Spiraflex⑧mechanical system is installed in the base frame 14 ±, however, the mechanical device can be positioned in any functional position on the frame structure. Circle 43 · Combination of easing and biasing 86 200427483, FIG. 43 shows a double-bottom step crawler 10 as described elsewhere herein, with easing devices 108, 110 used in conjunction with the elastic impulse recovery device 416. Such easing devices 1 〇8, ιι〇 provide: Yes, "Hai and other steps are the opposite! The main resistance of the 2 movement, and the elastic elastic recovery device 416 acts to restore the pedals to a raised position. The similar impact The easing devices ⑽ and m of the piece are installed to extend from a pedal to the frame posts 40, 42 so as to ease the downward movement of the pedal 12 and provide the user resistance. The easing devices 108, 110 will also It is resistant to the upward movement of the pedal, and will be able to fully mitigate the upward movement of the knife or make it move relatively freely according to the design of the relaxation device. 4 The buffering of the upward movement may be what we need because it prevents the Wait for the pedal 12 to bounce upward too quickly when the user's weight is removed from the pedal during exercise. The elastic spring return device 416 shown in FIG. 43 is attached to the pedal 12 and the frame post 40, 42. To provide a restoring force for returning the pedal to its higher or upper position. If an interconnecting device like an arc-lifting y shaker '1 1 2 is used for these pedals 1 2 If so, then the elastic springs 416 will cause the pedals to rise to a position where they are substantially flush with each other, but not at the upper position. It should be noted that if an interconnecting device is used, the elastic spring restoring device 416 can be attached to the interconnecting device without being directly attached to the pedal 12. As shown, the left pedal 12 is pushed down to extend the spring 416. The elastic spring 416 in this example is a Soloflex® weight conveyor belt, but it can also be a certain 87 2U0427483 type of elastomer or other ^ lL which is sufficient elastic and elastomeric properties for pre-leaf use The position of the similar material L // r ping f 玍 yang page 4 1 6 can be modified, as long as the spring of the pedal 12 loads the elastic spring so that a biasing force relative to the movement can be generated . For example, if the form of the spring 416 is a material which has enough elastic properties to push the post 12 upward, the elastic spring can be positioned so that the downward movement of the corresponding pedal will Shrink rather than stretch the spring. Fig. 44A and Fig. 44B. The driving rollers of the outside of the pedal assembly are shown in an alternative embodiment, which are used to drive the continuous stepping belt 18 (either individually or in combination) on each step 12 Ground). This embodiment uses a driving roller 418 outside the pedal structure to drive the treadle belt 18 instead of directly driving the pedal structure (such as one of the rollers 28, 30 shown elsewhere herein to drive the pedaling). Belt 18. In the embodiment shown in Figs. 44A and 44b, the external driving roller 418 hits the stepping belt by clamping it against one of the passive rollers 28 in the pedal 12. 30, and the stepping belt 18 is driven by friction. 忒 The driving roller 41 8 is driven by a motor 88 and a belt driving assembly 96. When the driving roller 418 is rotated by the motor 88, a friction is generated in the system. The force resists the stepping belt 18, which causes the stepping belt to move between the rollers 30, 41 8. The structure may include a mechanism for engaging and disengaging the driving roller 418 from the stepping belt 18. This mechanism can be some kind of mechanism that directly moves the drive roller up and down and enters / leaves the contact with the stepping belt. The drive roller can be in two directions. In either direction

The stepping belt 18 is driven, and the driving roller rotates in accordance with the partial directions. The speed of the stepping belt 18 can be adjusted by adjusting the speed at which the motor 88 rotates the pedal / stern wheel 30. Preferably, the driving roller 4 1 $ and the stepping belt 18 are in a non-slipping relationship, so as to reduce the wear on the stepping belt 18. If the pivoting spindle of the pedal 12 is the same as the pivoting spindle 8 2 for the shoal pedal roller 30, the driving roller 418 will remain in the tangential direction of the stepping belt when the pedal angle is degraded. Contact without any additional structure to maintain contact. The structure is conceived to hold the cymbal between the driving roller 4 丨 8 and the stepping belt 18, and the pivot axis of the towel and pedal is located on the pedal: 20, forward, rear, upper, or It is below. God Alternatively, the driving roller 418 may be in direct frictional contact with the roller 30 $ on the pedal 卩, Xiao 卩 is in the tangent side *

Instead of directly touching the stepping belt 18, the driving roller 30 is driven up and moves the stepping leather f18. In this configuration, the drive roller 418 is placed in pressure contact with the front or rear rollers 2S, ΑΑΓ »silly exhibition wheels 28, 30 to generate a contact with the front or rear Million, a friction interface of the wheel 28,30. When 418 is rotated by the motor 88, the driving roller system is driven in accordance with the 28 and 30 series, and the roller ^ is driven to drive the stepping belt 18. The driving roller 4 1 8 can be driven in any one of the directions of 10 °° 亥 亥 脉 mai tread leather ▼ 18. The structure may include a mechanism for engaging and disengaging the driving roller 89 200427483 from the stepping belt 18. The driving roller 418 can be controlled by a user from a control panel to adjust the speed to a desired level. The driving roller 4 1 8 can be positioned so that the roller can simultaneously contact a stepping belt 18 of a pedal 12 or a roller 3 0, so that the two stepping belts 18 can be driven by a separate motor 8 8. The stepping belts 18 will move in this configuration in the same place, which is advantageous as a whole. Instead, each pedal 12 may have its own motor 88. Again, if the pivoting spindle of the pedal is the same as the pivoting spindle 82 for the pedal roller 30, when the angle of the pedal is adjusted, the driving roller 41.8 will maintain contact with the tangent of the treadle belt without the need to No extra structure to keep in touch. The structure is conceived to maintain contact between the driving roller 418 and the stepping belt 18, wherein the pedal spindle is located in front of, behind, above or below the pivot spindle 82 of the pedal roller. The driving roller 418 may be in close engagement with the pedal roller 30 via a blunt toothed belt or gear (not shown) coupled to the pedal roller 30 instead of relying on friction. In this case, 'the driving roller 418 may be provided with a tooth portion that meshes with a gear and the gear train is coupled to the pedal roller 30. When the driving roller 4 丨 8 is rotated, the spring portion σ of the driving roller 4 will mesh and drive the gear. The rotating gear will rotate the pedal roller 30 to move the step belt 18. A control method similar to that discussed above can be provided to move the teeth of the driving roller 418 into and out of contact with the gear, and to control the speed 90 200427483 degrees of the motor 88 to adjust the step belt 18 speed. Figure 45 (A, B) to 囷 47 (A, B) ·· When the dual-layer fitness device that can be folded in the storage position is not in use, you will want to be able to boast the fitness device described in this article into a more Compact storage location. Figures 45A and 45b depict a dual bottom fitness device 10 in a deployed position in Figure 45A and a folded position in Figure 45B. As described elsewhere in this document, the basic components of the dual floor fitness device include a base frame 14 and a pair of pedals 12 (directly attached or by some structure) pivotally attached to the base frame. A mechanical mechanism), a post 40 extending from the base frame 14 and a side 44 extending laterally from the post and substantially along the length of the pedals. The fitness device 10 shown in FIGS. 45A and 45B has a folding feature, wherein the pedals 2 are folded up to the base frame around the pivot connection device 42 and are in a storage position. The middle section extends parallel to the column 40. The nature of the fitness device 10 is that when the device is stored or not in use, the device is allowed to: occupy less floor space. The fitness apparatus ㈣ shown in head 45A is provided with a pedal 12 extending in an operating position, and the fitness apparatus 10 as shown in the figure is provided with a pedal U which is turned into a storage position. A releasable latch mechanism can be used to attach the pedals to the handles or posts in the storage position. Preferably, the pedals 12 can be pivoted to ‘‘ speak n ,,,, and so on, so that they are over center, so that they are upright. In Figs. 45A and 45B, the base frame M series 91 200427483 is provided in front of the fitness body pantama 10 'and remains in the unfolded use position ... and in Fig. 45B 2 in the storage position The fitness device 1 () is supported in the middle. Free standing Various mechanical installations are possible to keep these pure 12 in the picture full, standing storage position. For example, a rule line: such as between the side rails, 'to hold the pedal ... straight = two = !! a hook on the outside of each 12, the fishing buckle is remote or selective The price ^ 丄 Fei 丄 automatically engages a corresponding buckle @ provided on each handle 44. Alternatively, a releasable latch mechanism is incorporated into the pivot connection 42G, and the pedals are held in place until the user releases the latch. 46A to 46C show an alternative embodiment of a dual-floor fitness device 'The fitness device is in the operating position in FIG. 46A, in the folded position in FIG. 46B, and in storage in the figure. position. Among the devices of FIGS. 46A to 46C, the base frame 14 is provided below the entire fitness device 10 when it is in the operating position shown in the figure. As compared with the embodiment shown in Figs. 45A and 45b, the current embodiment can be folded to create a smaller device footprint. The basic elements of this embodiment include a side pedal and a right pedal assembly 12, a base frame 1 *, a housing 20, a post 40, and a left and right right channel 44. Generally, the pedal assemblies 12 are pivotally attached to the base frame 14 either directly or through a structural mechanism within the housing 20 or adjacent to the housing. The column 40 is attached to the housing 20 by a column pivot 92 200427483 vehicle. The left and right executions 44 are attached to the pillar 40 by a side execution 422. As shown in FIG. 6A, when the embodiment is located in an operating position, the bottom portion of the 3 column 40 extends beyond the column pivot 々π and contacts the base frame 14 in a t-shaped manner. In an alternative embodiment, the 50-pillar 40 may terminate less than the base frame 14. Furthermore, when this embodiment is in the operating position, the left and right holding rails 44 of the hand rail 44 are integrally perpendicular to the upright 40 and extend parallel to the base frame 40. The embodiment shown in the figure is in the folded position. In this position ^ the upright 40 is already pivoted about the upright pivot 420 ′ so the upright 40 is slanted overall and parallel to the base frame 14 and the pedal 12. The upright pivot 42o should be seated so that when the upright is rotated to the folded position A shown in Fig. 46B, the base of the upright 40 will not extend beyond the front edge of the base frame 14. The best case is that the column is fortunately located so that when the column is rotated to the folding position shown in Figure 4 6 B, the main column is 且 and cursed. The base will be aligned with the front edge of the base frame 14. The left and right tracks 44 can be rotated around the side guide pivot 422 'so that the guides are generally inclined and parallel to the base "= and the pedal 12. Although the side shown in the figure steals The side track μ is rotated clockwise from their operating position in FIG. 46A. In an alternative embodiment, the side rails 44 can be rotated counterclockwise. In still other embodiments, the side track 44 The side track 44 pivots around the side track like 93 = the rotation angle of the clock guard can end at these side tracks beyond 2 ^ 180 degrees shown in Figure 46B, so that the side track is generally pointing The shell:... Can be provided with a mechanism for defining the upright 40 and the side rail 44 relative to 14 in the folded position.

: Once the master 40 and the side track 44 have been pivoted to the fold position shown in head 46β, this embodiment can stand on the front edge to reduce the overall footprint, as shown by the head . The device Η can be directly: hold it tightly and be moved through an angle of 90 ° to stand on it, the edge 忒 fitness device is set upright without restriction on the frame j 4 spoon] and On the bottom part of the post 40. Instead, one

The P 杧 wooden pivot (not shown in the figure) can be fixed to the bottom 卩 rigid square edge of the base frame 4, and the fitness device 10 can pivot around the base frame wooden pivot. In addition ... one or more lateral stabilizing elements (not shown) may be pivoted from the base frame pivot at a distance of 2 degrees from the final storage position of the device (ie, the position shown in FIG. 46C). It is extended outward to provide additional support against the device's 10-degree overturn. When the device 10 is lifted into the final storage position as shown in Fig. 46C, the base of the upright 40 and the front side of the base frame 14 act like lateral supports. The fitness apparatus 10 shown in FIGS. 47A and 47B is different from the apparatus shown in FIGS. 45 and 46, in which the fitness apparatus of FIGS. 47A and 47B has a position behind the base frame 14 instead of the front.处 的 步骤 12。 The pedal 12. The exercise device 10 of FIG. 47A is shown in a folded operating position, and the exercise device 10 of FIG. 47B shows the same exercise device 10 that was folded to a storage position 94 200427483. The base frame 14 includes a rear base portion, two and a front base portion 14B. Among them, the _plate system is I ”: the rear base portion, and the column 40 is installed on the front base portion. The side rails 44 are provided on the post. Optionally, the side rails 44 are selectively pivoted relative to the ride 40, so that they can be substantially aligned with the post when needed. Line while being folded down. The base_14 front and back

Departments are hinged together for movement relative to each other. Preferably, the hinge mechanism 1 is provided with a fixed: stopper to prevent the two parts 14a & ⑽ from rotating the operation position shown by 47A. Moreover, it is better that the money chain machine ^ 424 is provided with a locking mechanism for locking the front part 14A and ㈣ to ㈣4㈣. In order to adjust the 5 Hai fitness device 10 to FIG. 47B of

The locking mechanism will be released, and the rear base portion 14A will be pivoted upwards around the green chain mechanical setting 424 until

Stand upright and close to the post 40. Better than $

The part 14A can be pivoted to an overlying Wanji J. The body is kept in the storage &amp; in, and the official waits for him to hold any of the proper ... [*] Any suitable locking mechanism can :::: the rear base part 14A Stay in the storage position shown in Figure 47b. When adjusted to the storage position of FIG. 47B, the center base 纟 MB will support the entire fitness outfit for 4 μm. If it can be larger, the side rails can be selectively folded: the daggers are generally parallel to the column to reduce the space occupied by the fitness device 10 in the storage position even further. If the side guides 44 are folded, the fitness device can also be laid flat for storage at the rear base portion 14A. A roller (not shown) can be provided at the front base portion The front edge of 14B is used to help move the fitness device 10 when in the storage position. Figures 48A and 48B: Protective cover Figures 48A and 48B show an embodiment of a fitness device 10 'The The fitness device is combined with a protective casing 20. Generally speaking, the protective casing 20 is a single-piece structure and extends around the front, left, and right sides of the main frame 14 of the fitness device. Figure 48 The eight series cannot show an isometric view of the casing 20 from the rear of the casing to the right, and FIG. 48B shows an isometric view generally from the front of the casing. The casing 20 protects Gao Jian The internal operation of the device 10 is used to make the device less likely to have the following situations: the hands or feet are caught by the back and forth pedals 丨 2, or the stepping belt 18 which is caught in the bottom of the movement The casing 20 also helps to prevent dust and other debris that may contaminate the operating elements of the fitness device 10 from entering. Generally, the casing 20 extends vertically and sufficiently to surround the casing at any time. The pedals 12 are held, including when the pedals 12 are moving. According to this, the upper side wall 20 of the casing 20 is inclined from the rear to the front at an angle close to the pedal pitch. Generally speaking, the casing 2 The height of 〇 is equal to the height of the bottom plate of the pedal 12 when the pedal is extended to the maximum. The housing 20 can be combined with a spring, impact member or other resistance element to act against the vertical movement of the front portion of the pedal 12 In the case of 96 200427483, the resistance element is usually fixed to one part of the: plate 12 at one end and fixed to the housing 20 at the other end. Alternatively The housing 20 may include an interconnecting device (as described elsewhere herein) to transmit the pushing force between the pedals 12. Preferably, the housing 2G | is a hard and resistant : The material, like a moulded plastic. The housing 20 彳 is attached to the frame 彳 by bolts or similar removable fasteners to allow the housing 20 to be removed. The device will be serviced at the repair workshop. ° ^ Figure 49: The relaxation and partiality of the forward-drive fitness device, and the combination of the &amp; treadmill 7 micro, in the fitness device 10 driven by the front side of Figure 49, a column frame The member 40 extends upward from the base frame 14. The base frame μ is of any desired shape capable of retaining sufficient rigidity and strength so as not to be deformed or damaged in use. The frame member 4q is combined by any suitable technique (such as welding or bolting). If necessary, '§ Column 4 is connected to the base frame 14 in a removable manner. For convenient transportation and storage. One ton of consoles and handle 44 components (also referred to herein as side storage, compliance) are coupled to the column 40 in a removable manner. It is convenient for transportation and storage. It is used after being described elsewhere in this document. It is generally similar to the components in the same configuration as in the detailed example. It can have: This: || 冰 AA r · »The situation is applicable to the forward drive embodiment of FIG. 49. For the description of the other drive embodiments related to the other 4 examples, please refer to FIG. 3 and related discussions. Two pedal assemblies 1 2 f Am l, (one right and one left) 97

The ZUU4Z / 45J turn is also transferred to the posts on each of its sides with a common spindle 330 (although the axis / shaft is necessary, the axis may be unnecessary). If you want to use a column (not shown six kappa eight Μ τ J instead of being connected to a stand and the right and left pedal assembly can be pivoted between the face / column (not shown in the figure). The Wait for the pedal assembly 12 to be wound around a main shaft 3 3 D, 隹 —J: r wire, main shaft 33 &quot;: Ding Zhuan. In an illustrative manner, the pivoting Shenchuan system is a master cylinder driving a shaft 82 ^ ^,, θί4 The main shaft of 忏 52, the drive shaft is the front roller 28 of the drive plate assembly 12 and the square wave wheel 28 of the right pedal assembly 12. A separate scroll wheel M can be used instead of using an individual drive Roller 28. If necessary, the pivoting main shaft 330 can be offset from the driving shaft 82, and can be used to support the pivoting action. The pivoting main shaft 1, mouth structure ..., Dewang Glaze 330 can It can be fixed as shown in the figure, or it can be variable. It can be changed to use different mechanisms to establish a changeable frame rotation position. 'Including the right and left pedal assembly 12 and the drive shaft 82 Installed in a sub-frame 'and provide an intermediate A locking mechanism between this frame and the post 40 or post 40, 42 that can change position. (See, for example, Figures 26 to 29 and Figures η to M 'and related discussions.) An exemplary change of position The locking mechanism is an array of holes 314 in the column (as shown in Figure 37) and a spring-loaded bolt mechanism in the secondary frame. Other examples include collars and guide screws, notches, Central pliers and ledges. Each pedal assembly! 2 is a separate treadmill with its own belt 18, soleplate%, and square and rear rollers 28, 30. Although each pedal assembly can be used if required Driven by its own horseshoe 88 98 200427483 The shaft is beneficial. The two pedal assemblies 12 are driven by a common drive: with the same motor 88. This method ensures that every Advance at the same speed. These pedal assemblies 12 are also different from each other to provide between the right and left during a forging chain: two: balance relationship and to provide some additional cushioning effect. The flat Pieces = two ways to achieve , Including by a curved rocker arm set two plates: pieces: leather = .: If necessary, ™ traditional treadmill forging ^ is locked together to turn a piece 12 around The pivoting movement of the pivot shaft 82 is controlled by stepping movements (steps, steps, etc.) and a easing system is controlled by the action of stern and solid deflection. Among them, the deflection is in place ... The device combination 76 (like in the present description to the impact member 108'm) is provided. The moderating force is.-The direction of the force component which generally resists the movement of the pedal assembly 12 is the device 76 which resists it. The related pedal is pushed to a position. The biasing force is intended to push the pedal assembly 12 to be displaced. If the biasing device 76 is pushed back from the neutral position: == 2 will install the pedal The assembly is facing a downward position of the neutral position. In the province, the pedal assembly 12 has been pushed down to the upper one. 2 :: The deflection device 76 will turn the pedal assembly 12 toward one for providing the warp 1 in April 1997. Appropriate easing device 76,% rush and bias are revealed in the 22nd issue of the United States Patent No. 5,622,527 in 99 ^ yjyj ^ A / h-oj, integrally bonded Patent Department + Zhao too, can be U # ^ as a reference. If necessary, a separate device can be used to advance the end of the device 76 to the position of the column "", to ease and deviate w., The column 40 and the pedal assembly 12-or Γ. 'Otherwise it is pivoting at the position of the column and pedal assembly in Fig. 29 and Fig. 37 to Fig. =, As shown in Fig. 26 to the angle of the ability to allow the biasing force to be = :: Γ: turn position 314 (the bottom plate is inclined Degree) Yes, the bias of the k valley final floor 26

+ Adjusted at horizontal level. Easing resistance = Direction: The degree of force can be adjusted as desired. The combination shown in Fig. 49 is equal to = at ease; both the degree of resistance and biasing force are two * = = upper steam M8 ... or-a lower cylinder _ =: Γ 26A'426 "is adjustable. Effect movement :: Γ resistance device (such as ㈣ cylinder, flywheel, system to achieve. This bias effect can be used with any appropriate equipment

= 疋 coil elastic, torsional elastic, long elastomer structure. In order to operate the fitness device of FIG. 49 in a normal mode, use ^ 332 to adjust the easing effect and the deflection effect as desired, stepping on the right and left foot support #platform (not shown in the figure) Middle), adjust the profile of the exercise as needed on the control mouth (the treading belt U of the right and left components 12 will start to move), and step on the right and left from the foot pedestal platform on the right and left, respectively Step on the belt 18. The β HAI fitness device 10 can also be operated in a treadmill mode by locking the left and right pedal assemblies 100 2UU427483 12 to one another. The treadle belt 18 remains stationary (or-hunting will work. The machine mode is operated in the normal operation mode. The user's board assembly 12 is stepped on the right side. The system has been shifted = 2-8 and its weight has been shifted from the left foot (the Xile's Zhita belt 1 8). Carrying the yttrium is transferred from the right to the right. From the right side of the pedal assembly i2 m) the force system tends to force the downward phase of the right phase "" by the lame leg to move the cymbal assembly 12 around the pivot axis. 330 turns. This action of the pedal assembly 12 is resisted by a force and a cushioning force. The cushioning :: is used to ease the change. The faster the rotation speed of the pedal assembly 12 is, the plate assembly 12 has been &quot; =: : The more resistance there is. The biasing force is related to how far the pedal is on the left side of the pedal. The distance between the i and the element 12 is because the left foot has not exerted weight on the right pedal assembly 12 and the mouth 丄 ,,,, Of the downward force (due to the right foot applied) The arc-shaped rocker arm is taken as a ^ ^ starting to lift. Next, the left chat will be loaded when it rises' and the bottom plate 26 of the left pedal assembly 12: the rear side faces the front side of the bottom plate 26 of the left pedal assembly 12. At the same time, the right foot, which is fully loaded with weight, is carried by stepping on the belt 18 toward the rear side of the bottom plate 26 of the right pedal assembly 12, and the inclination of the right pedal assembly 12 is increased due to weight. The inclination of the left pedal assembly 12 is reduced due to the biasing force and the transmitted force. At a low belt speed (slow pace) 'The pedal assembly 101 200427483 12 is higher than the high belt speed纟 (.fast stride speed) will have a large arc range, which is equal in all other cases. If necessary, 'The treadle belt i8 of the pedal assembly 12 runs in the reverse direction, and the material manufacturer steps on the material. _Following Xiao stepping backwards, and stepping forward away from the column 40 or such columns, for example, when the user slows down his step at the end of the exercise, the board assembly 12 can be faced by the base frame. … And fell down :::: 二 部 也You can be in favor if the force is not properly

Shock-absorbing the fitness device 10 should, the mechanical device including-one like-one-lowered to the bottom assembly 154 (not shown in Figure 49 ', but see Figure 60 and attached) Discussion) to absorb the force of some impacts, in order to ease the user ’s impact and avoid injury to the fitness device. Shape two 51: Arc with universal joint and or deflection effect

Figure 50: For a forward-driven fitness device, a pedal set # 12 (a right pedal assembly and a left pedal set) is pivotally lightly connected to two posts 40′42. between. Alternatively, a separate upright 40 can be used and the pedal assemblies 12 are pivotally coupled to separate uprights 40 located on each of their sides and along an ugly axis. Moreover, as with the pedals such as X elsewhere in the text, the: a piece 12 can be pivotally connected to the frame 的 at the rear portion of the frame 44. Each pedal group # 12 # is a 102 200427483 independent treadmill with its own tread leather 18, bottom plate%, and front and rear rollers 28,30. The pedal assemblies are orbited around a pivot point 33 °. As an example, the pivot point is a square roller 28 that drives the left pedal assembly 12 and a right side pedal assembly 3 2 Both driving shaft 82. The pivot point 330 may be a fixed person as shown in the figure, and j may be a variable person. Although each pedal assembly 2 can be driven by its own motor 88 when needed, it is advantageous that the two pedal assemblies 12 are driven by a common drive shaft 82 and the same motor 88. This ensures that each stepping belt 18 advances at the same speed.

The μ, plate, and pieces 12 are connected to each other, so that when one pedal piece 12 is pushed down, the $ _ pedal components are pushed correspondingly. This interconnecting system, during a forging chain, provides a balanced relationship between the sides and the left side, and provides some additional cushioning: the interconnecting mechanism 334 shown in FIG. 50 is an arc : ,, and pieces. -A central portion of the arc-shaped rocker arm 112 is pivoted: two = swivel lever # 12. Pure to the front side of the base frame 14. The orphaned ends use their own universal joints 138

Two pieces 134, 136. The tie rod on the left requires the pivot ⑶ on one of the side frames 54 of the slab sample assembly. : ’The tie rods 134 on both sides are connected and transferred—a pivot on the right side pedal assembly side frame. The ball joint 138 should be used at the end of the arced rocker arm 112 "skin using 134, 136 仫, ±., And where the tie rods are on the side of the pedal assembly 12 ... 2 '-Yes Since 128, 130 are, the members of the workers ... 56 each plane moves in a chess-like path, and at the same time arcs 103 200427483 The ends of the arms are arched along a vertical flat field. The path moves freely at the ends of the tie rods 134, 136. Whereas, a complex relative operation is provided in one embodiment, as shown in Figure 5 1 112 ^ Μ--ν, "arc The rocker arm assembly has two opposite sheet metal arm molds tA ,, ^ 1 A rfn k, and the molds are connected to each other by an integral metal section 112C, and the metal section The system 138 is bent at a right angle from each of the f-parts, and is located between the I-parts 112A, 112B at the end of each of the curved rocker arms 112. The words "tightening rods 134, 136 ,, including m ... and the length of the rod including the fixed length and the length of the meat nut can change the tie rod m, 136 can be used to adjust the phase Each π1 has an angle with respect to the pedal assembly 12. When the tie rod 系 134, U6 whose length can be changed is made longer, it will increase the slope of the pedal assembly 12. It is depicted in FIG. 50 The arc-shaped rocker arm 112 is made as described below. The pivoting movement of the Xuan Xun pedal assembly 12 against the pivot point m is based on the user's stepping (step, step, weight, etc.) and A slow L release and a biasing effect provided on each pedal assembly 2 are controlled. When the user steps down on, for example, the pedal leather π 18 of the left pedal assembly, the left pedal The assembly 12 will pivot around the left: the moving roller 2 ... in the downward direction, and drive the tie rod # 134 downward. This will cause the left end of the arc rocker arm &quot; 2 to be turned toward Push down, causing the right end of the arc rocker arm 112 to rise / arc rock; the upward movement of the f dry arm 112 is It is transmitted by the right tie rod 104 200427483 136 to urge the right pedal assembly 12 to pivot about the right drive roller 28 in an upward direction.

If desired, the curved rocker arm 112 may be provided with a biasing device. Figure 51 shows the right and left springs 々μ as the deflection device. The elastic yellow 428 is coupled between the ends of the arc-shaped rocker arm 112 and is respectively installed in the base frame 帛 14i. When the pedal implants are at the same inclination ("neutral inclination ,,"), the springs, 々Μ are in the same degree of compression or extension. When the user steps down, for example, is When the left pedal assembly 12 is stepped on the stepping belt 18, the left pedal assembly 12f pivots around the left driving roller 28 in a downward direction: the left end of the curved rocker f 112 is pushed down, and Causes the right end of the arc-shaped rocker arm 112 to push up and push the right pedal assembly a to pivot about the right drive roller 28 in an upward direction. At the same time, the left spring 428 will be placed on the larger Press the red towel (or it is placed in the extension according to the configuration of the spring relative to the arc rocker) 'Asia and the right side of the spring 428 will be placed in tension (or to) on the left side The spring compresses less), and creates a net deflection force, which is the opposite of the downward force exerted by the user's weighted foot on the stepping belt 18 of the left pedal assembly 12. When the user Turn "version heavy left foot When the right foot, the deflection device 'Μ be applied by using a weight in the coordinated action of the right foot, the right to cause the pedal assembly 12, port, CI pivoted in downward direction. However, when the slot is tilted, the deflection device 428, such as # 4, will start to resist the downward force exerted by the user's right foot, as described above for the left foot 105 with weight. The deflection device 428 13 8 ^ ^ α shown in FIG. The exact position of the attachment to the temple deflection device 428 and the attached style are not important. Furthermore, the other ends of the partial # 古杜士 &amp; clothing set 428 can be directly consumed to the base frame 1 3 # t 112 ^, or 疋 can be coupled to other with the rocking talent $ 1 12 Motion-independent structure. ^ ^ nr ^, then some other structures are preferably bits

The i-arms of the arc-shaped rocker arm 112 are in the normal plane of movement of A, m six, but in addition, the system can exist under the arc-rocker-λα, duty, month 12 (For example, the position shown in FIG. 51) or the arc-shaped rocker arm is above the 丄 12 (for example, 180 degrees from the position shown in FIG. 51). 52A to 52B: The deflection device 2 under the pedals is noticed above. Among a double movable belt stepping fitness purple set 10, the pedal assemblies 12 around their pivoting main shaft 330 The pivoting county shall link the stepping actions (steps, steps, weights, etc.) of the hunter user with one mitigation effect and / or one applied to the temple pedal assembly 12 BU Xi low &amp; n Tian ^ The bias effect above is controlled together. The easing and deflection effects can be applied to each pedal assembly 12 by a single device + 7 1U or a separate device. FIG. 52 does not show an example of the use of the deflection device 8 located under each pedal assembly 2. The deflection devices seem to push the pedals and the part 2 up to a no-load or neutral position. The spoon flat mouth Yuan i 428 shown in the stomach 52 is illustratively a spring 428 which is coupled between the bottom frame 43 and the base frame 14 of each pedal assembly 2. Preferably, the dust shrinkage and tensioning properties of the 106 200427483 and other impeachments 428 are substantially equal, and the attachment position point 43 on the pedal assemblies 12 is reflected such that the pedal assemblies # 12 can be biased at the same inclination, and the user's left chat and right chat can be applied with substantially equal force for the same load. When these pedal assemblies 12 &amp; have a load or empty tilt ’Due to the weight of the pedal assembly 12, the springs 428 are at the same degree of contraction. When the user steps down on the tread leather π 1 8 which is the left pedal assembly, for example, the foot portion of the left pedal assembly 12 frictionally engages the tread belt ^ 8, the left pedal assembly 12 pivots the main shaft 33 〇 Pivot in a downward direction and compress the spring 428 on the left (see Figure 52). The compression system of the left spring 428 generates a biasing force that pushes upwards against the downward force exerted by the user's foot on the stepping belt 18 Λ of the left pedal assembly 12. When the user's foot does not reach the load NG again (this occurs when the user steps on the tread τ 1 8 of the right pedal assembly worker 2) 'The biasing force is intended to restore the left pedal assembly i2 to Its neutral tilt position. The relief device (not shown in the figure) is preferably, but not necessarily, used in conjunction with these springs 428. The easing devices are preferably capable of resisting the downward movement of the pedal assemblies Η. The easing devices can also resist the upward force generated by the pedal components η through the spring 428 to prevent the pedal components u from springing back too quickly. The top ends of the springs 428 are pure to the pedal assembly 12 so as to be able to apply a pushing biasing force on the pedal assemblies 彳 12. The mechanism shown in Fig. 52A includes a flange 43 which extends from a lower position of the frame M of the pedal assemblies i2 in 107 200427483-a side-to-side direction. The convex, μ convex, and 彖 43 ° should be lower than the stepping belt connected by the user's foot. The surface of the spring seems to be contacted by the user's foot :: lower, to avoid such spoons. Other appropriate attachment mechanisms

G includes the right and left foot support flat A ^ λα ten mouths (not shown in the figure) and the area covered by the sentence (not shown in the figure) 刚性 and the package rigidity are broken by β% And hold enough di and strength 'without deformation or failure during use. When using a shell that extends along the bottom of a pedal set, 42S, pulls the bottom of the cow 12 ", the attachment position of the 428 is longitudinally centered green, and Pinding e is lined with the line of the pedal assembly 12 Do n’t hesitate from there. * I—a frame 52 of the pedal assembly 12 ^ If necessary, a flange 430 bent from below the assembly 12 may be placed on the pedal assembly 2: the middle, the The second round is not offset from there. "2 The bottom end of 2 may be frame 14 or any other stable structure attached to the base frame relative to the treadmill fi2. The movement of the slab, and piece 12 is the mechanical setting of the pedals if it is necessary to adjust the height of the pedals (... and this force 'can be used) (illustratively in n, the figure ) Can be changed with these springs Takato wxuan attachment position point 430). Various types of mechanical devices are used in five-wire type mechanical devices: η is known, including, for example, screw-type mechanical farming systems that allow holes and branches to be used. You can change the height m ^ '' X in the pedal assembly 1 &gt; -Γ 丨, / «λ π The user wants the same or different. # 12 can be used for such spring 4M ° &amp; part of the appropriate can be adjusted height machine 108 200427483 an example of mechanical placement county county base pole 14 = Γ moving platform, the platform is from

The earth is raised at t4 and can be separated from the A frame-a variable distance J 疋 is located at a distance from the base frame ^. The lower part of the spring 428 is attached to this flat △, and the σ mouth, 'and the user changes the distance between the platform and the frame 14 of the United States to adjust the ancient ... 12 inclination. Under the platform, I :, *: are adjusted manually or adjusted from the user console by the user's control. The ability to adjust the nL force can be adjusted by the user if necessary. The distance between the points can be adjusted by the producer, as disclosed elsewhere in this specification. &quot; The neutral angle of the inclination of the temple pedal assembly 12 can also be changed and adjusted by the deflection device 428 phase f. The deflection device 428, the position of the second 330 will be more inclined. In order to: The closer to the pivot point 33 °, and the position where the pedal assembly 12 is attached to the base 4 frame 14. It should be The phonetic note is; one of the 330 for the biased connection ... J's 疋, the change of this position relative to the insertion position point 7 will change the biasing force due to the leverage φ &amp; _ μ 1. This change will also be awkward. For the pedal, and the closer the piece 12 ... is placed to the hug ..., the smaller the drag resistance of the bull 2 is. Figure 54 to Figure 59 ·· Using Figure 54 to Figure 59: The embodiment of the deflection mechanism of the fitness device makes the deflection ~ various other pieces like the deflection mechanism] 2 the bottom two can be directly provided on the pedal assembly and other pedal components can be sa: no one type of deflection mechanism The device is connected by a reciprocating company (not shown in 109 200427483 Figure 54 to Figure 59), which is connected like various arc-shaped shakes dragged and displayed in this manual. One set of lever arm. + Τ 1 solid length 幵 &flat; It is supported by a spring-supported bracket; the upper part is 25 and the extension of the pedal assembly 12 on the right and left side in a direction toward the left and the direction of the fitness device. The protrusions 432 are respectively Extending from the left and right pedal f 'is illustratively extending from its longitudinal centerline = the lower daggers can be seated at any position that provides the flat

The arms that are long enough to connect these protrusions 432 44 ^ = are enough to penetrate the body. There is a use—an interconnected scoop on all of the left and right pedal assembly 12 or the actual Γ :: Γ: between The arm of the flat spring * 428 is in the connection with the two out of two: if you use an interconnected split, the 432 will generally connect the flat spring yellow 428 in the neutral tilt and below. The arm part is to move the cage bismuth 4 &quot; from the grape wine 4 pedal assembly 12 to move upward in the air: when it will be disengaged. In the case where the left and right pedal assemblies 12 are lifted “with a strong and rigid housing 20, these protrusions 432

I protrudes from the panel of the lower case 20 (hidden in the figure). When the housing 20 is not strong and insufficiently rigid, or the housing is not used = the protrusion 432 for each pedal assembly 12 is a professional. It is shown in the figure, but can be seen in FIG. 60. The brace in the middle: as an example)-a part and protruding from the brace, the brace = extends beyond the width of the tread belt 18 of the pedal assembly 12, and has an upwardly extending flange Or two upwardly extending flanges coupled to an inner frame (not shown) of the pedal assembly 12. 110 200427483 The outlet 432 can be composed of any material, although the material should be changed to :: Γ by the flat spring 428 being engaged by the protrusions to immediately slide over the flat spring 432. Suitable materials include plastics and composites of the genus I, and a biasing mechanism 428 of Fig. 54 coated with a low-friction material. The left pedal assembly operates in the following manner. This deflector applies # n aa 1 to the pedal assembly 12 on the right side. When the user steps on the left pedal step ... and puts weight on his feet, the body panel assembly 12 will be 英 英 1 小 Μ + Ασ 亥 4 qing, the ministry was quoted :: tread: move down. The metal flat elastic is connected with the protruding portion 432 of the flat two and two cow U, and the deflection force is against the left pedal assembly. The deflection effect starts when &quot; is removed from its foot. A caused the left pedal assembly ^ to return to its neutral tilt assembly ^ by the X flat elastic meal seems to be located close to the pedal lever efficiency: i = ', the maximum exertion on the pedal assembly 12 The sound of the path is reduced to a minimum: The recovery force of Qianhuanghuang 428 can alternatively be changed to the effect: and :: one step = measure: the flat spring 428 can be changed in one two, In 1 #, the support frame of the spit is adjusted forwards and backwards2: The branch 1 series can be moved backward at the base frame 14 Ueda ^ The support frame is moved from 111 200427483 to a closer pivot position The shorter cross-arm arm generated by the point, the floor frame will apply a smaller deflection pinion 2 on the pedal assemblies 12. When the flat spring 428 is moved closer to the pivot position, the inclination of the pedal assemblies 12 will be increased. Figure W shows a deflection mechanism 428 for use with the left and right pedal assemblies 12, which have their respective right and left relief devices, respectively. 76 (illustratively hydraulic cylinder type) = catwalk The deflection mechanism 428 is similar to the deflection mechanism shown in FIG. 54. The right easing device 76 has a pivotally-mounted right pedal assembly 12 "the outer end, and the other end mounted to a right upright frame member (not shown). The left side ,, You and &amp; has a k. 卩 54 'pivotally installed to the left pedal assembly 1 2 2 卜 and the left upright frame member is not shown in the figure) The other end of the easing device 76 will provide resistance to the downward movement of the pedal assembly 12 of each other, each of them. The resistance provided by the temple easing device 76 may be the same as that of the pedal assembly. Related to the speed of movement. The relaxation device i% can also =: Γ ... resistance to upward movement, in order to show that the two pedal components with the weight being applied are flattened 篑 428 upward speed. ^ Set two Μ :: Guang Li used a cymbal to sling the 428-a biased mechanical device. The sling I 428 is a short spring-supported bracket 43 and 42 pieces. For the concave orientation of these pedal assemblies 12, the The arms of Pu Zao page 28 are tied to the right and left of the fitness device: 112 2 00427483

In both directions and into engagement with the bottom side of the left and right pedal assemblies 12. If a reciprocating link mechanism is not used, the arm of the sprocket spring 428 is engaged with the pedal assembly 124 and the like during all or substantially all of its stroke. If a reciprocating link device is used, the pedal assemblies 12 can be disengaged from the reed spring 428 during the upper position of their range of motion. The upward end of the reed spring 428 will illustratively engage the panel near the T-direction centerline of the bottom panel 20 of the housing of the pedal assembly 12, however, the ends may be made if desired Shorter or longer to connect the bottom panel of the case 2Q in any area except near the longitudinal centerline of the panel. When the cymbal plate and the piece 12 are provided with a sturdy and rigid housing, the end of each spring 428 of the cymbal can directly engage the panel of the housing 20. However, when the shell 20 is sufficiently strong and rigid, the impact plate can be used in the area where the end of the cymbal shell 100 meets. When not in use; ν or the body is very fragile 'a strut (not shown) may be used to provide an impact plate, wherein the strut extends from the pedal belt 18 of the pedal assembly U Beyond the width and have a wide flange or two flanges that extend upward, and the flange or flanges are connected to the inner frame of the pedal set # 12 (not shown in the figure). The piece may be composed of any material, and, of course, the material should be transmitted to the end of the 5 early piece 5 early yellow 428, and the elastic piece spring 428 can be connected to the hit plate to change the material to form the plate. Suitable materials include: hard plastics and composites, and white and monsoon coated with a low-friction material. The use of a concave reed spring f 428 in FIG. 56 (as with the flat spring 428 as in FIG. 54 with respect to 113) is advantageous ′ This is because the system allows the spring shoe 428 to exceed one unit 12. Relatively long action range contacts the pedal group. The operation of the car return biasing mechanism 428 on the left pedal assembly 12 is Ning Xi as follows. The function of the deflecting mechanism 428 is... For the right pedal assembly 12. When the user steps on the stepping belt 18 of the left pedal assembly 12, and the weight is applied to the heel, the left pedal assembly 12 moves downwards around the main shaft 1A. According to this embodiment, the system of striking 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 is elastically deformed by the bottom of a housing 20, a bump 428, and a gradually increasing biasing force: anti-left pedal ... 2梹 shape moves downwards. When the user finishes starting to remove the feet, the biasing force is applied-causing the left pedal assembly 12 to return to its neutral tilt. s Figure 57 shows a deflection mechanism 428 using a relatively short reed spring, which is supported by a long spring * support bracket 430 on a convex surface relative to the pedal assemblies 12 Fang 114 1: 亥 only 5 morning * 428 series, in one direction towel towards the right and left 2 of the device, extended 12 squares on these pedal components-a fairly short 3 spoons away if / and There is a reciprocating link device. The arm of the diaphragm 4 spring 428 is connected to all or substantially all of its stroke: more than 5 = waiting for the pedal assembly 12 to be connected. The 6 protrusions 432 on the bottom of the pedal assemblies 12 will engage the reed spring 428 at its inner edge, close to 7 unequal inner edges. 'The reed spring | 428 is the standard frame of the spring support 200427483 branch office. When the pedal assembly 12 has a sturdy and rigid casing, the end of the / H leaf spring 428 can directly engage the casing 20. However, when the casing 2 is. Not quite strong enough and rigid J can use impact in the area where the ends of the bullets are connected; pieces: when the shell 20 is not used or the shell is very fragile, it can make the striker ^ frame (Not shown in the figure) or use a scroll wheel to provide a bumper, where 'this system is pushed into the inner frame 2 of the pedal assembly 12 (= in the figure) and is just in the housing 2. Extending beyond the bottom: The striker can be made of any material; however, the end of the shrapnel 428 can slide across the panel as soon as the shrapnel 428 is deformed by being engaged. Appropriate materials include rigid plastics and composite-coated metals. And a kind of low-friction material Figure 58 shows a use-type multi-section torsion bomb | In the up position, the Chuan 5 Xuan Xi heavy section torsion bomb 428 can bear six ϋ μ to be seen more clearly. The twist: The base section 434 of 8 is installed by some installation jigs 436, and the free end 438 of the Hai Temple is connected along the bottom of the pedal assembly to the bottom surface of the pedal group # 12. : The spring 428 is elastically deformed, and is used for the bias effect of the ugly bullet. If not used :: fixed object, connecting rod device, these free ends 438 are connected with the pedal components M in all the strokes of their king ^ or 疋 115 115 27427 In other embodiments of the mechanical device 428, if the torsion spring 428 is sufficiently strong and rigid, the free end 438 extending inwardly can be directly connected to the housing 20, or it can be connected to any suitable spring impact plate Pieces. In a variation of the embodiment of FIG. 58, the apparent circle of the torsion spring 428: to be seated near the centerline of the base frame, and the free end 胄 438 of the torsion spring 428 can extend outward Not extending inward. In order to fully support such a torsion spring 428, a :: frame: piece (not shown in the figure) 'can be provided and the torsion spring η mouth of the multiple section is fixed by the clamp 436 along the central frame member. Fig. 59 shows a deflection mechanism 428 using a double-divided flat gold 箬 428. The impeachment is taken &amp; + ^ 14 measures ... 4 ㈣ "糸 is supported on the base frame J: i 'and where' the aliquot is 442 tied at a ^ P to bend along the bottom of the pedal assembly 12 to meet the Μ_ &amp;# &amp; 4 of the pedal assembly 12 In the P-up position, the flat springs 428 and 1: the curved points 442 can be more clearly seen. These bifurcations 442 ;: When their respective pedal groups # 12 are engaged, the elasticity of the second supply biases.杲, Ligu used to mention, "Eight and two have a reciprocating link device, and the knife hunting is 442 in all or substantially all of these pedal assemblies 丨 2 phases, 仃 Yun and other The Λ φ 1 towel, which is similar to that of the biasing mechanical device, 'if the impeachment is strong enough and the end of the rigid cross can be directly connected to the appropriate impact plate of the shell Haisi knife. It can be connected to any 116 ^ UU427483 Tian uses the word "metal impeachment, and when using 苴 仙 月 士 α will know that it is possible"-a material with properties similar to metal springs. = The position of the mechanical setting 428 can be made into any use IV: the optional support bracket 43 〇 can be made with-and sets of lines: "" several mechanical devices (like nails in holes The mechanical mechanism is shown in Figure 8 = mechanical display ^ is a user-adjustable and can be changed by the long solid 58 torsion spring 428 with the flat spring of the moon 箬 heart has a protruding point and 442 ^ can be installed in a On the secondary frame, 1 jat force is relative to the base frame 芊 14 &amp; and the position of the frame rafter 14 can be adjusted by the user. What is important is that this position of the secondary frame% _ ★ &amp; &amp; The position of Ka in you that changes to the resistance will change, and the pedal rent 12 member 428 is moved closer to the Han, and the lever 12 of the pivot position of the piece 12 becomes smaller.帛 ⑽The force will be reduced due to the reduction. Figure 53: Brake base relief component Figure 53 shows an example of using a relief component 444 for the relief effect 446. Master braking ... 〇British ^, ° Brake State 446 provides consideration for an attached brake pulley 448 = to 444 sentences; ancient Add e 1 and force the relaxation assembly to include an elongated relaxation belt 45. At the U position, a slippery Li # is connected to the brake pulley of the Yuansi pedal group moon wheel system 452. 448, in order to slide the brake to 44s A u and the downward movement of the resistance pass 12. The age is 4 3 k Λ 卞, which is more earthy, and the back and forth of the pedal is coordinated by a connected component. Mutual- An illustrative pulley system 452 is shown in Figure 53. The 117 200427483

The Y-skin γ 450 is attached to a pedal assembly 12 at a position point, and the position point is a pivot spindle 330 far from the pedal assembly 12. The greater the distance between the attachment position point and the pivoting spindle 33q, the greater the leverage benefits realized. A first end portion of the relaxation belt 45 () is attached to the pedal assembly 12 on the right side. The moderating belt 450 then extends through a pulley 452A to change the direction by about a degree, from being substantially vertical to being substantially horizontal and within the overall plane of the base frame M. The easing belt 45 is next extended through a pulley 452B, and the core 452B is rotatably supported by a one-way bearing ', and the bearing is installed in a first-connected to a differential flywheel_ On the side shaft 454. The pulley 4 can change the direction of the relaxation belt 450 by about 180 °, so that the relaxation belt 450 remains within the overall plane of the base frame 14_. The easing belt 450 is twisted about 450 degrees' and extends through a pulley 452c, which changes the direction of the leather F 450 by about 90 ° so that the belt traverses the base. The frame wood 14 is inferior and runs through the pulley 452d on the opposite side. The pulley 452!) Changes the direction of the easing belt 45 () by about a degree, and the leather f 450 is then twisted large, about 90 ° and extends through the pulley, and the pulley 452E is also rotatable by a single A bearing is supported, and a 'moon wheel 452E' is mounted on a shaft 454i connected to a second side of the differential flywheel 448. The pulley 452E changes the direction of the easing belt 大约 by about 180 degrees so that the easing belt 450 remains within the entire plane of the base frame 14 and is guided to the pulley 452F. The moderating belt 450 then extends through the pulley to change the direction 118 200427483: approximately 90 degrees' from being substantially horizontal and within the entire plane of the base frame i4 to being substantially vertical. A second position of the easing belt is attached to the left pedal assembly 12 at a second position, and the standing point is away from the pivot spindle 33 of the pedal assembly 12. When the pulley 452E is turned counterclockwise by 2 of the left pedal assembly (when viewed from the left side of the base frame 14), the fly engages so that the brake 446 passes through the brake belt and on the 4 brake 446 The pulley 458 is rotated to resist the onward movement of the left pedal assembly 12 and Lingru &amp; A ^ over white, and the yoke adds a moderating force to the upward movement of the leather plate assembly 12 by pulling the moderation丄: Turn the pulley ⑽ clockwise (when viewing the left side of the frame 14 from the same position). The pulley _'s clockwise and ‘turn not’ link with the flywheel 448, is this because of the # Λ cylinder of A # f 1 ά? Duren's mouthpiece is a helical differential flywheel 448. The scoop early bearing will only be engaged by counterclockwise rotation. The left side of 卞 14 will be noticeable when viewed. It is not important to place the pulley system in Figure 53. The roughly vertical movement of the wheel system 12 is via a differential flywheel 448;! 板 和 件 动 器 446 Office. Therefore, π ± is transmitted to a mouthpiece, and it is possible to use the pedal group to transmit the substantially vertical motion to a differential flywheel 4, 〆々, 〆々. It is also very beneficial to work in the body of the pulley system within the plane of the body, the skin; =: Guanghai base frame ... the entire belt will not dry to W length should be as long as possible, so that the dry] 4 fitness Device: Appearance and operation. In order to adapt to various deflection positions (inclinations), the length of the 119 200427483 450 can be made variable. This system can be achieved in various ways. In one technique, a winding mechanism is placed at an attachment point in one or both of the pedal assemblies. The setting of the deflection and winding is adjusted until the required inclination is achieved and there is no slack in the relaxation belt 450. The winding is adjusted manually or by a motor driven under the control of the user's console. Among other techniques, the pulleys 452 (: and 45 are attached to a movable sub-frame. The deflection and the position of the sub-frame: 2 are adjusted until the required inclination is adjusted. Achieved until there is no slack in the easing Pico 450. The adjustment of the frame position is manual or a motor driven under the control of the user console; a spring can be used to tension This sub-frame is in order to remove the relaxation of the relaxation skin ▼ 450, however, the force can be applied when the spring is tensioned. ^ Ά The brake base relaxation assembly 444 moves as described below. When the user steps down On the stepping leather # 1 8 which is the left pedal assembly, for example, the foot is frictionally engaged with the stepping belt M _, and the left side I is inserted in a downward direction around its pivoting spindle. It will work in 蟮 4j c without pressing. However, when stepping down on the left pedal assembly 12 which has a significant m, the user i Ding, the weight I from the right pedal group due to the interconnection device ( Not: and the right pedal assembly will return The connecting rod device, like Γ but usually a reciprocating arm, starts to pivot in a downward direction around its rotating main axis 330 120 200427483. = Interconnecting the system will place the controller in The downward force on the left pedal assembly u, which exerts a heavy foot clock 12τ, is converted into an upward force on the right pedal assembly. When the right pedal assembly 12 rises, the relaxation band 4S0 is pulled , Xi Shi Book 〆 η 452B, so that 彳 n is connected with the Pugong system by turning the pulley brake pad 448 counterclockwise in turn. The differential flywheel 448 is connected to the brake pulley by the h 458 _, so that the right pedal assembly 12 A moderating force is exerted on the movement:: Hai ... :: The upward force on the right pedal assembly 12 and the ',' system via the reciprocating link device inhibits the downward movement of the T + u χ assembly 12. Cup The clothing restrains the left pedal M from being connected, so that the pedaling belt plate assembly 12 of the foot pedal unit 12 is stepped on the right pedal unit 12 to engage the belt 18. The right side step is seen in a downward direction. Pivoting. User τ… Spindle 330 When the user removes the weight from the board assembly 12, the pieces will be removed from 2 pieces 12, and the left pedal group: its pivot spindle 33. Drag. Make two = plate group ... The weight of the foot =: a force acting on the door of the left pedal assembly 12 on the left pedal assembly 12. The belt system in turn counterclockwise Λ will pull the relaxation belt 450, making the brake cry 446 Rotate the pulley 452β to connect the differential flywheel to apply a easing operation ^ 46 the movement of the side pedal assembly 12 ^ a easing force is to resist the upward pull on the left pedal 121 200427483 assembly 12 and it ’s in In effect, it is connected through this: depress: the right pedal assembly 12 moves downward. It will be seen that, in the monthly embodiment, the brake 446 must be turned in only one direction. In a variation of the yoke example, two relaxation belts are used instead of one continuous belt 450. Referring to Fig. 53, the belt 45o: the section between the pulley 452c and the pulley 452D is deleted, and the sliding net 452C and the pulley 4 cents are replaced with a reel, spring, or other such device. In this variation, when the left pedal assembly Η moves in an upward direction, the 'attached relaxation belt 45 ° will be pulled back from the winding reel' or when the spring is stretched back, the pulley will Rotating in a counterclockwise direction causes the differential flywheel 448 to engage, so that the brake, 446 will exert a moderating force on the movement of the left pedal assembly 12. When this happens, the right pedal assembly U is in a downward direction, which tends to cause slack in the buffer belt 450 attached to the right pedal assembly 2. The slack phenomenon is tensioned by the take-up reel or spring. Since the pulley 452e is rotated clockwise, the flywheel 448 does not engage due to the rotation of the pulley 452B. The differential flywheel 448 is omitted in a variation (not shown) below FIG. DC5, which uses a two-way brake 446 and a separate continuous relaxation belt 450. Either the shaft 454 from the pulley 452 £ or the shaft from the pulley 452B of FIG. 53 is restricted, but not both are restricted. Assume that the shaft 454 from the pulley 452e 122 200427483 is restricted, and a moving α wheel 448 series is installed on the shaft 454 from the square moon wheel 452E, and the brake belt of FIG. 53 The 456 series extends through the brake pulley 448. For example, if there is a need, the brake cry 446 can be designed to be straightforward. The sigh is on the shaft 454 from the pulley 452E. Otherwise, this modification is the same as in the second embodiment due to the rotation of the pulley 452E. This brake 446 is engaged during operation. The upward movement of the eye pedal assembly in the embodiment of FIG. 53 can be omitted, and the second flywheel 448 can be used, recognized, and dynamic 446, and one of the two brakes is: 452E and another brake is tied to pulley 452B. A single scoop "Easing Belt 450" can be used in these two independent Easing Belts 450 J to be used in this variant. The word "Continuous Belt" refers to Belt 4 and not to the leather $ 450 "" I. Structuring, "born", whether the material in I is homogeneous. An example of a continuous belt 450. The end sections are made of flat material. Two f: belts of ^, and the middle section is like a

The early yellow bow tensioning device, or a push 3 long M 1U., Is a talent that can change the long production like a sleeve nut. The tensioning device may be combined with a deflection device so that a tilt drill collar is used to set the inclination of the pedal assemblies 12 while avoiding a slow motion in the giant badge θ 皮皮 兴 450 The phenomenon of relaxation. Although flat skins are advantageous, flat skins are not limited to a flat ten form, and can be arbitrary. Two pounds are required to have any desired surface finish, texture, or It is characteristic ^ shape. It looks like a wavy wave or the like) 123 200427483 Figure 5 3 Brake 本 丨 5¾ 44 Γ 口 口, a flywheel can replace the brake for 446 and actuate the pulley 458. Received at 4SS λ In the factory, dynamic 446 and actuated sliding quarter sun 5 8 will be replaced by flywheels to use μ 〇 * keep the same ° when ΛΛ w,. ^ ^ With the easing effect Will be reduced by flywheels. If a flywheel is used, it can be installed on the knife-open shaft 454 connecting the pulleys 452B and 452ε, and the belt 450 and the differential flywheel 448 can also be omitted. ° 』Motion diagram 60. The shock-absorbing mechanism for the fitness device is clearly illustrated-an embodiment of the shock-absorbing mechanism, which is used to lower the bottom of the pedal assembly 12 to the minimum to allow = will The impact occurred. This may happen at the end of the user's forging chain, and its evil days t occur 'and the left and right pedal assemblies η will be pushed down by the user's weight toward the base frame or the floor. The lowering to the bottom may also occur during a forging chain if the biasing force is not properly set. The fitness device 10 therefore preferably includes a mechanical device for absorbing certain forces from the impact of the pedal assemblies 12 to cushion the user and avoid the fitness equipment s10 or the floor located below. s damage. The shock-absorbing mechanism 1 54 of FIG. 60 uses a rigid plastic protrusion 16 from a mounting bracket 155, which extends beyond the width of the stepping belt 18 of the pedal assembly a and has two couplings. Connected to the upwardly extending flange 56 of the inner side frame member of the pedal assembly a. A soft rubber bumper 164 is coupled to the base frame 14 directly or through a brace, and is positioned so that it is attached when the pedal assembly u 124 200427483 is lowered to the bottom Under the condition, it is connected by the plastic protruding part i60.忒 Soft rubber bumpers 丨 64 are elastically deformed when contacted by hard plastic protrusions to provide a cushioning effect. The rigid and elastic protrusions 160, 164 of the shock absorbing mechanism 154 may be reversed, so that an elastic protrusion 164 will be provided on the mounting bracket 155, and a relatively hard cushioning A device 160 is provided on the base frame 14. Figure 61A and Figure 61B: bottom-driven fitness device 10 Figure 61A and 61B bottom-driven fitness device 10 has two pedal components 12: a right-side component 12 and a left-side component 12. Each pedal, and piece 12 is basically an independent treadmill with its own tread belt 18, bottom plate 26, and front, rear, and deflection wheels &amp; 30, η. Although each pedal group # 12 can be moved by its own motor 88 when needed, it is advantageous that both pedal assemblies 12 are driven by a driving shaft and the same motor. This ensures that the temple hide will advance at the same speed. If required, one can be used for two pedal assemblies 12 "separate drive rollers, instead of having a separate jog roller for each pedal assembly. The pedal assemblies 12 will also be connected to each other to provide a balance between the right and left sides during the series, and to provide some additional cushioning. "The balance relationship can be used Various ways were achieved 'including a reciprocating cup device' like any arc-shaped rocker described in this manual, and pieces. The fitness equipment 4 10 can be on the side of a treadmill mold and the right pedal assembly 12 is locked and operated at a desired inclination (like = 200427483), which is used to p, B is used to exercise a traditional treadmill, or can be borrowed in a stepper mode It is operated to keep the treadle belt 18 stationary (the motor is turned off). The funeral meal is known as a special design for hunters, and the configuration of the same elements as described in other parts of this specification is roughly the same. Examples used in. “It is also applicable to the bottom of FIG. 61A to drive the pedal-seeking assembly 12 along a common main axis and the main axis of which is coupled to the fitness device 10 is not necessary. 1 However, it is the same. 330 ^ _ 'plates, and pieces 12 are facing their main axis 33 ° J11 ° Clearly, the pivot axis of these pedal assemblies 12 is the drive shaft of each of the driving rollers of the pedal group # 12 The rod 460 Γ. The end of the drive shaft 82 is stopped at each pivotal support. These bearings are protruded from the base frame U in other embodiments. In the embodiment, the driving roller is an offset roller. In the following embodiments, the donkey moving roller is the front roller 28 or :: 1 to 2 °. In each pedal assembly 12, the biasing roller 31 Angle I: Square and rear ... The 8,30 series forms an inverted three-way roller as the vertex. ^ An angular base, and the palaeomorphic k-base measured vertically to the vertex is quite large. , Such as the show; or can be quite small by the straight line. Dhai Temple and the rear rollers 28, 30 are the same from Xi drive f have And the pivot main shaft 330 of the pedal assembly 12 such as k 4 can be shifted at the force shaft 82 and has the pivot function of other branches 126 200427483 The pivot main shaft 33 can be fixed as shown in the figure. ;, Can be changed, changed &amp; π ^ is also a solid 'or w pivot position point ^, H ^ clothes 罝 笊 to establish a different white (”,, dagger to the left and right pedals ^ # Drive shaft ... into one of the secondary frames? ... The base frame% U and between the secondary frame and the placement. ―: 14 provides a more mechanical, position-changing mechanism, and a clear mechanism that can change the position The device is a hole in an array of the towels and a mechanical device for carrying nails in the secondary frame. Other mechanical devices include a notch, a negative ledge. A notch, a clamp and

In order to operate Fig. 61 in a normal mode

The user adjusts the mitigating effect and the biasing effect as desired, stepping on: = side foot support table (not shown in the figure &lt; but describing other parts of the force statement), as desired The console: exercise curve (each step of the right and left pedal assembly 12 :; V 1 8 series will start to move), and stepping on the right and left step belt 18 from the right and left foot support flat ^ respectively . In the example of “A”, the preferred stepping area is the floor area between the front roller 28 and a straight line on the bottom phase 26, where the straight line is connected to the floor 26 The imaginary vertical plane extending through the pivoting spindle 33 ° intersects (see FIG. 61A). The weight of the user will tend to pivot the bottom plate% around the pivoting spindle 330. Referring to FIG. 6 1B, suppose the user is moving Walking or running in the direction of the roller 28 (arrows show the movement of stepping on the belt 8 which is in a direction opposite to the direction used by the user). As shown in Figure 127

20042748J 61B is not the normal operating mode. ,,,,,,? The user has taken his weight from the right pedal assembly 12A (which is 祧 咏 士 册 19Δ, eight series is known to step the belt 18 along the right pedal assembly 12Α Carry) Transfer to the left 2B. The force acting on the left pedal, and 12B is subject to ee „. R ^ 刿 戍 阻力 and resistance (which can be speed-dependent, and the hunter speed check 4, ^ ,, S plus) and Resistance to biasing force (which is related to the attachment position of the biasing device or biasing force). The right pedal and the 12 A will be removed because of the weight on the foot on 1, and because on the left The downward force on &amp; of the pedal assembly 1 2 b is going back and forth via

The second set (not shown in the figure) is converted into a set of pedals to the right side:; 2aA starts to rise. Next, the right foot on the right pedal group moves when it is lifted and from the rear of the pedal assembly 12A's pedaling area toward the @A pedal, and the front of the 12A's pedaling area. Fan Wang removes weight S. At the same time, on the left pedal assembly 12B, the foot with a weight S is carried by stepping on the belt 18 to face behind the bottom plate of the Z-board assembly 12B and the tilt of the left pedal assembly 12B.

It is also said to be reduced due to weight, and the inclination of the right pedal assembly 12A will increase with biased force and transferred force. At low speeds, the pedal assembly will move forward through the car and the belt speed (fast pace) will have a larger arc range, otherwise it is equal. If you want to live ’, the stepping belt 1 of the temple pedal assembly 12 can be reversed and ordered by the army. If necessary, any of the front and rear rollers 2 can be made into a driving roller. Figure 62A to Figure 62c: Fitness device without a bottom plate 128 200427483 0 6 2 A Pedal assembly 12 discs The difference in the described pedal assembly is described and installed in / elsewhere in this article. The doors are based on the absence of a floor or floor suspension floor 26 among standard treadmills. T ^ ^ W ^ ^, see, where they provide I 疋 l ± u and a degree of reduction ΛΛ-^ ^ g ^ It is used at first to provide legs and feet f /, and has a long service life. For I g w ^ ^ ^ ^ ΛΑ Feng was asked to use a suspension device for additional shock absorption for the legs, foot and mouth P, and the moon. In one ... t directly under the floor in one way, the rubber bushing is used; the bottom of a flexible floor 26. a.-1 7-u. Chuan, the first type treadmill belt 1 8-generally has a light walking / running surface ranging from 17 inches to 22 inches in real length "inch to 61 inches. Figure 27 to Fig. 3% A 3 32 series does not show the bottom row suspension device for the pedal assembly 12 according to the present invention. A kind of left-handed with an OrbiterTM treadmill-known as not having The bottom treadmill can be obtained from the 0rbiter treadmill in Texas Heights. As printed on this product

As stated in the brush profile, "Mainly sold to medical rehabilitation centers, the 0rblterTM treadmill has a rubber, suspended running surface that stretches when your foot tribe is on it. (It feels like Running on a bougainvillea) ". Although the YanbIter treadmill is very effective at absorbing shocks and provides an effective exercise, the elongation may cause some users to feel an unstable feeling. The surface length of the belt was% inches and the width was 20 inches. 'The pedal assembly i2 shown in Figs. 62A, 62B, and 62C does not have a pedal and does not have a suspension system or a system that provides a shock absorbing property to the pedaling area 位于 located below. Good stability is achieved in these pedals 129 200427483 components, because the pedaling area 462 is relatively small in size, and this area is illustrative in the rear-drive fitness device in Figs. 62A, 62B, and 62C. The floor is 40 inches long and 8 inches wide. Overall stability can be improved by using reinforced belt materials. Lateral stability can be improved in various ways, such as by reinforcing the edges of the belt 18 with a fiber bead or a steel cable. In addition, the hi-hat leather T 18 through the rollers 28, 30 above it may be provided with a groove to receive the reinforced edge and maintain the leather f 18 to a certain degree of lateral tension on the rollers. Area, and additional grooved channels or channels can be provided by stepping on the two edges of the area 462, such as / σ | A degree of lateral tension is maintained in all treading areas 462. The pedal assembly 12 can be provided with a bottom plate 26 that can be locked in place in the pedal directly below the leather _ 18 to provide a stable and moderately good one for a normal workout. The shock-absorbing walking / running surface can be parked in a distant center to provide a fit for the Yifa Blade Heart ^, ... The Faxin Fork is associated with a normal exercise step: ΓΓ Low impact for users Running, walking surface. The three rollers of the movable belt treadle assembly are only examples of palladium (the tang is described in detail in this description. The cowpea is particularly suitable for this type of displaceable bottom plate 26, which is: for. There will be The large capacity of the required mechanical devices. The front part of the stone concrete pedal assembly 12A, M 12R ^ ^, "Han and the side pedal group spoon 11 square mouth M Li 22 series can be tested several times by going around one Located at their respective 130 200427483 cubic cubes and 0 A ti \, the main shaft 330 of the moving spoon pivots up and down relative to each other ^ is seated on the inner side of the adjacent right and left pedal assembly 1 2 / 、 When the side members of the board frame wood pass through each other during this movement, a gap = 疋: will open and close alternately. To help prevent this difference in air force σ, the pedal assembly 12 and the base frame 14 Access to the interior, such as debris and sweat—a shield or phase 4 structure is used to eliminate this gap. The shields described below can also be attached to the Delta Hai fitness device Structure so as not to interfere with the movement of such pedals. Fig. 63A to Fig. 63 ·· A dual-pedal / treadmill exercise device with various guard configurations shown in Fig. 63A, the exercise device is equipped with a base cover 464 covering the base = frame. The base The shield 464 includes a square portion 466, a right portion 468, a left portion 470, a rear portion 472, and a top portion 474. The top portion 474 of the base shield 464 is formed by a front top surface 476 , A left top surface 478, a right top surface 48o, and a rear top surface 482. The pedal device 484 seated in the top portion 474 is separated by a top surface center strip 486, and the top surface center is long The strips are connected to the front top surface 476 and the rear top surface 482. As shown in FIG. 63A, the right column 42 and the right column 40 are connected to the right portion 468 and the left portion 470 of the base shield. The base frame. The base shield 464 may be made of molded plastic, fiberglass, aluminum 131 200427483 or any other suitable material, and may be rigid , Flexible, or any combination. The base shield can also be manufactured as a separate piece to be assembled using screws, snaps, fasteners, and the like. As for how the fitness device is assembled or is Dismantling and shipping considerations can be included in considerations that determine how the base shield can be manufactured. In one or two of the cases, the base shield can be made into an integral part. As described in the figure Of the 63 A, the right pedal assembly 1 2 A shown in the up position and the left pedal assembly 12B shown in the down position are each equipped with a pedal guard assembly 488. The pedal guard assembly 488 is used together with the pedal assemblies 12 during the exercise equipment. The pedal shield assemblies 488 may be made from plastic, fiberglass, aluminum, or any other suitable material, and may be secured to the pedals using a variety of techniques such as screws, snaps, fasteners, and the like. Pedal assembly. The pedal shield assemblies can also be secured to the pedal assemblies using adhesives or hooks and loop fasteners. The pedal guard assembly 488 includes an outer side fence 490, an inner side fence BM, and a front side fence 494. The outer side fences 49o and the inner side fences 492 are connected to the pedal assemblies 12 adjacent to the pedal side members and span the length of the pedal assemblies. The front side fence 494 is connected to the outer side fence 490 and the inner side fence 492 and spans the length of the front roller on the pedal assembly. An inside bezel edge 496 is defined by the intersection of the inside side bezel 492 and the front side bezel 494, and an outside bezel edge 498 is formed by the outside side bezel 490 and the front side The crossing of the baffle 494 is defined. The 132 200427483 inside side baffle 492 may be generally triangular in shape and is defined by a top baffle edge 500, a bottom baffle edge (hidden), and a baffle inside baffle edge 496. The outer baffle edge, 彖 498 may also be substantially triangular in shape and defined by the top baffle edge 500, the bottom baffle edge (hidden), and the outer "board edge 498." As shown in FIG. 63A, the size of the pedal guard assembly 488 is determined so that when the right pedal assembly 12A is seated in an upward position, the top part of the right pedal assembly 12A and the base guard 464 appeals. The area between 474 is covered by the front side panel 4 and the outer side panel 49. In this position, the area between the right pedal assembly 12A and the left pedal assembly 12B is covered by the right pedal. The inner side baffle 492 of the module 12A is covered. Contrary to that shown in FIG. 63A, when the left side spare plate module 12B is seated in the up position, it is interposed between the left pedal module 12B and the base shield 464 The area between the top part 474 is covered by the side flaps 494 and the side flaps 490. In this position, the area between the left pedal assembly 12B and the right pedal assembly 12A Left The panel assembly 丨 2B is covered by the inner side baffle 492. § The right pedal assembly 12 A or the side pedal assembly 丨 2B is turned in the direction of the downward direction, and the pedal guard assembly 4 8 8 will be seated on the seat. The pedal opening 484 in the top portion 474 of the base shield 464. In order to close the gap between the base shield 464 and the pedal assemblies 12, the inner side baffle 492 is positioned close to and A central strip of poplar abutting in the top portion 474 of the base shield 133 200427483 464, as shown in head 63a. Similarly, the outer side bezel is positioned close to and abuts the left top surface 478 and the right top The front side side baffle 494 is also positioned close to and abuts the front top surface by 4%. Because the pedal assemblies 12 are pivoted up and down in an arched path, the inner seeding board The edge 496, the outer seeding plate edge 498, and the front side baffle 494 can be shaped by a, 44+ radj to be arched to maintain the pedal assemblies 12 when they are pivoted up and down. The front side bezel A% Near the base shield 464 and the front top surface 476. A hair similar to the pedal shield assembly 488 depicted in Fig. 63A is used: it can also be used with the base shield of various embodiments. For example, brother, Figure 63B It depicts a fitness device designed using an alternative base guard, and the base guard has only _ pedal openings 484. These pedal sets # 12 are shown in an upward position and downward Among the pivoting positions at the position points between the positions' is used to more clearly show the various elements of these pedal guard assemblies. As shown in $ 63b, the pedals: the assembly 12 is not one on the top One of the parts makes the heart long.] The pedal components such as these are seated on the fitness device so that the inner side shields 492 are adjacent to each other. In another aspect of the present invention, the pedal assemblies 12 are built on the “fitness clothes” so that the side panels of the cube can be removed, as shown in Figure 63C and ®. Both the right and left pedal assemblies 12 are riding in a flush, midpoint position, and the front part of the base 464 is partially constructed so that no gaps will exist in any pedal 134 200427483 assembly and the base Between the front top surfaces 476 of the shroud 464. As described in Cang &amp; Fig. 63A, 'When one pedal assembly is in the up position and the other pedal assembly is in the down position, it is between the bottom σΊ and the other _ The area between the tops of the pedal assemblies is covered by the inner side baffles 496 of the pedals in the upper position. 63C and 63D, the outer side baffle 49o is also equipped with a plurality of striker rails ^ 〇2, and other S-board guides are slidably connected to the left part 47 of the base shield 464. And the baffle on the inside of the right side &amp; (the system is hidden in the picture). Since the pedal groups # 12 pivot upwards and downwards on a split path, the baffle channels 502 may also be arched. When the user is running or walking on these pedal assemblies while exerting a force of%, the hunting board track 502 &amp; can be added to the fitness equipment. Figures 63E to 63X show no pedal cover. The component 488 is in various other views' and is incorporated in alternative embodiments of the invention. 64A to 64B: | Double pedal with flexible baffle Figure 64A and Figure 1 show an alternative embodiment of the pedal guard assembly 488 ,. Unlike the base shroud depicted in FIG. 63A, the base shroud 464 shown in FIGS. 64A and 64B does not have a right side post 42 and a left side post 40. Yuki in front ☆ 丨 Ώ 丄 The right and left parts of the Quartet. The base shield shown in Figs. 64A and _ includes a bottom middle portion 504 connected to the right upright 42 and the left side ^ 4, without the front portion. ^ Base shield Yang, without front part and without front 'When the pedal components are up and down, there will not be exposed on this surface between 200427483 and become part of the pedal shield group and the base shield 464 The area of the front top surface. Therefore, it is not necessary to have a front side baffle of the included piece.

As shown in Figs. 64A and 64B, the side portions M of the pedal cover assemblies 488, ... are generally rectangular. The external side fingerboards 490 are sufficient horses, so that when the pedal assembly 12 is in the upward position, the base shield is plated at the bottom side of the external side plate 49o and the base shield 506. There is no gap between the top surface 478 of the left side of 464 '. A flexible stretcher 51G is connected to the bottom stretcher edge 508 on each inner side flapper state. As shown in Fig. 64A, the right pedal assembly is positioned in the upward position, and the left pedal assembly ΐ2β is positioned in the downward position. The area between the right pedal assembly 12A and the left pedal assembly 12B is covered by the inner side baffle 492 and the flexible baffle.

The complex was stunned. Fig. 64B does not show the relative position of the pedal assembly in Fig. 64A. In Fig. 64B, the left pedal assembly 2B is seated in the upward position, and the right pedal assembly 12A is seated in the downward position. Again, the area between the left pedal assembly 丨 2B and the right pedal assembly 12 2A is covered by the inner side baffle 492 and the flexible seeding board 5 1 0. As shown in Figure 64A, the baffles or shields need not cover the entire open void or space. It should be understood that the pedal shield set shown in Figs. 64A and 64B can be operated with other base shield constructions. In one example, if the base shield includes a front part and a front top surface as described with reference to FIG. 63A, the pedal guard 136 200427483 shown in FIGS. 64A and 64B may include a front option ^ ^ The square "plate." In the alternative in which the base shield is described in the previous tea picture 63 A, including an ancient dagger with a central strip and two pedal openings, a flexible stop is optionally provided. The plate can be connected to the center bar and the pedal components. The optional Kog ^ ^ can also be connected to the pedal components and the right and left top surfaces of the base shield. Figure 65 This month An alternative embodiment is depicted in Fig. 66. The left side portion 47o, and the right side portion of the base shield 464 "does not extend forward of the right column 42 and the left column 40. Therefore, and The difference between the pedal components depicted in Figure a φ is that the pedal groups # i2 are not enclosed in the front part of the base shield. As shown in FIG. 65, the pedal components 12 are seated. Landed on the fitness device so that such Side shutter side 492 "adjacent to each other. The inner side baffles 492 are also dimensioned by J 疋 so that when the one pedal assembly is in the up position and the other pedal assembly is in the down position, the bottom plate 彳 s edge of the pedal assembly There will be no gap between 506 "and the pedal base plate 26 of the other pedal assembly. When the step belt 18 on the pedal assembly i 2 passes under the pedal base plate 26, the outer side baffle 490, (with A generally rectangular shape), a front side fence 494, and a bottom side fence 5 1 2 partially surrounds the belt. The front side fence 494, can also be removed In order to allow the use of the stepping belt 丨 8. The inner side baffle 492 "may also have a substantially triangular shape. 66A to 66C: An alternative shield is arranged in FIG. 66A. An alternative embodiment of the base shield 464 "137 200427483 is not shown and has a forward portion 466" divided into two sections, One right front part 514 and one left front part 516. As shown in FIG. 66A, when the left pedal assembly 12B is located in the down position, the left front portion 516 and the left portion 470 ″ are partially surrounded by the pedal cover assembly 488 ″. Similarly, when the right pedal assembly UA is located in the downward position, the right front part 5 and 4 and the right part 468 ′ are partially surrounded by the right pedal guard assembly 488 ′. As shown in FIG. 66A, when the right treadle assembly 12A is seated in the up position, most of the right front portion 514 and the right portion 468 are exposed. However, in this position, there will be no space between the pedal guard assembly 488 "and the base guard 464 ,. Similarly, when the left pedal assembly 12B is seated in the upward position, the size is large. The left front part 5 1 6 and left part 470 "of the sting were exposed. As shown in Figure 66A, the right front part 5 丨 4 and the left front part 5 1 6 can also be constructed to have a baffle track 5502 ". These baffle tracks 502" are slidably connected to the right A track board (shown in the figure) on the inner side of the front part 514, which helps to reduce the number of pedal assemblies 1 and 2 on the day of using the fitness device. The structure of the pedal shield assembly shown in Figure "A" can also be used with the historically constructed base shield 464. For example, w 66B depicts an embodiment, except for the base shield of the towel of Figure 66B. Including the rear top material, such as, except that this embodiment is similar to that shown in FIG. 66A. In another order of the scheme depicted in FIG. 66C f, an alternative similar to that shown in FIG. 66β The exemplary embodiment does not include a baffle track 502. 138 200427483 Figure 67A to Figure 67C: Alternative Guard Configurations A further representative system of the present invention is depicted in Figures 67Λ and 67B. Figures 67A and 67B The illustrated base shield 464, further includes a right center ridge 5 1 8 and a left The center part 52, which is connected to the right front part 514 and the left front part 516, respectively. The right center part 5 1 8 and the left center part 520 may also be substantially connected to the right part 468 "and the left part 47. , Mirroring. As shown in Fig. 67A and Fig. 67B, the accordion pleated baffle plate 526 is connected to the pedal guard assembly material 8 and the base 464. More specifically, the first accordion pleated mesh panel 526A is connected to the base cover ⑽ at the top edge 524 of the base cover, the right front part 514, and the right center part, where the base The top edge and edge 524 of the shield are seated on the top of the right part 4 6 8 ″.筮 _ 1. The younger accordion pleated baffle 526A is also connected to the pedal guard assembly 488 "under a top side stretcher 522, and the top 4 side t 522 is connected to the right pedal assembly 丨 2α. The same The first accordion ritual structure plate 526B is connected to the base shield 464 "at the top edge 524 of the base shield, the left front 纟 516, and the center # 520 at the left. Wherein, the top edge of the base shield looks like The system is seated on the top of the pin on the left side. The second accordion shed baffle 526B is also connected to the pedal guard assembly 488, which is connected below the top side impact plate 522 'and the top side catch plate 522 is connected to the left side pedal assembly 12B. In FIG. 67A, the 'left pedal assembly ΐ2β series is depicted in the downward position, and the right pedal assembly 12A series is depicted in the upward position. 139 200427483 The pedal guard assembly connected to the left pedal assembly 12b encloses the left part of the left front part 516, and the left center part 52 of the cover = 464. Similarly, the pedal guard assembly connected to the right pedal assembly I 2A completely surrounds the right part 468, the right front part 5M, and the right guard part 518, at least partially. As shown in FIG. 67A, when the right pedal assembly i2A is in the up position, the 'accordion pleated willow sign board will surround the space between the pedal guard assembly and the base guard assembly. When the right treadle set ^ is moved to the downward position, the accordion right shed seeding board 526 will collapse and collapse on the pleated copper, so as to become completely enclosed by the pedal guard assembly. When the left pedal assembly ΐ2β moves to the upward position, the accordion tent panel 526 will be folded over the pleats until it is exposed. As shown in the figure, the right pedal assembly 1 2 A The system is depicted in the downward position, and the left pedal assembly 12B system is depicted in the upward position. As m ο Λ Ώ, straight (as shown in Figures 67A and 67B, when the pedals reach 12 到When in the up position, the 'inner and outer side states' and willows' will maintain a partial coverage of the base shield 464'. Therefore, in some embodiments the 'accordion pleated baffle does not appear to be Need to be used over the entire length of the pedal guard assembly 1 67C is shown with an alternative embodiment of the base guard 464, from the pedal guard assembly 4 with an accordion folding thick label 5 2 6 68, Figure 68A to Figure 69B: Accordion or Folding Shield Configuration Figure 68A and Figure _ show another solution of the present invention, in the basin 'between the pedal assembly 12 and the base shield The area between 464 "is occupied by 140 200427483 accordion pleated baffles. Covered. More specifically, a first accordion 2 baffle plate 526A is connected to the left top surface 4 ^ 8 ”and the front top surface 476, of the base shield 464. The first accordion inspector The baffle plate 526A is also connected below the left pedal assembly 12B. Similarly, a second accordion baffle baffle plate 526B is connected to the right top surface 480 "and the front top surface 476 of the base shield 464". The second accordion pleated baffle plate 526B is also connected below the right pedal assembly 12 people. The left and right pedal assemblies 12 series are separated by a center broadcast board. The center baffle 528 can be connected with the The base shield is biased and connected near the rear top surface 480 ". As shown in Fig. 68A, the right pedal assembly 12B is located in an upward position and the left pedal assembly 12B is located in a downward position. The center seeding board seems to cover the bottom of the right pedal assembly m; the top of the side pedal assembly 12B &gt; π p A ^

, S 9 or. δ When the right pedal assembly 12 A is moved to the downward position, the second accordion folding thick plate 526b is inserted below the right pedal assembly j 2 A Shiko 4 Haneda α and collapses on the pleats. When the left pedal assembly 1 2R #said d ^ / Β moved privately to the up position, the first hand wind fold = ... will be opened on such a platform until it is expanded as shown by: =, _, The right pedal assembly is depicted in the downward position, and the left side pedal assembly 12B is depicted in the upward position. Fig. 68C shows that the accordion folds used with the base cover 464 "of the example of the Xing ^ ^ ^ example are not limited to those in this article: The use of the temple accordion baffle ^^ For example, other examples of the present invention can use accordion pleats 141 200427483 撊 material on the front and outside of the pedal board components, as well as the use of a hard inner baffle when used with accordion pleats. , Any other combination of plutonium materials, or use a hard bezel

In addition to the accordion pleating material on the embodiment depicted in FIG. 68A, other types of materials can be used. For example, as shown in Figure 69 and Figure IX, the refolded material is used on the pedal cover. Refolded: The material is constructed to have various types of folds in the material. Similar to the accordion pleated material, when any pedal assembly is in a 2-position, child-down position, the multi-folded pedal cover will collapse in the material with or without a type of fold Or pleated. When any of the pedal assemblies 12 is located in the upward position, the multi-folded pedal cover 53 will collapse and open on the folded or pleated shape until it is unfolded. It should be understood that the invention as described above is not limited to the use of accordion pleats and multifold materials. For example, embodiments of the present invention may use extensible fabrics such as rubber, elastomers, Lycra®, and the like. Figure 70A to Circle 70C: Baffle Configuration

Figs. 70A to 70C show how various embodiments of the present invention using a center baffle 528 can fix the baffle to the frame 14. Figs. As shown in FIGS. 70A and 70B, the center baffle 528 is supported on the frame 14 by a center driving support 532 and a spring 534. As shown in FIG. 7, a rear part 536 of the center baffle 528 is pivotally supported by a pivot wheel shaft 5 3 8 located on the center drive floor 5 3 2. A front portion 540 of the center baffle 528 is supported by the spring 534. Therefore, when a force is exerted on the top of the central baffle 528 142 200427483 (that is, when stepping on during use), the baffle will pivot downward toward the frame 14 when the impeachment 534 is compressed . The spring 534 returns it to the upright position. This configuration allows the center baffle 528 to move away from the user when stepped on to avoid interference with the user's steps. In this embodiment, when in the upper position, the top of the center baffle 528 may be flush with any pedal assembly 12 in the upper position, or may be slightly below the flush, Or it can be above the flush as shown.

An alternative embodiment of the present invention may use a center shield assembly instead of a center baffle interposed between the pedal assemblies. The center shield member may include a left center wall portion, a right center wall portion, a top center surface, and a front center surface. The front center plane extends upward from a top portion of the base shield. The shape of the left central portion and the right central wall portion are substantially triangular, and are separated by the width of the central surface of the portion. The top center surface extends from the rear part of the base shroud at the front w 'until it and the

Until the parts intersect. When the fitness device is used for too long, the belt may need to be replaced after the treadmill is worn out. In other occasions, '= the user may wish to change the length of the pedal components according to how the user wants to use the fitness clothing: 1 \' for walking or running). The pedal component can be adjusted in length. The 12 series is depicted in the figure: / 、 The system enables the user to compare the length of a worn-out tread leather narrow sea pedal assembly. Furthermore, by reducing the length of the pedal core 143 200427483, the entire length of the device can be used for transportation. A reduced-length device &apos; can use one daughter is less expensive and easier to handle. As shown in Figure 71, the pedal assembly 2 2 ^ includes a pedal frame 542, "there is one left and front side tube that together make up the frame." 544, a left-side rear side pipe 546, a right-side forward side pipe 548, and a right-side rear side pipe 550. Xi Shi 7 丨 仟 550 The left forward pipe S44 and the right forward pipe 548 Wan roller 28 are connected. The left-side rear-side pipe fitting 546 and the hexahedral mesh, and the right-side rear-side pipe fitting 550 are connected to the rear-side roller 30. The connection of the Tiantian An like a hunter's nest in Shixian County or other such structures' The left side forward pipe, tap &amp; 1 stem 544 is slidably connected with the left side rear pipe 546, and哕 死 彳 义 ^ Female I 5 4 The right side pipe fitting M8 slides with the right side pipe fitting 5 $ 〇 phase free 4 vertical bite g: ου match. These side pipe fittings can also be connected to each other via matching tracks, samples, buildings, and the like. The sliding connection of the side tubes can be transmitted to the user. "A user can reach the front roller 2 8 in a backward direction-J force moves f towards the rear roller 30, or The front roller 28 moves in one direction, and the arrow rollers move in a rigid direction away from the rear roller 30. As shown in FIG. 71 Household Jin #, the leather π base plate 26 on the adjustable-length pedal set 彳 12 may include a forward belt base plate ⑸, a middle leather plate 554, and a rear belt base plate 556. It should be understood that 疋 'can be reversed using more than one intermediate belt bottom, and the present invention should not be construed as being limited to those described herein. When in use, the stepping belt 18 is attached to the upper floor surface 558, 144 200427483 of the forward belt floor 552, the intermediate belt floor 554, and the rear belt floor 556 forward. The left-side facing side pipe 544 and the right-side facing side pipe 548 are connected to the lower bottom surface 56 of the facing belt base plate 552, and the left-side rear side pipe 546 and the right-side rear side pipe 55. It is connected to the lower bottom plate Φ 562 of the rear belt bottom plate 556. The side members of these pedals can be connected to the forward and backward belt bottom plates using screws, snaps, fasteners, glue, and the like. In Fig. 71, the intermediate belt bottom plate 554 is shown as being removed from between the front belt bottom plate 552 and the rear belt bottom plate 556. When the fitness device is used, the middle belt bottom plate 554 is seated between the front belt bottom plate 552 and the rear belt bottom plate 556, so that the engaging side 564 of the middle belt bottom plate 554 is in contact with the front belt bottom plate. The engaging side 566 of 552 and the engaging side 568 of the rear belt bottom plate 556 are in contact. The engaging sides of such belt soleplates may include rails, slotted holes, and / or locking mechanisms to help keep the intermediate belt soleplate in place during use. If the user wishes to change the stepping belt on the pedal assembly or change the length of the pedal assembly, the user can slide the middle belt bottom plate 554 right or left from below the stepping belt 18 and leave the front The leather f sole plate 5 5 2 and the rear belt sole plate 5 5 6 remove the intermediate belt sole plate. The user can then move the front roller 28 backward toward the rear roller 30 until the stepping belt 8 is sufficiently loose to be easily removed. The user can then remove the stepping belt from these rollers and install the stepping belt that they have changed. If the user changes the length of the pedal assembly, the replacement pedal belt will be longer or shorter than the removed pedal belt. In some embodiments of the invention, the length of the belt can be adjusted without having to replace the stepping belt. Once the replacement stepping belt is mounted on the track wheel, the user can then move the front roller 28 forward, and the loose f-shape has been removed from the replacement stepping belt. The user thus slides the appropriately sized intermediate belt bottom plate 554 back to a position between the front belt bottom plate 52 and the rear belt bottom plate 556. For example, if the user wants to change the length of these pedal assemblies, the user can replace the removed intermediate belt bottom plate 554 with a shorter or shorter one. As described above, various embodiments of the present invention may use a different number of pedal base plates that can be secured to the pedal frame in various ways. For example, one embodiment of the present invention uses only a forward pedal floor and a backward pedal floor, and does not require a middle pedal floor. In this configuration, the rear pedal floor can be connected to the pedal frame as discussed previously. However, the forward pedal floor can be removably secured between the rear floor and a bracket assembly attached to the left forward side pipe fitting and the right forward side pipe fitting. Removal of the facing pedal floor in this configuration can be achieved in a manner similar to that discussed in the text with reference to the removal of the intermediate pedal floor. In other embodiments, the forward pedal base plate may be connected to the left forward side pipe fitting and the right forward side pipe fitting, and the backward pedal base plate is removable. Alternative embodiments of the present invention may use a center shield assembly instead of using a center baffle interposed between the pedal assemblies. The center guard 146 200427483 cover assembly may include a left center wall portion, a right center wall portion, a top center surface, and a front center surface. The front center surface extends upward from a top portion of the base shield. The shape of the left central wall portion and the right central wall portion are substantially triangular, and are separated by the width of the central surface. The top center surface extends from the center = towards the rear portion of the base shield until it intersects the top position. Figure 72 to Figure 74: Locking mechanism for pedals ~ 踏板 72 / Figure 74 shows various examples of locking mechanism 702. Overall, the locking mechanism 702 can fix the height of the two pedal assemblies to prevent the angular movement of the step. The mechanical device 702 is located at a fixed position ^ ΑΑ, Τ 4, the locking mechanism 个 = each part is intersected with the pedal assembly 12-pedal movement. The exact nature of each intersection is specifically referred to a part of the mechanical device. This support ... continues the board assembly to continue their upward and downward movements ^ prevents the step or steps from being shown to show a locking mechanism, which is placed on a fitness device Brother-Real is shown in Figure 72B. As you can see in more detail, it is an exploded view of a locking device, a device, an example. In this embodiment, the / set :::: a 7.4 is repeatedly moved up and down to use the pedal group # Ο user. The pedal 704 series is attached to an off potassium at 706, while the stick 147 200427483 series is attached to a pair of locking bumps in turn-the 710 series extends through the stick. 〇Slotted hole 71n The shaft 712 extends through the rod slotted hole 710 and is attached to either side of the rod slotted mo to reach a pivot support 714 side y4. One or more steel reeds 716 are used to attach the locks to the base frame μ, and the pivot shaft is usually fixed to the base 4 instance. The lock projections 708 Through the yoke piano hinge m. -In general ...; :: a locking post 718 is connected to

It becomes a 90-degree angle, the core '2 columns and the locking bump system, π ^ ^ and α, and other embodiments can change 迕 angles. Collectively, the locking projections, the locking posts:, and the piano hinge 716 are collectively referred to as the “敎 bump structure 722… and the pivot slotted holes 72G are riding in FIG. 72β: = used in Especially the long and narrow hole 71 of the stick. It is not related to this example. According to this, most of the real relationship of the more mechanical device 702 includes one or other components, not: .Missing,

In the second embodiment, it is possible to use the long and narrow hole 71 ° of the rod and the long hole H of the frame to show that the locking mechanism 704 is in a joint or: can: Erzhi /. When the locking mechanism is in an unlocked ward, the front edge of the locking lug 708 (ie, the opposite edge of the ❸ 疋 疋 718 pillar 718 engages)-generally will contact the ㈣ "14 ° The pivot support 714 is therefore located at the end of the stick's elongated Kongchuan closest to the lock projection 708 structure. When the step lamp 704 is demolished 'the stick 706 is slid as a whole The ground 148 ~ pivot 714 rotates, and the pivot moves. The mountain W mouth is facing. The narrow stick hole 7 I 0 亥. Due to the locking projection structure 729 # ^ 710 the base frame H, the locking column Chuan; to: The way of the chain is fixed to the rotation, the locking lug 70δ is two; the piano hinge 716 is aligned. In addition, when the foot „4 is repeatedly: = 12 of the following along the engineering department, number & amp Under 4, the pivot 712 series. The longitudinal major axis of the long and narrow slot 710 of the Hai rod is oriented toward the and the longitudinal motions to allow the lock to stand. No seed column 718 is exactly as described _ #. 716: In the center, the locking post 718 rotates clockwise around the piano hinge 716. And when you move the ^ lock projection into an upright position, they can be grooves or channels (not shown), and the grooves or channels are seated along the bottom of the pedal assemblies 12 Falling among the bases of the pedals themselves, while they were stopped, they were fixed to the temple reading racks 126, 132. The channels may include a snap or a spring bracket located at a position near the end of the channel, or other sound generating and bump receiving means. When the locking projection 708 engages or pushes the sound generating device, a audible, clicking or other sound is generated. This sound informs the user that the locking projection 708 is properly seated inside the passage to prevent the pedal from operating. Alternate embodiments may seat the locking projection 708 in a channel or container and make a sound when the locking projection 708 is housed, but still firmly shut off the pedal action. The delta channel (not shown in FIG. 72B) may also include an upright flange or protrusion, which is oriented perpendicular to the advancing direction of the locking projection 149 200427483 708 and protrudes enough It traverses the channel far away to hit the locking bump as it travels along the channel. Generally speaking, this type of protrusion is flexible enough or deformable to allow the locking projection 708 to continue to move outside the protrusion and be seated again in the At the end of the channel. The locking projection 708 may include a matching groove. The distance between the seated position and the front edge of the locking projection is almost the same as the distance between the protrusion and the end of the channel. When the locking protrusion 708 hits the protrusion and the protrusion seat located inside the mating groove, the tactile feedback generated can also inform the user that the locking protrusion is properly The ground sits within the passage. Just be

The tactile feedback mechanism described can be used with a sound generating device. The previously described channel of the SX can be parallel to the base frame M (in this case, the front edge of the locking projection 7G8 will advance to the channel) °, or perpendicular to the base frame (in this case , The top surface of the locking bump will enter the channel first). Any of a variety of anti-ballast mechanisms (W or sound-generating mechanisms) can be used in conjunction with the non-passage construction. Although the lock is shown in the figure; the t-bump. In FIG. 72B is a flat or flat element: an alternative embodiment can bend the bump ... slightly on the ground: force distribution: significantly). In this case, ′ in these pedal assemblies 12 = channels can also be f-curved. A curved locking lug 708 acts against these channels under the force of two guides to provide additional resistance to the plate. In order to cooperate with a curved locking bump · 150 200427483, the channel as a whole is wider at the entrance of the bump and has a width that tapers gradually toward one end along the channel cavity. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 72B, the locking post 718 is rotated clockwise around the piano hinge 7 丨 6. In an alternative embodiment, the pivot 712 and the rod slot 71 () may be constructed to allow the locking post 718 to rotate counterclockwise about the piano hinge 716. In this embodiment, the position of the pivot is the reverser along the narrow slot 71o of the rod. In other words, through the pedal 704 is located in the middle of an ascending position 4, the pivot system is seated in the long and narrow hole 71 of the stick closest to the pedal _

Zhizhi Department. Conversely, when the pedal 704 is depressed, the yoke shaft 7 P reaches the end of the long and narrow rod hole 710, which is closest to the locking projection structure M2. In addition, the locking projections 708 can be reversely oriented to point toward the pedal 704 to facilitate the passage of the pedal assembly 2. The reversal of the pivot 712, the slotted hole 710, and the locking projection 708 can also be used simultaneously in this tube; also, it can be used in other cases, and can be used individually in other embodiments. . In another embodiment, the passageway of the pedal assembly 12 can be _ in the &amp; embodiment, the pedal assemblies 12 are directly docked to the locks; ^ A #, A. L "Ghost 708, to prevent further angular movement. When using this type of" dock ", known as a spoon, the locking projections 708 can be T-shaped, X is convenient for such Extra support surface for the pedal assembly. Furthermore, when located in a y A and an engagement position, regardless of the rotation direction of the locking bump structure / ϋ -η. ° Which 'the locking bumps 708 can point to the pedal 704 or away from the pedal Step lamp 704. 151 200427483 In the representative embodiment of Γ 2: ΓΓ The rod slot 710 can be-can: along: If the rod slot is omitted, the fci in the frame shaft pedestal member "is seated in the base frame 14 or other pivot holes in other support structures ^ 714 is-kind of =.-In general, the pivot support slides. The method described in 1 is relative to the pivot 712 itself = this In addition, the cymbal mechanism shown in Figure CH1B can be followed by a mechanical device, so that the above described external sequence can occur at the change of the height of the pedal assembly 12. = Locking mechanism 702 above The embodiment has been described. With a pedal assembly 12M on the outside, an alternative = a separate configuration of the steplights 704 and 704 for each pedal assembly can be provided. In this type In an embodiment, a step lamp is used to swing a single lock projection ⑽ into a lock = position 'to intersect with a single pedal assembly. The two lock mechanisms 702 may be Synchronization, thus placing the two pedal assemblies M '疋 at the same angle' or The two locking mechanisms 702 can be independent, allowing each pedal to be locked at a special sound. Figure 73 shows an alternative locking mechanism π. Here, the rod has a narrow slot 726 It is located at the end of the stick 728 relative to the steplight ^, rather than along the length of the stick. The material 732 does not slide along the narrow slot 726 of the stick, but the pivot is fixed to a 柩Shaft support # 734, and thus took up a fixed position along the length of the rod. Conversely, a wheel material w extends from 152 200427483 to the surface of a stop wheel 738 to the length of the rod? L Among 726 ... Generally, when the step lamp 73G {up (corresponding to _ non-locking positions), the wheel guard 736 is located in a part of the long and narrow hole of the stick ', where the part is seated in It is closer to the steplight than the end of the opposite rod m. The pivot support 734 is fixed to the base frame rod. When the steplight 730 is pushed down, the rod 728 rotates about the pivot 732 . This will force the stick to narrow 1 726 upwards, In turn = the wheel rod 736 is oriented toward the end of the rod m with the slotted hole. The lateral movement of the wheel rod member 736 along the rod slotted hole m is tied in a clockwise direction to drive the shutdown. Wheel 738. The shutdown wheel 738 is connected by a wheel axle to a shutdown projection \ 740. The shutdown cam 740 is attached to a cam support 744 'The cam support is sequentially ⑪ 饭 口 疋 to δ The base frame 14 is otherwise supported by the frame. The stop ^ τ CAM 74 is a destructive structure for rotation around a cam pivot 746. The stop is at-, and the work wheel 738 can Attached to a wheel support 748, and the base ... 4. If further ttt is also attached as a whole, it is further described in the following. The wheel support 748 and 钤 ±, 卞 / 丄 卞 文 p wheel support 746 will not prevent the wheel from being stopped. 738 or = ... Rotate enough to stop the pedal assembly. However, when the T-wheel 738 is rotated, it will rotate the axle 742, 74? The wheel axle may: extend through the stop cam-to form the cam pivot 746 attached to the stop cam at the relative 153 set point of the cam pivot position or may be attached to the stop cam along the Another surface of its surface ..., place. At any JM ^ _ /, the cam support 744 is constructed to use a stern wheel axle 42 and the cam 740 can be freely rotated to a foot W stop pedal assembly 14. &lt; The degree of interlocking without hitting the supporting structure. When the T-shaped cam 740 rotates, the edge of a figure wheel can contact a surface of a 1-pedal assembly 12 66; ^ i,. When the cam is fully deployed, the cam, the mouth, and the y) pedal pedal assembly prevent the advancement of the pedal assembly from rotating. Alternatively, the cam edge may cooperate with a channel on the pedal set 12fi 2 i ^ block 160 or fixed to the stop brace 132. In addition, in some embodiments, the edge of the "740" may include a flange or a protrusion ("cam flange") which extends outward from the edge in the direction of rotation. The cam flange can also be mated to a channel by the manner described above with respect to the figures. In an alternative embodiment, the shutdown wheels 738, wheel support states, and wheelers 742 may be omitted. In such an embodiment% 'the wheel lever 736 is directly attached to and drives the shutdown cam with similar shutdown results. Fig. 74 shows another embodiment of the locking mechanism 75o. In this embodiment, the user can move a scrollbar + 752 in a forward and backward manner. The rolling handle 752 is fixed to a rolling rod 754, and the rolling rod is passed through a rolling support and ends in a rolling key portion 758. When the scroll handle 752 is pushed 154 200427483, the scroll stick 754 will move the square ^ ^ support with the scroll handle ㈣, and when the scroll key "Expand ... :: Move the key part ⑽" . When the outline of 12 is not shown in the figure ;, the middle two ;: formed in the pedal assembly channel or the groove is located in the pedal assembly ―: groove fit, the through 126, u; 16 ° /-or two 12 pedal assemblies 12 = the system will stop this book # / 丨 士 — to stop further pedal movement. In a

= Medium, a rolling element of the mother pedal group # 12-is used to Gu Hui to individually stop the pedal action. -The embodiments of the locking mechanisms 724 and 750 described with reference to Figs. 73 and 74 can stop one or two pedal assemblies 12. Furthermore, the locking mechanism m &amp; 750 may incorporate any or all of the features discussed in Figure 72B, such as sound generation and / or tactile feedback mechanisms. In this article, you will be able to recognize you as shown in Figures 72A to 74— &gt; Locking mechanisms 702, 724, and 750 of various embodiments of Tukou corpse / ί 4 Its manual operation (generally by manipulating a pedal 704, 73, or roller 752) has been discussed. Alternate embodiments may actuate any or all of the locking mechanisms disclosed herein by electromagnetic or other automated mechanisms (such as via a servo motor). Circle 75 to Figure 78: Double reciprocating treadmill with arm exercise The fitness apparatus of the present invention may also include an attachment structure that connects the handles to the pedals and / or uprights. For example, FIG. 75 shows the upper limb structure 760 to 155 200427483 and the pedal assembly 782 of a dual floor treadmill exercise device 780. Generally, in the embodiment of the fitness device 780 shown in FIG. 75, the upper limb structure 76 of the fitness device includes a left column 784 and a right column 786, a left handle stick 788, and a right handle stick 79. 〇, and a left interconnecting device 792 and a right interconnecting device 794. Each handle stick and 790 are generally attached to a post 784, 786, which in turn is attached to a pedal assembly 782, the base frame 帛 14 (not shown in the figure), or Other parts of the fitness device 78. In an alternative embodiment, the &amp; post and the handle stick may be a one-piece construction. An interconnecting device 792, 794 operatively attaches the handle bar and 790 to the pedal assembly 12 or the posts 784, 786 as a whole. $ Example not used in H 75-The exemplary interconnecting devices used include impact parts, twist six 3 stay #, Cailibobai, 5-early members, right side sticks, etc. with the words "baseboard" and "stepping The car parts can be used interchangeably here. It should be noted that the figure-system shows a handle: sub: ... = (one for the handle stick,-one for the floor group The function is operatively attached to one,-a fitness ... = different ways. The overall interconnected structure: Γ7 hand sticks will use the same difference just-between the interconnected structure shown by 1 The mechanism of the two alternative embodiments is shown by the station β. Figure 75 should be interpreted far away in a single connection mechanism, ^ "there will be different within each other. If you want to, 情形 ^ This situation may occur in Some of the embodiments' ,,,,,, and most of the embodiments, use a single 156 200427483 interconnecting mechanism. Returning to FIG. 75, and for the right-most upper limb structure 760 and the pedal assembly 782, the Interconnection equipment and pedal set 794 The handle hazelnuts are directly carried and attached to the pedal assembly 12 @ one part. The interconnecting device 794 is connected to the material side fascia board «. In this embodiment, the interconnecting device 794 can be used A piston steam or a form of a concentric rod (shown in the figure-a solid rod). When the interconnect &amp; 794 is a piston, the bottom of the interconnect device. Chen Department as a whole It can be fixedly attached to the pedal assembly. Therefore, when the handle 790 is moved up and down, the rod of the piston will extend from the living base body and retract into the piston body to facilitate Keep a link device between the handle stick and the pedal set # 12 ^ This can also provide additional resistance against the handle stick and / or step 782 'to provide users of the fitness device-a more Intense forged chain. Alternatively, the interconnecting device 794 may be a fixed-length member as shown. In this case, one end of the interconnecting device 794 is integral with the pedal. The component Η is either a slotted hole or a recessed portion 796 in the handle rod so that the handle rod can be locked in place. The length 1 796 is along the handle rod m or = : Ground extension, and the interconnecting device is called or fixed I: 1 = a side member of ^ 794) is assembled in the slot 796. In this way, when one of the handle section 79 and the pedal assembly 157 200427483 is fixed in place, the interconnected two can angularly allow the other component to be unaffected. Limitedly experience its full range of motion. In yet another embodiment, the handle stick m and the pedal i :: leather child interconnecting device 794 are connected. In this embodiment, the long hole 796 can be omitted, and the interconnecting device 794 ir :: 广 S has a solid member. Here, the interconnecting device is one of the handle stick 790 and the pedal assembly 782 or

The attachment can be articulated. Because the angle of the interconnecting device 794 is fixed, and the interconnecting device itself does not move one coordinately, by the upward and downward movements of the handle stick 790 and the pedal assembly 782 The other will be driven in the same way. For example, when the handlebar + 79 ° is moved up, the pedal assembly will also move up. Similarly, when the handle stick is moved downward, the 忒 pedal is also pushed downward by being applied through the interconnecting means and the downward force acting on the pedal. In this way, the action of the Bull 790 can be used to drive the vertical movement of a pedal assembly, or vice versa. In a further embodiment, the handle stick 790 can be moved sideways instead of vertically. In such an embodiment, the interconnecting device 794 can drive the side action of the stepping belt away from the movement of the handle stick, or vice versa. This embodiment is described in more detail below. In any of the previously mentioned embodiments, the handle stick 79〇 可 158 200427483 is fixed to the pedal curse at the attachment position point 798 and the pillar 786 which are connected to each other by the dream logic raft]. The poles, and pieces 12 and 4 are the other parts of the gym suit £ 10, which is a point between the two points. The joint 800 may take the form of, for example, a spring key (shown in Fig. 75). Turning now to the left upper limb and pedal bottom plate assembly shown in FIG. 75, it can be seen that the mutual, striking, connecting 792 is integrally extended between the left handle stick 780 and the left pillar river, The system is attached to the left handle cup 788 and the left post 784. If the interconnecting device 792 is

If there is a living base (as shown in the figure), then the attachment point between the pillar 784 and the handle 788 as a whole will be hinged to allow the piston to expand and contract. The hinge 802 彳 is seated at any position along the length of the second left hand buzi 788 or the left pillar 784, as long as the hinge is seated between the two piston ends. can. Alternatively, if the field shoulder interconnecting device 792 is in the form of a length fixing member, the connection between the riser 784 and the handle bar 788 is substantially fixed. In any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 75, The actions of the handles zizichuan, 790 can be used to drive the stepping belt 18. Interconnecting devices 792, 794 or posts 784, 786 can be attached to a roller 804 located under the child's tread ▼ 1 8. When the handle stick and the post are of a single piece construction, the handle stick can be directly connected to the roller 804. Generally speaking, the connecting device between the roller and the handle bar can be regarded as another interconnecting device (with the bottom plate and the handle bar attached to each other at the end of the connecting device). 159 200427483 When the handle bars 788, 790 are moved, the system will sequentially move the columns 784, 786 or the interconnecting devices 792, 7 (depending on which is connected to the roller 804) back and forth through an angle . The interconnecting devices 792, 794 or posts 784, 786 can be attached to the roller 804 by a one-way bearing or a wheel and lever assembly. In either case, when the drive element is moved back (i.e., toward the rear of the pedal 12,) the element rotates the roller 804 and therefore the step belt 18 located above. When the driving element is moved forward by the action of the handle bars 788, 790, the bearing-equipped wheel or the lever will slide along the wheel (ie, operatively connect the interconnecting device) Components are disengaged from the rollers). This disengages the driving element from the roller 804, thereby ensuring that the stepping belt 18 does not move against the natural direction of movement of the user's foot. Fig. 76 shows another embodiment of a fitness device 800, which is a pedal assembly 808 incorporating a double bottom plate. In this embodiment, the vertical movement of the pedal assemblies can be driven by the back and forth pivoting movement of the handle stick 81. The handle stick 810 is pivotally attached to the frame 14 at one end and is located at the middle of the length of the frame. A protruding portion 8 1 2 extends inwardly from each handle rod 8 1 0. The protrusion 8 u is shown in FIG. 76 and is located at the contact 8 4 in the middle of the handle stick. However, the protrusion may not be visible from the outside in some embodiments. The protruding portion 812 is seated inside an elongated hole 816 along the side of the pedal assembly 808. When the handle stick 810 is pushed forward, the protruding portion 8 1 2 slides along the pedal slot 8 8 6, which sequentially forces the pedal assembly 808 forward and upward. Similarly, when the handle stick 8 10 is moved toward the rear of the pedal assembly 808, the combination of the protruding portion 8 12 and the slotted hole 816 will drive the pedal to pivot forward and downward. In general, each pedal assembly 808 is fixed to and rotates around an axle 818 extending behind the pedal. Accordingly, the upward and downward movements described herein are also essentially rotating or angled around the rear of the pedal assembly 808. In addition, when the pedal assembly 808 is located in a completely downward position, the two handle sticks 810 are generally rotationally fixed to a position point 820 on the fitness device 806 (or Location point along a parallel line, where i the parallel line is perpendicular to the long axis of the fitness device), the location point is toward Ke and the front end of the slot 816 of the pedal-farther or slightly more Far (as shown in Fig. 76, the handle stick ㈣ usually rotates around this position, and can be attached by any mechanism to allow such rotation. Although the tire pedal slot 816 is shown in the figure The middle 76 is shown to extend almost along the first half of the pedal assembly, which can be positioned at any position along the pedal. The pedal length 1 816 is longer = the pedal assembly m㈣ action is greater Similarly, the closer the slot is to the rear side of the pedal by the seat, the angle the pedal reaches around the wheel shaft. In some embodiments, the pedal assembly 808 can use a whole two: 822 ( (Shown in dotted lines in Figure 76) Attached to one another. = Say, the connecting member 822 is a force capable of pushing from a depression, and a mechanical linkage transmission device 808 to the other E pedal assembly. Arcs 161200427483

The rocker interconnecting assembly may be replaced by the connecting member. In some embodiments, the connecting member or one of the common main wheels described above is used, but many embodiments may use both. # —When a pedal assembly is moved in a given direction (up or down), the connector 822 will drive the second pedal assembly in an opposite direction. For example, the connecting member 822 can be a pivotable one? Or c-shaped member (shown in ®76—a 2-shaped connector 822), and each of the left and right members 824, 826 is attached to an opposite pedal assembly 80 ... Slotted holes, cavity recesses, or hinged components. In general, the left and right components are attached to the inner side wall or bottom frame of the pedal assembly, which can avoid the interference of the movement of the disc pedal or the related leather 18. Continuing the example, when a pedal assembly 808 is pushed down, the left member m can slide along the recess defined in the left pedal group # 808, or it can rotate around the hinge element of the connector, and The pedal moves in a generally downward direction. This action pivots the connection # 822 about its pivot point, and the connection piece 822 sequentially pushes the right member 826 along the recess of the right plate in a generally upward direction, thereby An upward force is applied to the two pedals and causes the pedals to rise. … The case where the handle stick 81G and / or the post (if the post is used and the upper post is separated) is attached to the pedal assembly 808 with a protrusion 812 and a slot 816 mechanism Medium (not shown in Figure 76), the connecting member 822 can also drive the handle stick 810 back and forth. Even without the connecting piece 822, the handle 162 200427483 can be driven by the action of the pedal assembly 808, wherein, for example, each pedal is raised and lowered by a feeding motor or resistance element (like It is controlled by a torsion spring or a piston (not shown). The fitness device can use resistance elements to enhance an exercise. For example, FIG. 77 shows an embodiment of a fitness pack of £ 828 combined with resistance element # 830 in a handle stick structure. Overall, the fitness device 828 includes two pedals 834 and two handle sticks. As in the embodiment described above, the front of the pedals 834 can move up and down and back and forth, and each pedal is often unable to rise or fall. The back of the pedals is fixed to a base frame 14 or other part of the fitness device 828, so that the pedals 8 3 4 can be allowed to go around the pedals when the pedals are raised and lowered in the forward direction To the rear end to rotate. Each handle stick 832 is generally tied to a front main structure 836 by a post 838, or it can alternatively be directly attached to the front main structure. The handle bar 832 is pivotally or slidably coupled to the upright 838. In the present embodiment, the connecting device is in the form of a hinge or a pivot 840. Each handle stick is also fixed to a piston or other resistance element 83, which is in turn attached to the front body structure 836. Although a piston 830 is shown in Fig. 77, it may be replaced with a spring member. The portion of the handle stick 832 behind the pivot position may be referred to as a "handle back side" 842, and the portion in front of the pivot position point is a "handle front side" 844. Generally, the piston 830 resists the action of the handle stick 832, and 163 200427483 exerts a force on the front side 844 of the handle in the same direction as that placed on the rear side 842 of the handle. Since the front and rear sides of the handle will pivot around the hinge “ο, the piston 83 will increase the difficulty of moving the handle 832. This can in turn provide users of the fitness device 830 with an enhanced upper limb exercise experience. In an alternative embodiment, the front body structure, which is omitted and violates the piston 830, may be attached to other parts of the fitness equipment. In addition to this, and referring to FIGS. 77 and 78, the piston rod member 848 may be Extends through the piston body 850 and enters the front body structure or frame_14, and is finally fixed to a part of the pedal assembly 834, such as a uranium square roller 852. In this embodiment, the piston 83 may Pull or push the pedal assembly 834 in the same direction as the front side of the handle 844 (or the handle 832 in Figure 78). The weight of the pedal 834 (and any user standing on the pedal) It can provide additional resistance to the action of the handle stick 832, further increasing the force required to move the handle stick. In this embodiment, the front body The structure 836 or the inner side wall of the base frame 14 each includes an elongated hole (not shown). The elongated hole may be curved or straight. The piston rod member 843 passes through the elongated hole. Attached to the pedal 834; the slotted hole further allows the pedal to be moved in an up and down manner while remaining attached to the rod. In some embodiments 846, the piston 83 may It is placed between the handle stick 832 and the front main structure 836, and the aforementioned post 838 is omitted. In this embodiment, the hinge 84 is between 164 ^ υυ427483 / handle stick 832 and the main structure. The connection point between 1 *. This situation is shown more clearly in Figure 78. This yoke example 846 is to fasten each handle rod 832 to the pedal structure 834 by a hinged joint 84. (Or the base frame 14) A resistance 70 piece (like a piston suppressor) is typically tied together. The crotch is attached to some length of the handle stick located above the hinged joint 84. Position The hand stick 832 is attached to another part of the base frame 14 at another: the solid part. The overall condition 'the hinge joint 84o acts like a fulcrum, and a handle stick 832 can be wound around Rotate around the fulcrum. The piston 83 is attached to the handle rod at a position between the butt joint 840 and the end of the handle rod. The base frame 14 or the pedal assembly 834 functions as A wrong structure for the piston, which fixes the piston 83 and distributes the resistive force generated by the piston to a sufficient A rest, mainly to prevent the fitness device 846 from generating unwanted movements. As by FIG. 7 In the embodiment shown, the piston system as a whole resists the action of the handle stick. However, 'here, the resisted action is mainly lateral and angled' rather than the main vertical movement produced by the embodiment shown in ® 77. And FIG. 79A to circle 81 • Adjusting the height of the rear yoke FIG. 79A to 79C show various views of an embodiment of an adjustment mechanism ㈣ The adjustment mechanism can be constructed to adjust a pedal A rear pivot height of ㈣12. As a whole, the adjustment mechanism f 854 of this embodiment can be used with any of the 165 200427483 boards described herein. The following discussion of the adjustment mechanism i 854 is based on the assumption that a separate adjustment mechanism is used to adjust the degree of each pedal assembly ▲. It should be noted that in an alternative embodiment, an adjustment mechanism 854 may be constructed to adjust the degree of the plurality of pedal assemblies η. Now back to ® 79 ’you can see that it is operatively connected to a 854 12

view. One part of the adjustment mechanism is fixed to a pedal base, "the base frame 14, or other stable part (a support element) of the fitness device. In this context," stability, "means, refers to the A part or component of the exercise device 10 that does not move with one or two pedal assemblies. Generally, the adjustment mechanism 854 includes opposing side supports 856, each of which is secured to the support element. An elongated hole 858 is formed in each side frame and integrally extends vertically from the support it. In other embodiments, the slotted hole 858 may extend from the support element at an angle and may be arched

It can be stretched flat against the supporting element (for changing the placement of the side pedal assembly 12) and so on. An adjuster stud 862 is held at least partially within the slotted hole 858 and is operatively connected to at least one height adjustment element 8⑼, extending through a rear roller 864, an opening, or located in the pedal assembly. The inner space (shown in Figure 79C), and terminates in a second slotted hole. In an alternative embodiment, the adjuster stud 862 may terminate in a series of recesses designed to receive the end of the stud, 166 200427483 or two may terminate at a second height adjustment element # 860. In yet another h &amp; example, the '4-dimension adjustment element 86Q may be seated on the side of the pedal' member 2 relative to the support bracket M6, and the pegs ⑹σ ,,, and stop at 4 at the same degree for 5 weeks. The height adjustment element can be constructed to allow continuous or separate adjustments. The adjustment routine of this embodiment, M # i money machine set 854 is now described with reference to FIG. 79A as a whole. The height adjustment element 嶋 can be operated to raise or lower the adjuster ㈣τ 862. #The outer position of the adjuster bolt ㈤ is changed by ^^ 4 The side of the 4 pedal assembly 12 踏板 is raised or lowered accordingly. In the current adjustment machine, Q 丄 丄 衷 衷 854, this rise and fall will only affect the height of the rear side of the pedal group # 12. The front height of the pedal assembly and the overall pedal pitch remain unchanged. Generally speaking, the top opening of the slotted hole 858? The bottom line defines the maximum and minimum heights at which the adjuster pin 862 can be raised or lowered. ("<For reference, the throw distance (throw is defined as the vertical distance forward from the front side of the pedal between the lowest vertical movement of the pedal." Figure 79B shows the current adjustment mechanical equipment. i 854-a self-aligning _, which is from the inside of the support _ 856 (the pedal assembly Η == seeer. Here, the height adjustment element # _ is a guide screw with a thread Form, and the operative connection device between the adjuster inspection nail 862 plate Adu adjustment 7G pieces is a screwdriver 866 or a sleeve. Xi g taxi ... ,,, mouth circumference 1 sleeve ". The threaded adjuster 866 is turned by a bolt cabinet according to the screw rotation stop force. According to this, when the guide screw 860 is turned, the direction in which it is turned and the thread extends, the threaded adjustment 167 200427483- The main body of the screw and wire is pulled up and down. When the adjuster sleeve 866 moves, the peg 862 and the pedal assembly 12 also move. FIG. 79C shows that one is attached to this embodiment. A rear view of the pedal assembly of the height adjustment mechanism 854. 2 As can be seen, the adjustment mechanism 854 shown in FIG. 79B extends along one side of the pedal assembly u. An alternative embodiment may use a separate threaded adjuster 866 and screws 86, which are It sits on only one side of the pedal assembly, instead of the dual configuration shown.-Also as shown in Figure 79C, the motor can be packaged in a motor housing 868. The motor housing_ It can also be fixed to the pedal assembly ^, the adjuster 86 with thread, or one of the adjuster studs 862, so as to allow the motor housing to be raised and lowered together with the pedal. A drive belt (not shown in FIG. 79C) maintains proper tension while the drive belt runs between the motor and a pedal roller 864, allowing the operation of the pedal assembly 12 to be mechanized 'without Excessive slackening or tensioning of the drive belt. When the drive belt is fixed to a support element and cannot be moved upwards and downwards, lowering the pedal assembly 12 may excessively make the leather The slackness prevents the motor from properly driving the pedal. Similarly, when the pedal assembly 12 is raised in this case, the length of the driving belt can prevent the pedal assembly from rising through a certain height. Fig. 79D shows a Device 870 for tensioning a driving belt 874, wherein the driving belt is attached to a height-adjustable pedal (as depicted in 79A to 79C) α and a height 168 200427483 tensioner 870 The drive belt can be engaged. The tensioner can be both mounted by an adjustable motor. 874. In this example

A base 876 on each of the pushing elements, a spring or an elastic body ⑺, and a roller 872 connected to the belt. The spring 878 is constructed to pull the roller m downwardly by a sufficient force to maintain proper tension of the driving belt 874. When the pedal assembly. When being raised, the ammunition I 878 was extended, which was attached to the driving belt 874 via the roller 872 to exert an additional downward force. Similarly, when the pedal assembly 12 is lowered, the spring system contracts, and a smaller downward force is exerted on the driving belt via the roller. The spring 878 is usually calibrated to ensure that, regardless of the height of the pedal (assuming: the height of the pedal stays within the adjustment range of the height adjustment element 86), the spring belt 874 can be maintained properly tension. In another embodiment, the tensioner ㈣ can be tensioned by a

The rod can be attached to the adjuster peg 62 at one end and attached to the motor housing gw at the other end. When the peg is raised and lowered, the tension rod can move the horse back and forth along the actuated or biased elongated hole in a :: the branch building element # 856; again. Because the length of the tension rod is fixed, the distance between the motor and the pedal: roller will only change to a minimum. This ensures that the tension of the X-51 dermatome 874 is maintained within an appropriate range. In yet another embodiment, the tension rod can be omitted, allowing the user to slide the motor housing along the actuated slot when needed, and 868 'is used to maintain the tension of the drive belt. In this embodiment 169 200427483 'The motor housing 868 can be fixed in place by a clamp, screw, or other similar device to ensure that the motor will not slide. An alternative embodiment of the fitness device 10 of the present invention may use a different N-degree adjustment mechanism 854. For example, the guide screw 86 may be replaced by a series of brackets attached to the support bracket 856, or inclined oblong holes or recesses formed in the support bracket 856. Adjuster peg 862 can be seated in a stand, slotted hole, or recess

To change the height of the pedal. In yet another embodiment, the height adjusting element 860 may take the form of a socket capable of lifting the peg. In a further embodiment, the adjuster peg 862 may be an oblique # "burst peg" which can be pulled away from the surface of the height adjustment element 'and when the peg is released, By means of the adjustment element, it automatically returns to an engaged position.

As mentioned in other parts of this system, the material pedal set U can be locked at an angle to simulate a horizontal operation, an uphill operation, or an downhill operation ("lock mode ,,) Independent treadmill. These pedals can also be reciprocated back and forth (") open plate type without restriction. Fig. 80A shows the operation in an unlock mode; =, and the rear side of the pedal is in one of the lowest positions by the aforementioned adjusting machine. Orally, the lowest position of the mechanical device 854 is called the "high position."

When the front side of the pedal is located at its maximum ... H, as the degree (that is, the wide range of the angular movement of the pedal wheel shaft on the rear side of the pedal), it provides 170 200427483 between the rear side of the pedal Maximum tilt angle between the front sides of the pedals. The ugliness does not show the pedals locked in this high position. Because the pedal assemblies 2 can occupy a high position, they can occupy a low position. Generally, the low of the pedal assemblies 12 corresponds to the maximum height that the rear side of the pedals can be lifted by the adjustment mechanism U 854. When the front side of the pedal is at its maximum operating height, this system produces a minimum tilt angle between the rear side of the pedal and the front side of the pedal. According to the pitch of the pedal assembly 12 'even when the front side of the pedal is located at the maximum elongation', this system can correspond to a lower angle for such pedal assemblies The high-position and low-position pedal assemblies 12 discussed in FIGS. 80a and 80B. A pedal assembly 12 is displayed in each position. The rear pedal is in this high position, and the front pedal system occupies the low position. As shown in FIG. 81, in some embodiments, the heights of the pedal assemblies 12 can be independently adjusted to allow each pedal to occupy a different position. As mentioned before, the rear side height of the pedal can be adjusted independently, wherein each pedal assembly 12 is provided with a separate adjustment mechanism 854. In such a situation, the pedal assemblies can actually be set for different uphill or downhill angles, allowing the user to modify the operating angle of the #HAIurt pedal assembly as desired. Fig. 82 to 囷 83F ·· Pedal pitch adjustment mechanism Fig. 82 shows an embodiment of a pedal pitch adjustment device 88. This embodiment can change the pitch of one or two pedal assemblies 12 (ie, 171 200427483, the angle measured by the frame or the base of the fitness device to define the angle of the lowest point and the highest point of the vertical movement of the pedal). Point and stop position point. The "throw distance" refers to the vertical distance that a pedal assembly ^ advances. In addition to this, this embodiment can also change the forward movement of the pedal assembly during its vertical movement. Angle. The physical structure of the hai pedal pedal pitch adjustment device 88G will now be described with reference to FIGS. ^ To 83B. A tow support 882 can be attached to the base frame 14 or another of the fitness device 20. At a stable location (

A “bracket”,). In this context, ‘‘ material ’refers to a position or element that does not need to move with one or two pedal assemblies. A pitch rod 884 is rotatably attached to the pivot point m 886 against a pivot point 886. The pitch rod extends beyond the drag point 886 in two directions, and extends perpendicular to the longitudinal major axis of the pedal assembly 12 such as D. Hai. Although the extension direction is shown at the M level, it is more clearly shown in Fig. 83A &lt;

No two directions of extension. The pitch rod 884 can swing through the pivot point 886 through a fixed action angle. As described above, the pitch adjustment device 880 is operatively attached to the pedal assembly 12 by an angle adjustment structure. ^ A pitch adjustment bracket ("throw adjuster") 888 surrounds a part of the pitch rod. Connected to the pitch adjuster is a handle 890 'which is also called a pitch pull. A series of pitch recesses 892 are defined at fixed intervals along the longitudinal major axis of the pitch rod 884. A pitch peg 894 (the end of which is shown in Figure 82 172 200427483) passes through at least one part of the pitch recess and in an outlet of the pitch adjuster, and is fixedly Attached to one end of the pitch handle. Fig. 83B shows an isometric view of the pitch adjuster 888 and the pitch handle 890. The pitch handle 890 can be pulled outwardly away from the pitch handle and the pitch adjuster 888, so that the pitch peg 894 can leave the seat at the pitch recess 892. When the pitch peg leaves the seat, the pitch adjuster can be moved along the longitudinal major axis of the pitch stick. Because the pitch puller 8 90 series is fixed to the delta pitch adjuster gw, the handle and the peg 894 can move together with the pitch adjuster. In an alternative embodiment, the pitch handle 890 may be attached to the pitch conditioner 888 in a removable manner, thus allowing the handle and pitch peg 894 to be fully k 4 The beast embodiment is removed and fully inserted into the embodiment. When the pitch adjuster 888 is positioned above a pitch recess 892 by its way out, the pitch peg 894 can be inserted into the recess, thereby fixing the pitch adjustment structure to the pitch rod 884. . In an alternative κ &amp; example, the pitch handle _ and the pitch pin 894 may be biased toward the center of the pitch rod 884 by a spring. According to this, the pitch distance bolt, Ding, can be automatically forced into a properly aligned pitch distance recess. This bias also helps to keep the pitch peg 894 in place during operation of the mechanism. Expressed in spoken language, this structure is called a "poppin." ^ Now refer to Fig. 83C, which is used to describe the various possibilities of the current pitch adjustment mechanism and the 880. In general, the pitch adjuster 173 200427483 8 is farther from the pivot point than the pivot point, the greater the vertical distance (converted into an angle) that the pedal assembly 12 advances during operation. This This situation is shown in FIG. 83C, with the angle of the position "B," being taken by the rod = table person. The corresponding stroke angle αB (representing the angle between the minimum degree and the maximum height of the pedal assembly) is also shown in the figure. By moving the pitch adjuster 888 closer to the pivot point and holding the pitch pin, it is possible to reduce the vertical distance (throw pitch) of the pedal assembly 12 households to the minimum. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 83C, hiding the pitch adjuster, 888, and the angle stick from the position "b" to reduce the angle α from the angle αB angle to the angle ^. This kind of situation corresponds to moving the pitch adjuster m and the related angle stick 896 from the position "B" to the position "a" on FIG. 83D. Unofficial pitch peg 894 is located in which pitch recess 892 'The pedal 12 will still experience some pitch, unless one embodiment of the mechanical device allows the pitch peg can be Located exactly at the pivot point m 4. Because the pedal assembly 12 has a fixed length, assuming that the distance between the pitch rod 884 and the base of the pedal is not maintained, the distance adjuster 888 is located closer to the pivot position, and the pedal is at the maximum And the angle of inclination at the minimum pitch position point. Similarly, again assuming that the distance between the pitch rod m and the base of the pedal remains the same, the pitch adjuster 888 sits closer to the pivot position, the operating angle experienced by the pedal 12 (at The smaller the stroke angle in Figure ㈣. "Operating angle" refers to the 174 200427483 angle that pedal ㈣12 advances when the front of the pedal advances from its small operating height to its maximum operating height. Back to Figure 82, In addition to adjusting the pitch, this embodiment can also adjust the angle of the pedal assembly 12 at its minimum and maximum vertical extensions ("start angle" and "stop angle", respectively). An angle rod 896 is

A hinge is attached to the caster adjuster 8 8 8. The attachment method ensures that the angle stick 896 remains vertical when the pitch stick 884 swings. Like the pitch rod 884, the angle rod 896 includes a series of angular recesses 898 that are linearly delimited along its longitudinal major axis. An angle peg 899 can be seated in an angle recess. The angle peg 899 is fixedly attached to an angle handle 897

And, the angle recess 898 can be separated from its seat by removing the far-angle pull from the angle stick 8 9 6. Generally, the angle puller 897 is operatively attached to an angle adjuster 895. The angle adjuster 895 includes an angle outlet (not shown), and the angle peg 899 passes at least partially through the angle peg. When the angle peg is removed from an angle recess, the angle adjuster can slide along the angle rod. Placing the angle peg 899 in an angle recess will fix the angle adjuster 895 in an appropriate position. Similar to the pitch handle 898, the angle handle 897 and the angle stud 899 can be completely disassembled from the angle adjuster 895 or the angle handle can only be moved from the angle adjuster Leave a fixed distance. Furthermore, as described above with respect to the pitch bolt 894 in the form of a nail as mentioned above, the angle handle 897 and the angle bolt 899 can be spring-oriented toward the angle rod 896 / angle 175 200427483 The recess is offset. The 5 衾 angle adjuster 8 9 5 is attached to the pedal assembly 12 by a pedal attachment device (not shown) seated at the top end of the angle adjuster. The pedal attachment device may cooperate with a trough hole or an elongated hole extending perpendicular to the longitudinal main axis of the pedal assembly 12 or in the same direction as the pitch rod 884. This structure is referred to herein as the tread underslot. When the pitch adjuster 888 is moved along the pitch stick 884, the pedal attachment ridge moves along the slotted hole under the pedal to maintain the angle stick 896 in a fairly vertical orientation In. Alternatively, the pedal attachment device may take the form of a U-shaped joint that mates with the fixed rear side of the pedal assembly 12. The u-joint can maintain the upright orientation of the rod 896 at this angle. Similarly, the attachment device between the pitch adjuster and the angle rod 896 may also be a u-shaped joint. Referring again to FIG. 83C, when the angle adjuster 895 is moved along the angle rod 896, the distance between the pitch rod 884 and the base of the pedal assembly 12 changes. When this distance is changed, although the travel angle does not change, the start angle and stop angle also change. As a whole, when the field angle adjuster 895 approaches the pitch rod 884, the start and stop angles become sharper (decrease), and when the angle adjuster 895 moves away from the pitch rod m , The start angle and stop angle will become dull (decreased). It is efficient that each start angle and stop angle are offset by an angle stone from a base plane, as shown in Figure 83C. When the angle adjuster 895 is located at position 176 200427483 "C" (see Fig. 83F) along the angle rod ㈣, the offset angle system will be equal to the angle point C. If the angle adjuster 895 is moved to When the position is "d", the offset angle will increase to the angle of 10,000 D. Figure 84A, Figure 8 and Figure 86: Modular structure The fitness device 10 can use various modular structures, which helps Transportation, parking, storage, etc. Figures 84A and 84B show an embodiment of a modular pedal and frame structure 1200. Overall, the embodiment includes at least one pedal assembly 1202, mainly The frame assembly 1204, the connector 1206, and an optional cover 1208 (the cover repair is shown in Fig. 84B for best results). In summary, the pedal assembly 1202 can be installed in Within the main frame assembly 1204 and attached to the main frame assembly by a connector 1206. The connector 1206 can be designed to be removable to allow disassembly of the main frame, And piece 1204, in this case The pedal assembly 1202 is removably mounted to the main frame assembly 1204, or the connector can permanently fix the pedal assembly to the main frame assembly. In either case, the The overall structure of the modular pedal and frame structure 1200 is basically the same as the components. Referring to FIG. 84A, the pedal assembly 1202 includes a continuous pedal.

Parts, not just extending through the wheel. In addition to 1210, in this embodiment of the pedal assembly 1202 177 200427483, the free end of the ㈣1214 is provided with a screw &lt; for receiving an axle connector in the form of a handle nut or screw cap. 12 丨 6. In alternative embodiments, the axle connector 1216 can be assembled on the axle 1214 with a snap or pressure, and instead of being screwed onto the axle θ, or can be created between the two An adhesive bond between them. The size of the wheel axle 1214 is made to fit within one of the elongated holes 121 218 formed on the receiver 1206 with elongated holes. The diameter of the shaft of the axle can be smaller than the official diameter of the slotted hole 1218, or one and

A groove having such a diameter can be formed at a specific position along the length of the wheel axle. It helps to secure the axle out of the receiver ... a groove (not shown) can help properly align the axle ⑵ * with the elongated hole receiver 1206. When the axle 1214 is properly aligned with the slotted hole ΐ2ΐ8 and is parked within the slotted hole, the belt pinion 1212 will rest on a drive gear 122 of the main: frame assembly 1204. The drive gear is operatively connected to a motor 1222 to rotate the motor. according to

Secondly, the motor system is fastened to a base ⑽ of the main frame assembly (usually beans _, ^^ 疋 1 located at the rear corner of the frame). In the present embodiment, the horse it 1222 series is fixed to the base 1226 by several screws, bolts, or basin connectors 1224. However, other embodiments can attach the motor to the base or The motor is strapped to the base. The main frame assembly may include a rotating expandable stabilizer element 1228 'like an impact member with cushioning capability (shown in dashed lines on B 84A), which is attached along the main frame. 178 200427483 One side of the frame assembly 1204 is hinged and can be fixed to a part of the pedal assembly 1202. Alternatively, a glideable, fixed-length stabilizer element may extend vertically to the base 1226 and be secured to a first stabilizer slotted hole within the main frame assembly and a side of the pedal assembly A second stabilizer slot in the side. These additional stabilizer elements are optional and are not necessary in current modular pedal and frame construction 1200 embodiments. Although it is shown that a single pedal assembly 1202 is mounted to the main frame 1204 in FIG. CH15A, two pedal assemblies may be mounted side by side in a single frame. Generally speaking, both of these pedal assemblies 1202 are installed by the belt gear 1212 facing inward. In one embodiment, a receptor 1206 with an elongated hole can be fixed to the side wall of the main frame 1204 at each corner of the rear side of the frame, so that each receptor can receive a pedal assembly 12〇2 one axle 1214. In another embodiment, a pedal assembly 1202 may lack an axle 1214 extending outside the main body of the roller 121o, and the receptor 1206 having a narrow slot may be omitted. In this later embodiment, the axles 1214 of the two pedal assemblies 1202 may extend slightly beyond the surface of the belt gear 1212, and are adapted to cooperate with each other to allow the two pedal assemblies Both can be driven by a separate motor 1222. For example, the axle can be combined by a connector. Fig. 84B shows the driving gear ⑽ and the motor 1222 assembly of the embodiment shown by @ 84A, and two pedal assemblies are installed in this assembly. The driving gear 1220 extends sufficiently outside the driving motor 1222 to connect the two driving gears i 2 丨 2. When the motor} 222 is operated, it will rotate the driving gear 122, and the driving gear will rotate the 忒 belt gear 1212 by one person. One or more optional drive belts (not shown) can be wound around the drive gear 1220 and one or two belt gears 1212 with sufficient tension to help rotate the belt gears. The drive belt may also help stabilize the pedal assemblies 1 202 and help secure the pedal assemblies to the main frame 1204. A cover _1208 attached to the frame 1230 of the pedal assemblies can extend over the belt gears 1212 and protect the belt gears. FIG. 85 shows an embodiment of an alternative frame 1230 for the drive gears 122o and 1222 components described in FIG. 84B. In this example, the drive motor j234 is fastened to the frame base 1226 near the midpoint of the rear frame side soil, instead of one of the rear corners. Furthermore, the motor 1234 is not fixed to One drive gear, while the cymbals are fixed to two drive wheels 1232. The diameter of each drive wheel 1232 is slightly larger than that of horse it 1234 ', ensuring that the surface of the wheel can extend above the top of the motor. A pair of modified pedal assemblies 1236 are not provided for Fig. 84 and Fig. 85. Inch, leather T gear 丨 212. Instead, the pedal belt 238 is directly parked on the driving wheel 1232, and the driving wheel will rotate and spin the 4-pedal belt 18 in the "this way." The driving wheel can be smoothed according to the required action of the pedal. It is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise, and 180 200427483 still drives the pedal belt. Since the pedal assemblies 1236 have no leather gear 1212, the covering 1208 shown in FIG. 84B is not required. ^ Continue referring to FIG. 85, each The diameter of each driving wheel 1232 will generally be directly aligned with the diameter of the roller 1240. In this way, a straight line connecting the driving wheel and the center of the roller will extend vertically and integrally from the main frame 1204. . This allows the pedals ^ 1236 to pivot up and down at the opposite end of the pedal without destroying the connection between the pedal belt ⑽ and the driving wheel 1232, or undesired sides. The action is given to the pedal from the rotation of the driving wheel. The axle 1242 of the pedal assembly 1236 can still stay in a slotted hole 1218 and can still be connected to a tool. Slotted receiver 1206. In addition, the axle 1242 of each pedal assembly 1236 extends inwardly toward the midpoint of the main frame assembly 1204, and slightly extends beyond the outer surface of each roller 124. The The isoaxes can be mated in the manner previously described, or they can be mated via a gooseneck extension (not shown, but a connector 1244 is depicted in Figure 85), and the gooseneck extension The system is fixed to a part of the frame assembly 1204 and bends upwards and above the motor. The gooseneck extension (or other connection between the wheels 1242) 1 244 does not merely stabilize The pedal assembly 1236 within the main frame 1 204, and also helps to regulate the movement of these pedals relative to each other. Circle 85: Fitness device 181 200427483 with a double bottom plate linking the pedal action of the pedal action In some embodiments of the exercise device, the handle may be used in combination with a drive motor to activate the pedals. FIG. 85 shows a dual floor exercise device 12 4 6 Exemplary embodiment 'with the aforementioned handle 1248 activation device. In the fitness device i 246 of this embodiment, the motion of a pedal belt 1250 can be activated or synchronized with the motion of a handle stick. Overall In other words, each handle stick 248 is fixed to a part of a fitness device main body 1252 by a rotary joint, such as a center console or main frame. The rotary joint 1254 allows the handle stick 1248 to freely An arched way moves around the joint through a fixed angle of rotation. An alternative embodiment can be used by the user to construct the rotation angle of the handle stick 1248, change the total rotation angle or change the start or stop position Angle. Each handle rod 1248 is generally fixed to a rotating element 1256. The rotary driving element may constitute a rotary joint 1254, or the driving element may be operatively connected to the handle by the rotary joint. The rotary driving element 1256 can be in the form of a free wheel bearing or a wheel and a rotating rod configuration. When the handle stick ^ is moved in one direction, the rotary driving element 1256 M handles the handle and moves with the handle in the opposite direction-Ribe, Xi # 姑 田 β 把 Huzhong moves ^ The rotating and moving element will be separated from "the strike is powered by the handle action or being driven, '. 束 Γ # 丝 4 Any movement of the handle action. The rotation drive element # 1256 can still bite the inertia, 痞 θ j Residual action from the inertia of a different element of the device itself The rotary drive element 1256 is also coupled to a pedal 182 by T

ZUUH-Z / H-OJ> of the decay wheel 1 9 5. Although the rotary drive element 1250 moves, it rotates the pedal roller 1258 in the same extension direction. A belt 1260 is extended. Over the surface of the outer roller. When the roller 1258 is rotated, it is caused by a movement of 4 skins to add a lateral motion to the top surface of the belt. The pushing force can be transmitted from a handle stick 248: the rotary joint 1254, a rotary drive element 1256, a roller 1258, and finally a pedal belt 126. In the current embodiment of the fitness device 1246, 124 the direction of the movement of the pedal belt 1260 is the direction corresponding to the movement of the handle bar, and the rotation driving element 1256 is engaged in the movement of the handle. That is, if the rotary driving element is constructed to engage when the handle stick is moved back and disengage when the handle stick is moved forward ', then the pedal belt will move backward when the handle stick is moved backward. Continue this example. When the handle stick 1248 is moved forward ', the rotary driving element 1256 is disengaged, and no driving force is provided to the pedal belt 126. As shown in FIG. 85, the exercise device 1246 of this embodiment includes two pedal belts 1250, 1260 and two handle sticks 1248, and thus has a rotary driving element. In this embodiment, each rotary drive element 1258 is operatively connected to a handle stick 1248 ', and will drive a pedal belt 1260. An alternative embodiment could use a single drive element for both belts. In addition, the action of a first handle stick 1 248 is generally opposite to the action of a second handle stick ordered in the embodiment of FIG. 85. That is, 183 200427483 is' When the first-handle 1248 moves backward, the second-handle stick usually moves forward. This simulates the movement of a standard stride arm that forms part of the user. Although the handle sticks can move in opposite directions at a given moment, pedal belts such as Xiao usually move or rotate in the same direction. Therefore, both the first and second rotary driving elements can impart the pushing force to the pedals from the same handle action (also #, forward or direction,), while ensuring that only one pedal will疋 Always powered by a handle start. Alternatively, although the one rotary drive element would move the pedal in the same direction as the handle A, the handle, and the handle stick, the second rotary drive element could move in the opposite direction to the handle stick. The pedal. Fig. 85 shows a handle attached to a front part of the exercise apparatus and the front roller system of each pedal is fixed in a proper position 'and the rear roller system of each pedal rises and falls. In an alternative embodiment, the handle sticks can be bent or tilted to attach to a rear portion of the device. In such an embodiment, the rear roller of each pedal will remain substantially fixed. The front pedal moves vertically. In yet another embodiment, instead of a separate roll feed dedicated to each of the pedal belts, the drive element can rotate a traversable wheel extending through two pedal belts.太 ^ «In yet another embodiment, the rotary driving element can convert the arched lateral movement of a buckle 予 2 ^ 子 into a chess-shaped vertical movement for the pedal; ^ ^ 2 Drive up and down motions of a pedal instead of driving the pedal belt. 184 200427483 Circle 87 to Figure 90 · • Interface between the pedals To discuss the low-friction interface between the pedal assemblies 12 in the system ... &gt; Figure 87 '6 Invention-An isometric view of the pedal and the base frame portion of the fitness device 10 of an embodiment. = 87 households pointed out that a low-friction surface is provided on the top of each pedal,… 2 902 or the part of the inner edge or the interface. This configuration is completed so that during the use of the fitness device If you use a part of the user ’s foot to go down to the low seat between the pedigree pedal assembly ... When the user rubs the low-thickness interface 902, the user ’s foot The movement of stepping on the belt 18 at the low-friction boundary can be followed to move on G2 to chase the eighth = the 'inside edge of the left pedal assembly 12a' or the trowel, # and the surface of the right pedal assembly 12B Adjacent. Therefore, in a real world

In the Qr example only, the two inner edges 904 and 906 both have a low-friction surface .. The surface 902 ′ and the result is a low-friction interface. In another embodiment, σ-is a low friction surface 9: 2 at the edge of the part 9 0... 6 of the surface 902 will be Lin. In one embodiment, each low friction body extends over the entire length of the pedal assembly 12. In another embodiment, each length is the entire length of 12 | h's surface "surface will only extend over a portion of the length of the pedal assembly. For the purpose of this discussion, A user's low-friction surface breakage is defined as the surface and the foot or shoe = two feet or shoes can be easily &amp; surface displaced with sliding or minimal friction and adhesion. Any type of surface 185 200427483 is shown in the example "Er '88" (which is a zoomed isometric view of the low-friction interface 902 shown in head 87), in one embodiment "A low-friction surface" includes a smooth, glideable surface. In one embodiment, the glideable surface is formed of teflontm, nylon 4, or another polymer having a low coefficient of friction. in

^ The surface of the H-bone row in g is a material with a low coefficient of friction, and the low coefficient of friction is further enhanced by coating a lubricant (for example, a light oil 1, a stone resin, etc.) Ground Drop H In another embodiment, as shown in FIG. 89 (which is an enlarged isometric view of the rubbing interface shown in FIG. 87), a “low friction surface”, There is a set of rollers. In one embodiment, the ㈣ roller is just a longitudinal main axis in the direction of travel of the cylinder. In another embodiment: 908 is a spherical shape. A temple exhibition wheel is in a In the embodiment, the "low-friction watch wheel and the smooth, slidable surface are composed of a combination of medium and ^^. In one embodiment, a low-friction interface may have rollers, and the interface may have a smooth, glideable surface. Low red surface borrow = Use this at the interface of piece 12-a "low friction is easier" waiting for leather feet / or shoes during the treadmill operation to allow the user to stumble and / or fall. "Envy has reduced or reduced the inner edge of the left pedal assembly 12 at the 906 / knife interface. In addition to the low-friction surface 902, the low-friction surface 200427483 can be additionally provided in other locations. For example, in one embodiment, the outer edge and surface of the 'botanical group # 12 is provided with a low friction surface. Moreover, in one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 90 (which is An isometric view of the pedals of the provincial fitness apparatus and the base frame part 300) The fitness apparatus may be equipped with a third or intermediate pedal 910. As shown in FIG. 90, the third or middle pedal The pedal unit is located between the left and right pedal units 12. The left and right pedal unit = is equipped with a displaceable leather case 18 or sole, and the third or middle pedal 910 is A "low-friction surface" as defined above is provided. Therefore, in one embodiment, the low-friction surface of the intermediate pedal 9 'includes a set of rollers. In another embodiment, The low friction surface of the 5H pedal includes There is a smooth, glideable surface 'this surface can be lubricated or unlubricated. Alternatively' In one embodiment, the low friction surface of the intermediate pedal is a stepping belt that moves one to two The belt is similarly constructed in this article, and it can be described as a displaceable stepping belt. As indicated in Figure 90, 'If a part of the user's foot 912 is in use during use Accidentally stepping on the stationary intermediate pedal _ the user's foot 912 is capable of moving with the pedaling belt 18 of the adjacent pedal assembly 12. Therefore, 'the intermediate pedal 9H) is reduced from the low surface to a small drop or a small drop. The hand ^ 428 (like B ^ not 'in an embodiment'-a biasing mechanism-a wide coil spring 428 or a set of coil springs *) will be toward the female pedal assembly 12, and when used The person stepping on a special 187 200427483 cymbal board can be moved down. In one embodiment, the coil spring 428 is connected to a flange 430 'protruding outward from the frame 52 of the pedal assembly i 2 to support the pedal and couple the pedal to the base frame 14 of the exercise device. Pick it up. In another yoke example, the pedal 12 (including the intermediate pedal 910) is biased in an upward position by other deflection mechanisms or mechanisms described in other parts of this manual. In one embodiment, a biasing mechanism 428 (eg, a spring mechanism, etc.) attached to the intermediate pedal 910 causes the intermediate pedal 91 to remain in place unless stepped on by a user. In the up position. Once released, the deflection mechanism 428 causes the intermediate pedal 910 to return to the up position. In one embodiment, the intermediate pedal 910 can be pivoted flush with the highest position of a pedal assembly 12 that moves upward. For example, the middle pedal 910 will follow the highest pedal group # 12 downwards (in this example, the right pedal assembly 12B at this position) to reach a midpoint position, the left and right pedals The height of the assembly 12 at this midpoint location is substantially the same. At this position, unless the center pedal 9H) is stepped on, the material pedal 91o will follow the left pedal assembly 12A upward to reach the height of its highest point. When the left pedal assembly 12 enters its descent, the intermediate pedal 91G will follow the left pedal assembly HA to reach the midpoint position 'where it is' unless the intermediate pedal 91o is stepped on.' The intermediate pedal 91o will again Began to follow the right pedal assembly i2B upwards. Therefore, if the user partially steps on the highest pedal assembly 12 and partially steps on the intermediate pedal 91 °, the intermediate pedal 91 ° will be positioned at 188 200427483 at an appropriate height. Figure 91: Double pedal with a roller providing a stepping surface. To discuss the implementation of a fitness device with an alternative stepping surface, please refer to FIG. 91. This figure shows the pedals and the frame portion of the fitness device iq. An isometric view of the 300. As shown in FIG. 91, each stepping surface 914 (that is, a pedal with seven main and six poles, and a displaceable upper and lower surface of the piece 12 is intended to be enclosed by the user's foot or shoes. There are a plurality of adjacent, co-planar rollers 916. Therefore, in this embodiment, the plurality of rollers 916 have been replaced by ^ ^ 100, and workers have been replaced by stepping / ⑼ that can be displaced 'Some of the belts in other embodiments described in this specification are used as the tread surface 914.

As shown in "9 丨 ', the left and right pedal assemblies ΐ2Α &amp; I are dragged and attached to ^ by two or more connecting members 918: and these connecting members can be welded or integrated into the base ^ Asia And extends upward from the base frame. In one embodiment: the pivot shaft 330 or the component system will extend through a pedal frame 52. In one embodiment, the rotating shaft 330 performs a frame rotating shaft coffee. In another example, J1; 1 series share the same pivot M β through the yoke example, each pedal assembly 12 Sun μ owns its own pivot shaft 33〇 、 隹 ― 抽丝 # 干 U 系 转330 is axially aligned with y- ', and' this torsion axis defends. The same main axis is aligned. Therefore, in ::, whether or not each pedal assembly 12 has its own drag :: The pedal assemblies 12 share a pivot axis to protect them, which means that they can pivot around a separate rotating main 189 200427483 The axis is displaced. As pointed out in Fig. 91, in this example, the Fulinga roller 916 is convex in a coplanar plane ...-Thousands of planes or substantially coplanar planes (like a convex or concave plane) Into the plane)! &amp; configured and positioned within the pedal frame 52 0 in one embodiment, 誃 ^ ^. _.. ^ ^ ^ / 衮 9 9 is supported on the pedal frame 52 by a plurality of levers Among * ^ where 'the rollers can rotate around the rods during operation. In one embodiment, the help 916 can coast by inertia. In another embodiment of the wheel, the step '91 6 series uses a drive, ^ ▼, a chain, or a gear mechanism. The special rotation of the special roller can be controlled to provide a selectable amount of resistance to rotation. For example, a driving mechanism or a motor 88 may be provided near the = portion of the pedal assembly 12. The driving mechanism may have a control device (such as an electric control device) which is located on the cymbal or the handle bar, such that the user can easily adjust the resistance or Wait for the rotation speed of the roller 916. If necessary, the pedal assemblies 12 may be used together with a spring or a bumper to adjust the actions of the pedal assemblies 12. Fig. 92 to Fig. 105. · There is a turning position between the pedal ends. Pedal frame 'To discuss the manner in which the pedal assembly 2 is coupled to the base frame ι4, it is now referred to Fig. 92. FIG. 92 is an isometric view of the pedal and the base frame portion 300 of the exercise apparatus 10. As shown in FIG. 92, in one embodiment, the base frame 4 and the pedal frame U are at 190 200427483; at a position or position between the longitudinal ends of each pedal assembly 12 Coupling. Specifically, a frame member 918 extends upward from the base frame 14, and the pedal frame 52 is pivotally attached to a position point between the longitudinal directions 钿 σ 卩 of the pedal assembly 12. This frame member 91.8. As indicated in FIG. 92, the pedal assembly 2 can be pivoted at a position other than the rear end of a pedal, or at a position other than the square roller 30 behind a pedal. As illustrated in FIG. 92, 'in one embodiment, an elongated pivot lever 330 extends from a first frame member 918 through left and right pedals ... 2 to a second frame member At 918, in order to pivotally support the left and right pedal assemblies 12A &amp; 12b at a pivot point located between the ends of the pedal assembly. In other words, the left and right pedal groups # 12Α Α coffee series share the same pivot shaft 330 'sub and can be rotationally displaced around the same rotation main axis. In another embodiment, each pedal assembly 12 has its own pivot axis # 330, and the pedal can rotate around the pivot shaft:. Each of the pivot shafts 330 is supported by a frame member 918. These pivots are facing up to drought, and as a result, the left and right pedal assemblies 12A and 12B are orbited around the same main axis of rotation. The frame members 918 are made in macro size, in order to provide a vertical offset between the temple pedal assembly 12 and the farm shirt 4 "plus, ladder ~ base frame P frame 14. This is Gu Xu The pedal assemblies 12 are turned into various positions or orientations that I desire during use. Figure 93 to circle 94 191 200427483

In order to discuss another way of coupling the pedal frame 52 to the base frame i4, reference is now made to FIGS. 93 and 94, which are an isometric view and a right side of the pedal and the base frame portion 300 of the exercise device, respectively view. As shown in FIGS. 93 and 94, in one embodiment, a triangular frame member 52 is provided to pivotally attach the pedal assembly 12 of the exercise apparatus to the base frame 14. In one embodiment, each treadle assembly 12 is secured to the base frame 14 by a separate triangular frame member 52. In another embodiment, 'each pedal assembly 12 is coupled to the base frame M by a set or a pair of triangular frame members 52. As illustrated in FIGS. 93 and 94, the pivot position point between the base frame 14 and the three frame members 52 is now μ at the end of the top surface of the pedal assemblies 12, but it is Wait for the top surface of the pedal assembly to deviate. Therefore, 'when viewed from the side as shown by 胄 94', the end of the top surface of the pedal set # 12 and the pivot set point form three points of a triangle. As shown in FIGS. 93 and 94, in one embodiment, a separate pivot shaft 330 extends through the triangular frame member 52 or a member coupled to the right pedal assembly 12B, the triangular frame member M or It is a member coupled to the left pedal assembly 12A and the base frame 14 so as to pivotally support the left and right pedal assemblies 12 and nB. In other words, the left and right pedal assemblies 12A and 12B share the same pivot shaft 330 and can rotate around the same rotation main axis. In another embodiment, the triangular frame member 52 or each of the 192 200427483 pedal assembly 12 has its pivot shaft 330, and the pedal is rotatably and displaceably against the pivot shaft. Face to the base. 1 wood 14. However, the pivot shaft 33 is aligned axially, and as a result, the left and right pedals are assembled? Δ m '〇 Parts 12A and 12B are pivoted about the same rotating main axis. As shown in FIG. 93, for each pedal assembly 12, the frame member 52 is attached to the axle of the rear roller 3 =. # 代 地, the triangular frame member M can be coupled to one part of the disc pedal frame, thereby pivotally connecting the pedals _ ^, L, and 1,12 to 4. As pointed out in Figure 93 and Figure 94, each pedal implant 12 will move away from the position 33 () # 、,, and ... ^ ^ ^ _ 5 and the pivot position point is private to Lifang And the level of the rear rollers 28, 30 is located at a place between the rollers 28, 3g and the horizontal plane is as indicated in FIG. 93. The displaceable tread surface (that is, the tread leather π) can Driven by a pedal's rear roller 30-30. However, as shown in FIG. 94, among the _S 疋 月 ja * embodiments, the pivot position between the piece 52 and the base frame 14 ... 7 is like an inertia Wheel or a boat moving away from the roller 31 'The speed and direction that the belt will wind around the roller. As shown in Figure 94, Xiao Yu can take one embodiment of φ. The three rollers of each pedal assembly 12 and the 30 handle frame 31 are held by the triangular frame members 52 of the respective pedals. In place. As a result, the three rollers 28,30 and $ 1 define a two ", and the stepping belt 18 passes around the triangle. According to a 193 200427483 embodiment, the stepping belt 18 can be moved by the rear and front rollers. Driven by 28, 30, 31. Fig. 95 to Fig. 96 In order to discuss a way to couple the pedal frame 52 to the base frame 芊 14, reference is now made to Fig. 95 and Fig. 96. Fig. 95 is the fitness ^^ An isometric view of the pedal and the base frame portion 300 is a right side view of the pedal assembly 12 shown in FIG. 95. As shown in FIG. 94, 'in one embodiment, the pedal-to-pivot The position point 92., 922 is consumed to the base frame 2: During the use, a kind of articulation action of the pedal assembly 12 is generated. As shown in Figs. 95 and 96, a flange 918 is from the base 14 Extends upwards and provides-one pivotal connection ^ 924 position point 920, one., = 1: the end can be connected to the pivotal position «rotation link 924 the other end is connected to-and qi in In the embodiment, the turning link 924 can spot the pedal frame 52 in the pedal group. 〖2 ^ To define the second pivot position point 922 and connect it, the plate assembly u is connected to the base frame 14. It is used to support the swing or to connect the pedals = 95 '-a spring 428 is connected The movement of the pedal frame 52 attached to the fitness device and the base fitness equipment is located in an upright position:!: The impeachment 428 is biased upwards-one pedal = 2 = plate ... 2. As shown in the figure When the bottom edge of the frame 52 is in the &quot; upright position, the edge of the pedal P and the top edge of the corresponding blessing link 924 194 200427483 will form an acute angle α. When the acute angle of the pedal component "will become It is sharper. ° When pushing, 'The user i2 ~ Figure 95 and Figure 96 understand that' In operation, when the spoon foot is down on a pedal assembly 12 ▲ field piece 1 2 will be 1a I $-# Μ / inch, the pedal group 0 is pivoted counterclockwise at one of the two-pivot position points 922. At the same time, the pedal assembly 12 is at the link "24 and 'the second component 12 is around the first pivot position point% . Clockwise:

Move backward. Therefore, as shown in Fig. ㈣, when the user's =; a pedal assembly 12 pushes B ±, &gt; μ's foot down. P. Pushing the mandarin's arm under m. These movements will be combined to produce; = an articulated action of a downward pivoting motion and a backward pivoting motion. On the contrary, due to the double pivot position point 92 and the milk, the meter == moves upwards and leaves the pedal assembly 12, when the impulse "彳 ... ππ«-a downward force is applied to the bu

::: When the pedal assembly 12 moves downwards and backwards as a whole, and ^ 力 下 ^ force is removed, the pedal assembly 12 is returned to its original position by moving upwards and downwards. Fig. 97 to circle 99B: Pedal with two pedal frame configuration To discuss another way of depleting the pedal frame 52 to the base frame 14 ', reference is now made to Figs. 97 to 99B. Fig. 97 is an isometric view of the pedal and the base frame portion of the fitness apparatus 10, and when viewed from the side, the pedal assembly 12 has a trapezoidal configuration. Fig. 98A is a right side pedal unit shown in Fig. 97. A right side view and the trapezoidal configuration of the pedal unit U are indicated. ® is a right side view of the present invention 195 200427483 shown in FIG. 97 and shows a triangular configuration of the pedal assembly 12 according to an alternative embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 99A is a right side view of the pedal assembly 12 shown in Fig. 97 and indicates that the trapezoidal pedal assembly 12 is displaced toward a pivot position 330. Fig. 99B is the same view of the pedal shown in Fig. 98A and indicates that the triangular pedal assembly 12 is displaced toward a pivot position point 3 30. As shown in FIGS. 97 to 99B, in one embodiment, the pedal assemblies 12 have more than two rollers, and the continuous stepping belt 18 (ie, the stepping surface) changes direction near the rollers. . For example, in one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 97, 98A, and 99A, in one embodiment, each pedal assembly 12 has an upper pedal frame 52A and a lower pedal frame 52B. Each of the pedal frames 52A and 52B has a front roller 28 and a rear roller 30. The successive stepping belts 8 and 8 change the direction of travel in the vicinity of the rollers. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 98A and FIG. 99A, in one embodiment, the pedal frames 52A, 52B and the rollers 28, 30 of each pedal assembly 12 are oriented toward each other (when viewed from the side). The four rollers 2 $ and the mother of 30 each form a separate corner of a trapezoid. Although FIGS. 97, 98A, and 99A depict a pedal assembly 12 with a corner equipped with four rollers, those skilled in the art will recognize that there are more or fewer rollers equipped The corners can be developed without the spirit of the embodiment depicted in FIG. 97. For example, as shown in FIGS. 98B and 99B, in one embodiment, the pedals are equipped with a pedal frame 52 and three rollers 28, 3,196,2004,27,483, 31 'while continuously stepping on the belt 18 Change direction near these rollers. Therefore, as indicated in FIG. 98B and FIG. 99B, in one embodiment 1 when viewed from the side, the pedal assemblies 12 have a triangular configuration: ^ 'βHAI diagonal has a corner equipped with three rollers . As shown in headings 97 to 98B, a pedal frame 52 supports each of the rollers 28, 30 3 1 'and the flip frame and these roller systems are held in a rigid | ± position relative to each other, thereby allowing Each pedal assembly moves in a unit that is rigid as a whole. As shown in Fig. 97 to Fig. 98B, the frame 52A of the entrance is located below the stepping belt j 8: For the implementation of the four rollers shown in Fig. 97 and Fig. 98A, J bottom frame 52B The two rollers 28, 30 are connected to the bottom, and the top frame 52A is connected to the two rollers m on the top. For the embodiment of the three rollers, the top two rollers 28, 30 are thinned by various methods (one of which is shown in FIG. 98B) and kept in a proper position relative to the sole bottom roller 31. In. A figure 97A 99A and 99B, in one embodiment: two bottom rollers 30, 31 are installed on a pair of Li Mou + Ri Ri I Mu i — frame apple to allow the pedal ㈣ (That is, the pedal or cymbal structure ... the wheels are held in a rigid position relative to each other as if an early single unit structure pivots. In other implementations Γ33νΓ ^ &quot;# 12 &quot; ^ Μ1 ^ 14-^-Roller Or is located in a pivot configuration away from such / see Figure 92). As indicated in FIG. 99A, when the pivotal connection position point 33 between the pedal assembly η and the base 197 200427483 frame 14 is the bottom left roller%, the main spindle 忪, during use, the pedal is relatively The lateral ends at the pivot connection point 330 will pivot upwards and downwards around the pivot position 33. Similarly, when the pivot connection position point 33 between the pedal assembly 12 and the base frame M is the rotation main shaft day guard of the bottom right roller M, during use, the pedal is relative to the pivot connection position point 33. The lateral end of 〇 will pivot upwards and downwards around this pivoting position. When the pivot connection position is the top left or top right roller M, the rotation main shaft Μ of M, a similar pivoting action between the pedal assembly 12 and the base frame M can be conceived. As indicated in FIG. 99B, when the turning connection position point 33 between the base frame of the pedal assembly 12 and the bottom frame J is the main axis of rotation of the bottom roller J, during use, the pedal assembly 12 is designed for the The top end of the pole connection position point 33G pivots upward and downward around the pivot position point 33 (). Similarly 'when the pivot connection position between the pedal group # 12 and the base frame 14 is clicked as the rotation main axis of the top right roller 28' during use, the lateral end of the pedal will be around The locust turning point 3 3 3 pivots up and down. As pointed out in FIG. 98A, for the embodiment of the four rollers of the present invention, in order to add the rollers 28, 30 with a a plus "俅" in a rigid position relative to each other The upper pedal frame 52 is pushed on the bottom pedal frame by a rigid structural member or a hard bumper and / or spring knot # 928. A rigid structural member 930 or a hard bumper and / or a magician 200427483 for the three rollers can be used to hold the palatal wheels 28, 30, 3H relative to one another. In a rigid relationship with each other as a whole.

FIGS. 100 to 101B In an alternative version of the four-roller and three-roller embodiments depicted in FIGS. 97 to 99B, the positions of the rollers 28, 30, 31 can be allowed to switch relative to each other, thereby eliminating the need for The need for a pivotal connection location point 33 between the base frame M and the pedal assembly 12. This concept is shown in FIG. 100 and FIG. 101A, which are an isometric view of the pedal and base frame portion 300 of the fitness device 10 and a right side of the pedal shown in FIG. 100, respectively. view. As shown in FIG. 100 and FIG. 101A, the pedal assemblies 12 have an upper pedal frame 52A and a lower pedal frame 52. The upper pedal frame 52A is a support material—a front roller 28, a rear roller ⑽, and— Each branch floor holds the soleplate% of the stepping belt 18 (ie, the stepping surface). The lower pedal frame 52B is a tower-front roller 28 and a rear roller 30. As indicated in Figs. 100 and 101, a continuous stepping belt 18 is wound around the pedal assembly 12 and changes direction at each roller 28,30. As shown in FIG. H) and FIG. 101A, “In one embodiment, when viewed from the side,” the pedal group # 12 has a trapezoidal structure, and the lower rear roller 30 and the front rear roller 28 are The base frame M is fixed. In one embodiment, 'this configuration is achieved by fixedly fixing the main shafts of the rollers 28, 30 to the base frame 14. In another embodiment, this configuration is achieved by fixedly lowering the lower 199 200427483 pedal frame 52Bm to the base frame i4. : As shown in Figure 101A, the trapezoidal pedal assembly ΐ2 can be folded up to find the upper pedal frame 52A (with its front and rear rollers M, then / below the mouth and displaced backward, while the lower pedal frame 帛 52B (with its front and rear The positions of the rollers 28, 30) will remain relative to the base frame μ: as shown in Fig. ΗΗA, when the upper pedal frame 52α is downward and wide-(the upper pedal frame 52A is still maintained as Overall two: = lower pedal frame 52B. A spring or bumper (similar to that shown), or a group of springs or bumpers can be used to hold the = plate frame 52A at the maximum relative to the lower pedal frame 52B. Square position (for example, as shown in Figure 101A). As shown in Figure 101A, the finger is attached to r. T. During use, when the user applies a downward action on the pedal frame, six ^ ^ 52 "Relative to the lower pedal": two forces ... the square pedal frame is said to move downwards and backwards from every 2B. In a contemporary example of bei, Gu Xuanbu stayed + s + ° above the pedal frame 52A will be based on the fitness show Or the user ’s orientation on the fitness device moves downwards and forwards. As in Figure 101A;. ^ ^ Privately, when the user stops, the downward force = to the When the upper pedal frame 帛 52A, the upper pedal frame 52A moves the hunter upward and forward to return to the uppermost position. This return to the uppermost position is caused by the upper pedal frame 52A being biased upward. As shown in Fig. 101A and Fig. LoiB +, y, in one embodiment, the driving ~ can be the lower rear wheel 30, and in other embodiments, 200 200427483 The scroll wheel can be any other scroll wheel. As disclosed by this article :: For example, the left and right pedal assemblies 12 can be via an arc =, attached bumpers, interconnected springs, or other Machine: Connected 'such that when one of the pedal assemblies 12 is moved downward by the user, the other pedal assembly 12 is mechanically moved upward by an equal or proportional distance, and vice versa. Fig. 102 ·· With a swivel link One of the pedal frames is to discuss another way of putting the pedal assembly 12 to the base frame, and it is now turn to refer to FIG. 1G2; the purpose is an isometric view of the device 10 against the base frame portion 300. As shown in FIG. 102, in one embodiment, the pedal assembly members are consumed by the base frame 14. ^ From the plate to the connection of Lu Guangxiong in Figure M2, the flange 918 is from this The base frame 14 is extended upwards. Each pivoting link structure is like a first end system, and the seat is pivotally fastened to the flanges 918 by a support rod 932, with ==- The first-pivot position point. The supporting rod 932 is regarded as the main body that the tow 1 member 924 can rotate relative to the convex edge 918. The other end portion of the turning link member 924 is pure with a pedal set at 12 o'clock in the afternoon, 3 (), and the system is bounded by a second turning position · point. Alternatively, each pivot link member 924 may be; a part of the black pedal frame 52 in front of the rear side of the pedal assembly 12 is lightly connected to define ― a position 922 where the brother is turned and used for Support: The pedal assembly 12 or the pedal assembly 12 is connected to the base frame μ. Different support rods 932 can be used for each pedal 201 200427483, and / or the support rod or rods 932 can be used. Two, two you 4 t or four flanges 918 support. As shown in FIG. 102, in one embodiment, a torsion spring 934 is wound around the first pivot position point 92 °, and one # end portion of the spring is fastened to the flange 918. This position is such that the second end portion of the spring one is fastened to a portion 2 of the link member 924, which tends to move the link member 924 upward about the first pivot position 3 or疋 moves counterclockwise relative to the flange. As indicated in FIG. 10, when a pedal assembly 2 is located in a fully upward position, the upward edge of the pedal frame 52 and the upward edge of the associated pivot link structure # 924 are associated. Forms a pure angle X. When the pedal assembly 12 is pressed toward τ, the angle χ becomes larger. In one embodiment, 'the front end of each pedal assembly 12 is supported by a spring or bumper as described elsewhere in this section. When the user's foot contacts the pedal assembly 12 and depresses the pedal, the pedal system pivots clockwise toward the second pivot position, and the link member 924 will rotate around the first The pivot position is clockwise. In another embodiment, the pedal groups # 12 are connected to each other via an arc-shaped rocker arm ⑥ described in other parts of the book, and when When the pedal is depressed, the opposite pedal assembly 12 t moves upward and backward. Figure m to Figure 104: A pedal frame with a four-link linkage. To discuss another 202 200427483 coupling the pedal frame 52 to the base frame 14, reference is now made to Figures 103 and 104; Figures 10 and 3 The figure shows an isometric view of a pedal and a base frame part 300 of the fitness device 10 and a left side view. As shown in Fig. 103 and Fig. 104, in one example, each pedal assembly 12 is connected to a base frame 14 of the exercise apparatus via a four-link connection 936. / 目 103 and Figure 104, in one embodiment, each of the four structures: = 装 二 936 # includes an upper and a lower horizontal link '94G and a front and a rear Vertical link member 942 4. The link members are pivotally attached. The cage is shown in Fig. 103 and Fig. 104. In one embodiment, a bullet = seems to be connected to the upper and lower horizontal link members ㈣, just ^. When the spring is released and compressed ', the spring 428 holds the upper and lower horizontal link members 938, 940, and the four-link guarantee in a parallelogram shape. As indicated in Fig. 103 and Fig. 104, the right joint under the four-bar linkage device is attached to the base at a first pivot Qiu Xuanjia U mattress "920木 [Wood 14 and the rear side of the pedal assembly 12 is attached to the Silian brother-cabinet at point 922. In the example, each pedal assembly 12 is at the lever link M 936 and the first In addition, a group of four and four brothers and a group of four and four brothers and a four-bar linkage device 936 and the base frame 141 are connected. In one example, the second frame turning position is the same as the rotating main shaft of the rear pedal roller 30. In another example, the second pivot position ㉟922 is intersected with the pedal frame_ 5-a position located in front of the rear pedal roller 3G 203

厶 厶 / 1 OJ As shown in Figure 104, T station AA, pedal assembly 12 2 ^, when the user's foot contacts an Asian and moves the sheep down, the horizontal link member 938 above is closed. More 428 will shrink and the member 940 (also g B and closer to the horizontal link P 'parallelogram open private side vertical link members will face them ^^ wide and forward and backward. From Figure 104- When turning from the &quot; zone to the connection point and lowering it forward, the four-connected body diagram &quot; when the pedal assembly 12 is 920 and ~ ^ around the first pivot position point at 936M ... &amp; Turn 'and the pedal assembly 12 is combined with the first-turn position of the stomach 999 second ... + you say,: / ο who is the first; fe is depressed when the second: pivot clockwise. Therefore, when the pedal Assembly 12, L: The lever and link device 936 is converted to a collapsed configuration ^ and the pedal assembly will change from a tilted orientation. The orientation of the pedal assembly will be converted to a more inappropriate user's foot extending from the pedaling and Separate the upper part * the lower part and remove the% 'the dust-shrinking spring to the German Conglu, the lower horizontal link members 938, 940, and D The upper horizontal link structure, 佶 8 and the pedal assembly are also transferred. Therefore, the user ’s feet from the pedal assembly lever device will be restored and restored to the basin exhibition 2 except the day guard. Structure, and the substantially horizontal orientation of the pedal assembly in V is converted to a relatively inclined orientation. ::: In the embodiment, the pedal assemblies 12 are mechanically coupled to each other so that the left and right pedal assemblies can Move in the opposite direction during use. Figure 105: The pedals of the swing arm pedestal with the gauge interconnecting device. The pedal components 12 of the fitness device of the present invention can be connected to each other so that the pedal components 12 can A displacement of 204 200427483 with respect to each other. This situation can be achieved through the configuration of various interconnected devices. One of these interconnected configurations is shown in Figure 05, which shows It is an isometric view of the pedal and the base frame of the fitness device 10. As shown in Fig. 05, each pedal assembly 2 is supported by two swing arms. A cable The system is used to connect the left and right pedal assemblies 12 to each other, and to realize the opposite movement of the specialized pedal assemblies to each other during the use of the fitness device. As shown in FIG. 105, a generally u-shaped frame structure丨 * are provided with a rectangular base portion and rectangular side supports, the supports extending upwardly from the base portion. Each pedal assembly Η is pivotally pivoted via a pair of swing arms 942 Attached to a rectangular side support. In one embodiment, each swing arm is attached to a portion of the pedal frame 52. In another embodiment, each swing arm 942 is attached to a The rollers 28,30 are attached to a pedal assembly. As can be understood from Fig. 105, because of the swing arms 942, each pedal assembly 12 moves downward in a substantially arched manner when depressed. Moreover, the slope of the tread surface depends on the relative length of the attached swing arm. In one embodiment, the length of some or all of the swing arms 942 may be adjusted to allow the slope of the pedal assembly 12 to be modified by the user. In one embodiment, each pedal assembly 2 has a drive roller at one of the rollers 28, 30, which moves the stepping belt 8 around the rollers 28, 30 of the pedal assembly 12. In one embodiment, 205 200427483 the drive roller is a roller with a body motor inside the roller. In another embodiment, the driving horse is fixed to the pedal frame 52 for displacement with the pedal frame. The drive motor is therefore powered by a drive belt or gear. In yet another embodiment, the driving roller is powered by a motor mounted on the u-shaped frame knot #! 4. The power train is transmitted to the drive roller from a frame-mounted motor via a drive belt, and the drive belt is wound around a pulley on a tension link.

As shown in FIG. 105, at a first end of the frame cypress, a central support member 944 extending upward is attached to each pedal group via an elastic winding state # 12, the first swinging arm 942, "The elasticity of the helical elastic I-line 946 allows the pedal assemblies 12 to swing forward and backward relative to the frame structure 14. In one embodiment, when no force is applied On these pedal assemblies, the elastic I-line 946 was selected to restore the pedal assemblies 12 to the desired relative to each other.

The desired orientation. A

At a second end portion of the frame structure (which is opposite to the first end portion of the frame structure), a second swing arm 942 ′ of the right pedal assembly is attached to one of a cable 948 ′. Ends. The cable extends from the second swinging arm 942 ", bypasses a first pulley 95, which is attached to the frame structure 14 via a flange, and passes upwardly over a shaft mounted on a wheel shaft 954. The top of the second pulley 952A, where 'the axle is supported by a flange fixed to the side support of the frame structure 14. In a similar manner, the second swing arm of the left pedal assembly 206 200427483 942 "Is attached to one end of another cable 948 ,. The cable My is extended from the second swing arm 942 of the left pedal assembly 12, bypasses a first pulley attached to the frame structure 14 via a flange, and is also installed in one The bottom of the second 952β on this axle 954. As can be understood from FIG. 105, because the two pedal assemblies 12 are connected to the pulleys 952A and 952B mounted on the axle 954 via the slow wires 948, and 948 ", and because each cable 948, and 948, around it: The second pulleys 952A and 952B are wound in a manner relative to the corresponding mirror lines 948, and 948 ,, and the axle 954 can transmit the action from the right pedal in a reverse manner. To the left pedal. For example, during operation, when the user ’s foot drives the right pedal assembly 12 °, the right pedal moves backward and downward, and the I line 948 of the right pedal is pulled down. . This will provide a clockwise action (when viewed from the right side of the frame M) on the axle 954 attached. Following 954 is rotated in a clockwise manner while pulling the left pedal up 948 "to move the left pedal up and forward. "Reversely" When the user's left foot is pressed down + 彳 7 疋 &amp; the left pedal of the child, the left pedal will move downward and backward, while pulling down on the cable 948 "of the left pedal and applying an axle 9 5 4's 聋 b 聋 私 # 's stitching pattern. This will pull the cable 948 of the right pedal up and move the right pedal assembly forward and downward. As indicated in Figure 105 In one embodiment, a brake mechanism i 956 can be attached to either end of the axle 954, and 207 200427483 can be controlled electrically or mechanically. The brake set 956 can provide a selective degree of resistance to the wheel axle, and it provides an iterative resistance force to the movement of the pedal assemblies 12. Figure 106: Interconnection between the sliding pedal and the gauge system Heavy-duty fitness equipment of the device In order to discuss another way to connect the pedals to each other, so that the pedals can be displaced relative to each other in an alternative manner, reference is now made to FIG. Isometric Fig. As indicated in Fig. 106, in one embodiment, the fitness device has a pulley and cable system 'which provides for relative movement of the left and right pedal assemblies 12 relative to each other. As shown in FIG. 106, in one embodiment, the fitness apparatus includes a lower U-shaped lower frame portion 4 and a downwardly extending arm with a lower frame portion 14 connected thereto. The U-shaped square frame portion of the section 96, 4, 4, and the left and right rectangular pillars 958, 958 ,,, etc. These pillars extend between a pair of rectangular pillar receiving openings, and the openings are located at The lower frame portion 14, and the upper frame portion 14 ,,. A center pillar 40 extending upward from the upper frame portion 14 "and a console and handle bar 44 can be attached to the free end of the center pillar Everywhere. As shown in FIG. 106, in one embodiment, each pedal assembly u is connected via a sleeve 962, and 962, and a U-shaped coupling member that slidably connects the respective pillars 958 ', 958, and 964, and 964 "are connected to their respective rectangular pillars 958, and 958". In one embodiment, the 208 200427483 coupling members 964, and 964, are pivotally attached to the pedal frame at a pivot position, a position at point 330, such that when the Waiting for pedal movement: to be guided up and down to be guided by the rectangular pillar ',' 958 '/ 4 The pedal assembly 12 can be pivoted towards the pure rotation position point 33. In one embodiment,' each pivot position The main rotation point of the point roller „, the body is in another embodiment, each pivot position = 330 is attached to the pedal frame except for one pedal roller. In one embodiment, the interconnecting means between the U-shaped coupling members 964 'and 964, and the step; ^ 日 日 / 土 11 /, the connection device can be sexual and non-pivotal . : As shown in Fig. 106, a cable 948 is attached to a sleeve 962 "on the right side of Chu Shiru ^ attachment position point 966" and is attached to an officer in training, Click on the second attachment position. The beauty line 948 is a set of four pulleys 968, which are pivotally fixed to the upper and lower frame portions 14, 14, of the fitness apparatus. / 2 It can be understood from the heading 106 that when the user's right foot is pushed on the "#" and the board is pushed down, the right pedal will move down and be 962 by the right sleeve, Follow the right side rectangular pillar 958 "to guide the pedals of K in the same τj fixed embodiment around its turning position 330 (material, in the state of the right connection member, or W = panel assembly (Pivot position point between 12)) Tow. When Tian Tian's right sleeve official 962 "moves down, the cable 948 will follow the rectangular branch on the right; ^ Main 9 58% ^ h ^ is pulled down. This in turn will cause the cable to be pulled up along the left rectangular post 958 and the left 209 200427483 side sleeve 962 'up, thereby providing a pair of &amp; upward forces on the left pedal Components 1 on 2. Conversely, as you can understand, as shown in Figure 106, when the user ’s left foot is pushed down on the left pedal assembly 12 &amp; the left pedal moves downward and It is guided by the left sleeve 962, along the rectangular stub pin 9S8 on the left. At the same time, in one embodiment, the left pedal assembly 12 can rotate around its frame to position 330 (also gp, eight # 丄 <丌, that is, the U-shaped coupling member 964 'between the left side). Or the pivot point between the bracket and the left pedal 1 u 12). 7 When the left sleeve 962, h πτ # &amp; moves downwards privately, the cable 948 will be pulled down along the left rectangular pillar 958, such as, 丄, from the person #. The foot sample will sequentially cause the cable 948, the rectangular pillar 9 on the right side of the mouth to be pulled upward, and the side sleeve 962 'will be pulled upward to pull a right door 12 on the south gate. The upward force is provided on the right side of the pedal. As described in another article, among the 12 cases of scorching yoke, the pedal assemblies 12 are pivotally attached to Xishenghai Temple. The U-shaped coupling members 964 ,, 964 "or hetero-brackets" allow the cymbal plate, and the piece 12 to be relative to # when the frame is moved up and down on the pillar 958. Canada, marry wood 964, 964 "turn around. Shi Shi, in sixty-one embodiments, a bullet green bucket 、, 口 果, the pivot level between the support and the pedal assembly ^ into the most ρ too ^ 转, 、, ° ° structure . The spring pivots the pedal downwards. Incheon will not allow the Xu pedal to work under a load.

Close to the turning position point U "'〇 At 4, the free end of the left pedal will deviate downward (pivot) from the highest position of 210 200427483. Since the left foot is close to the pivot connection position point 33G and the Material 964 ,: When it hits the pedal, the pedal will pivot downwards according to the moment the user applies at the set point and the force resisted by the return or spring. When the user's left foot moves backward The distance between it and the ㈣turn connection μ # 330 will increase, and the instantaneous force will be increased accordingly, which will cause the pedal assembly to move backward. When the left foot of #Newzhe starts to lie behind the user's body, the overall There will be a weight transfer to the right foot, and the load on the left foot will start to decrease. Therefore, continue to move away from the insertion position-to increase the load Si:: off, the catalogue force is reduced, and the result is When the left foot moves to the rear of the user, the downward deflection of the pedal assembly 12 will decrease, stop, and reverse. 5 Once the left foot is lifted and leaves the pedal assembly 12, the restoring force of the impeachment will cause the pedal assembly 12 _ At the top position, the next step for the left foot is ready. The procedure described above will occur on the right and right pedal components. In a cycle between ㈣ and lift off, the left foot will be 100 first Will move downwards and backwards, and the heel will fall faster than the toes, until the foot passes under the user's body. At some point after the dagger, the toes and heels will start at the same L rate After reaching IV, the heel will start to rise faster than the toes until it is lifted off the pedal assembly 12. In the individual embodiment, the rear roller 3 of each pedal assembly 2 can act as a driving roller. The operation is used to drive the treadle belt around the rollers of the step 211 200427483 board assembly 12. In another embodiment, the front wheel 2 8 of each pedal assembly is like the back 3τ5 · What do you do? You operate like a 冋 忒 drive roller. In one embodiment, the 'parent drive> fades β @. The wheels all have a body inside the drive roller: 彡' to provide The driving horse Power. In the other, the female drives the roller system and is powered by a motor installed in each of them. In one embodiment, Xi Xun, Fen * τ 11 Hai drive The rollers can drive the private tread belt 18 of the miscellaneous booklet 12 of the pedal assembly 12 in the forward or backward direction. This allows a user to face forward or face in the fitness device 1 stupidly. 〇Upward motion. Fig. 107: In order to discuss the connection between the pedal arc-shaped rocker arm assembly and the pedal assembly 12, the pedal assembly 12 can be replaced with a _ ^ ^ ^ k Each other is private, and referring now to FIG. 107, a view of the estuary eight-horse fitness apparatus 10 is shown. As indicated in ® 107, in one embodiment, the fitness set 10 has a curved rocker arm system 970 that provides for relative movement of the left and right pedal assemblies 12 relative to each other. As shown in FIG. 106, in one implementation, 0, j, the left and right pedals, and the pieces 12 are connected to each other through a curved rocker arm element 942, 942 ", a 97 ° and pivoting swing arm λ are connected to each other. As shown in Figure 1.7, the μ-based frame frame 14 includes a pair of u-shaped frame frames 972, which are borrowed by a front frame member 974 at the front end. Are connected together and: the wrong one rear frame member 976 is connected together at the rear end. ★ illustrated 'in one embodiment, each pedal set 212 200427483 piece 12 is connected in an articulated manner To the front and rear swing arms; :::;! ;; &quot;-via a curved rocker pivot point 98. Attached to a wooden member 974. Left and right tie rods 982 ,, 982 " At one end, it is connected to the respective left, 〇89 ,,, and heart and right and right swing arms 982 ,, "Min: = end of the part. In one embodiment of the present invention, the relative # but and t 978 of the missing tie rods 982, 982,, are coupled via a ball joint 984. And the mouth Ά the curved rocker arm

As shown in FIG. 07, in one example of Bethesda, one spring 428 is connected to the rear swing arm 942, and is connected to the side cypress from Λ, and wind 1 violates the frame wood member 972 Between the rear rouge. In one embodiment, 'the spring 428 is along the swing arm 9U'. Is positioned so that after the pedal assembly 12 has moved forward, a tap attack is developed near a part of the spring 428 ~ the displayed force will return the swing arm 9 4 2 'to a substantially drooping Mu Ning I is in a straight heading direction, thereby returning the pedal assembly 12 to a substantially central position.

In one embodiment, each pedal assembly 2 has a drive roller as one of its rollers 28 '30, which drive roller system moves the stepping belt 18 around the roller of the pedal. In one embodiment, the drive roller is a roller having a body motor located within the roller. In another embodiment, the drive motor is fastened to the pedal frame for displacement with the pedal frame 52. In yet another embodiment, the driving roller is powered by a motor mounted on the u-shaped frame structure 972. The power train is transmitted to the drive motor from a motor mounted on the frame via a drive belt, wherein the drive belt 213 200427483 orbits around a pulley which is a tension link. In one embodiment, the driving motor may be able to cause the stepping belt 18 to move backward or forward as desired by the user. This allows the user to use the fitness device facing forward or backward. In the example: when the user's right foot is pressed against the right stepping counter assembly 12, the right pedal assembly will react by pivoting backwards = causing the right forward swing arm 942, will Pivot backwards, the right hour hand Γ ::: 2 will move backwards, and the arced rocker arm 987 will move around the arc in the following direction: The turning point 980 is pivoted 'and the left tie rod _ = in because :: the tie rod 982 will move forward, the left front pendulum "2 3 moves in a forward direction' and in a Move the left pedal assembly 12. The door moves in the middle: 'When the user's left foot is pressed against the left pedal assembly', the left pedal assembly will react by pivoting backward. The left front swing arm 942, will Pivot backwards, the second tie on the left: 982 will move backwards, and the curved rocker arm 987 will pivot around two points in an anti-Japanese stem (when viewed from above the curved rocker arm) And the right tie rod 982, ^ stem pivot because the right tie rod # 982 "will move forward, right heart =. 942 "will move in a forward direction, and in a forward direction: the boom moves the pedal assembly on the right side 丨 2. Move the center Fig. 108 to Fig. 110: the pedal adjustment device 214 200427483 The way in which the component 12 is attached to the base frame 14 is such that the slope or position of the stepping components 12 can be adjusted relative to the base frame 14. Now refer to FIG. 108, which is a fitness device 1 An isometric view. As indicated in FIG. 108, in one embodiment, the fitness H 10 has a flange structure 918 with a slotted hole for adjusting a pedal assembly 12 Position relative to the base frame μ. 〃 As shown in FIG. 1G8, 'In one embodiment, each pedal assembly η is fixedly mounted on a pivot shaft 33 (like in this specification, its · The pivot shafts disclosed in other parts) i. The pivot shaft 33g has two first ends located in an elongated hole m on a left side convex edge 918 and a right side flange 918 The second end of one of the elongated holes 984. The convex, edge 918 is In the basic Λ embodiment of the fitness device, the pivot shaft 33a extends from the elongated hole 984 on the left flange 918 to the elongated hole 84 on the right convex edge 918. The pivot lever 33 is coaxially aligned with each pedal assembly η: the rotation main axis of the roller 30. In another embodiment, the pivot lever 33G is coaxially aligned with the front roller μ of each pedal assembly The main axis of rotation is accurate. In other embodiments, the pivot axis # 330 is extended: through another part of each pedal ... 2 (for example, another rolling "spoon main axis"), or through- A pedal frame _ 52 located between the front roller M and the rear roller 30 As indicated in FIG. 10, the revolving shaft ⑽ may follow the convex 215 200427483 edge 918 The slot 984 is displaced. A nut 986 attached to at least one of the ends of the pivot shaft is fixed to the pivot shaft: within the elongated holes of the flanges. The nut 986 can be used: rotate to the position of the dry pivot shaft 330 'and fix the pedal assemblies 12 in positions along the elongated holes 986. As also shown in FIG. 8), in one embodiment, each slotted hole 984 is substantially arched. In other embodiments, the shape of the slotted hole may be a straight or inclined slotted hole, or a slotted hole with a notch or a score. a As shown in FIG. 108, in one embodiment, a link member 924 is pivotally attached between the flange 918 structure and the pivot shaft ⑽. The link member 924 helps guide the pivot shaft 33 as it is displaced along the slotted hole 984 in the flange 918. ▲ By displacing the pivot shaft 33 along the elongated holes 984, the tilting sound of the pedal assemblies 12 relative to the base frame 14 can be adjusted. For example, say that when the pivot shaft 330 is displaced to a position in front of the two long and narrow watches, look at Park g Α. When the straight slot 984 is a chess shape as shown in FIG. 108, the front end of the pedal assembly 12 (ie, the free end) will become closer to the base ㈣14 (that is, the pedal's Incline will decrease). Conversely, when the pivot axis # 33G is displaced to a position along the ± direction and the slotted holes 984 are arched, the front ends of the pedal assemblies 12 will become farther away from the proximity. The base J frame 14 (ie 'the inclination of the pedal will increase). Once the required pedal inclination is obtained, the 'screws can be tightened, using: The 216 pivot shaft 330 and the pedal assembly are fixed in place. Kind =-丨 to discuss the adjustment of the stroke depth and inclination of the pedal assembly 12. Formula: See in the system please refer to the figure &quot;. . Figure ⑽ is an isometric view of the fitness device :: plate and base frame parts 00, and the side of the flange structure 988 with a slotted hole in the figure &quot; is shown in Figure 109 and Figure U. Among these, in the embodiment of the embodiment of the fitness apparatus 10 has a twist on the adjustment, a convex structure, the structure 988 is used, is a pedal assembly 12 with respect to its Qiu 4 plus restrict the pedal implant 12 ㈣㈣ The inclination of the chain wood 4 and the angular displacement of the pivot point 330 of the plate and the member 12 around the circle. = In the embodiment indicated in FIG. 1G9, the rear end of the pedal assembly is pivoted The ground is attached to 3: dirt M [* 14 'by an upwardly extending flange 918, and the flange is coaxial with the roller by a rotatable shaft 33G or a cutting member extending through the interior of the rear roller 0. 3: Axis connection. Alternatively, in one embodiment, the frame rotates the shaft to rotate: to extend through a portion of the pedal frame 52 so that the pivots t 330 can be located around one of the rear The pivot in front of the roller 30 丨 this point 0 is shown in Figures 109 and 110. In one embodiment, The flange 988 extends upward from the base ㈣14; and includes an arched slot 984.-The positioning element 99 is located in a displaceable manner within each arched slot. The positioning elements The cattle system is used to selectively control the positioning and movement of a pedal assembly. 2. As shown in FIG. 109, each positioning element 99 series includes a gear 994 attached to a knob 994. The stop 992 is suitable for 217 200427483 to come into contact with a part of the outer edge of the pedal frame 52, so as to prevent the pedal from moving through the stop. The opposite crotch of the positioning element 99 includes a knob 994 , Which allows the user to screw the position element 990 and fix the position of the positioning element 990 within the slot 984 of a flange 988. It should be noted that in FIG. 10 The stop 992 has been exaggerated in size in order to clearly describe the characteristics of the stop. In actual implementation, the stop 992 abuts against the edge of the pedal frame 52 and does not Overlap or touch the stampede 18. The elongated hole 984 guides the positioning element 99 °, and the positioning element 990 can be seated in various positions along the elongated hole 984 of the guide flange 988 to restrict the pedal components P, : ^ The angular displacement of the pivot position 3 3 0. For example, by placing the positioning elements 990 close to each other along the elongated hole 984, compared to when the positioning When the element 990 is placed in a more separated condition, the pedal assemblies 12 will have a smaller degree of angular displacement about the pivot position point 33q. Moreover, by placing the positioning elements 99o along the The elongated hole 984 is higher than the position where the positioning element 99 is placed lower along the elongated hole 984, the pedal assembly 12 will have a higher overall range of angular displacement. Average inclination. Furthermore, if necessary, the positioning elements 990 can be placed together close to each other to hold the pedal assembly 12 in one place. Therefore, as can be understood from FIG. 109, the positioning elements 99 can be used to control the stroke of the pedal assemblies 12 and the overall angle or inclination of the pedals. 218 200427483 A cam with an arc-shaped swing arm is now in the picture. The isometric view of the gelling style, and the fitness wear: ——: a part of the fitness device, the convexity of the movement of the rocker arm 112 includes a pair of cam surfaces 996 for controlling an arc bank. curse. As shown by * U1, in one embodiment, a control device 998 is provided with M system to move upwards or downwards during use: move ^ is controlled by I :: 运 崎The angle of the rocker arm can be turned as shown in Figure 1 1 1. In the Fen 998, a pair of cam elements is included. The control mechanism x and other elements are attached to one and can be swiveled. Attach to the 1002 or near the component. The convex ... wood 14 orientation member 4 cam element 1000 can be adjusted through the rotation of a 钮 button 1 004, the 杆 member ⑽2. Attached to the lateral branch as shown in FIG. 111, in one case a Α 丨 ▲ 丄 11 9 spoon twisted female # shell 6 cases, the curved rocker arm 112 Β brother and a second diamond-shaped The plate 112A is connected to 7, a 31-column coupling member &quot; 2C, and is connected at the beginning. The cylindrical combination hits a frame located at the base ... lateral support center == pivot position point 120. A curved rocker 134 is pivotally attached to each end of the curved rocker f 112, and a pedal ㈣12 is attached to the top of each curved rocker # 134'136. As explained in other parts of this note 219 200427483 =, the arc-shaped rocker mu works will be between the pedal components n ^ ep ^, the door is pushed down or 疋 pulled up (also P, § left As the arc-shaped joystick makes πτ cover, the user's foot is on the left pedal.

Push down and it will push down on the arc rocker arm. D will pivot and the arc rocker arm on the right side "" ... moves the pedal on the right side up.) Understand that, in one embodiment, the movement of the pedal 9 can be pivoted by the arc-shaped rocker arm 112 by the pivot angle 120. The kappa-shaped rocker is, for example, a meaty one. According to 1 1 1, in one embodiment, the drag angle of the arc rocker arm can be adjusted by turning the knob. As shown in FIG. 11, in a half of the implementation of woo栌 R gets / recognizes J, the female cam element _element 1fJ changes around the periphery of the part ®. The cam π element 1000 is in contact with the arc rocker arm 112 Hedan 彡 鄕 4 &lt; Leading edge The part is the angle at which the arc-shaped rocker arm 112 can be pivoted up or down. Two money ... is rotated so that the cam element has a small radius of contact, the arc-shaped rocker arm can be freely upward And downward. Phase: H curved rocker arm 112 is turned by Fang Bei n. Conversely, if the knob 1004 is rocked two Γ; Γ has a large radius will Touch the arc ⑴ ', then the arc-shaped rocker f 112 will turn less freely. In one embodiment, each cam element has a circle of 2: with a sufficiently large half &quot;, In order to prevent the arc swing = 12, insert it in the slightest upward or downward direction (that is, one stop 220 200427483 Figure 112 to Figure 114: Pedal with discontinuous belt To discuss the use of a discontinuous stepping belt An embodiment of the exercise device of 18 'now refers to Fig. 12 to Fig. 14. Fig. 12 is a front and rear roller 28, 30 of the exercise device using a discontinuous stepping belt 18 and the stepping Side view of the belt 18. Fig. 113 is a knife isometric view of the stepping belt 18 and the rollers 28, 3 () shown in Fig. 112 according to one embodiment. Fig. 114 is a view according to another embodiment and Figs. Exploded isometric view of the stepping belt 18 and the rollers 28, 30. As shown in FIG. 112 to FIG. 14, in one embodiment, a discontinuous stepping belt 18 (that is, the stepping surface) is Is placed on a base plate in a displaceable manner 26 μ ± * α », -Above and at one first end = attached to _ first roller 28 and attached at a second end ^ one second roller 30. Each roller 28 '30 series is provided with another "1_. The force of the spring secret is to keep the continuous stepping belt 18 in a centered position, and the centering position is the stepping leather 2 (for example, in one embodiment, the- And the second roll "30: the longitudinal length of the door 8 is roughly equal to the distance between the two." When the user's feet will be equal to the longitudinal center of the foot.卩 Turn a stepping belt M stop position backwards or forwards 妯 # "The static and moving of the eight-stop crane, these rollers 28, 30 go against the movement caused by the user's foot movement: should The user's foot turns from the motion of pulling k against T. For example, when the user's foot is in front of the sexual stepping skin t = the non-continuous stepping force of the user will be 221 200427483 By the spring 1 006 on the stepping belt 18 ... _____________ The stepping belt 18 moves backward. This will wind the spring 1 06, k and increase the storage in the spring 1 0 0 The energy in 6. When the user's foot is removed from the stepping belt 18, the springs 1006 will quickly roll back 'and, in one embodiment, the stepping belt 1 8 Returning to a centered position makes the treadle belt 18 stable to receive another foot motion from the user.

As indicated in FIGS. 112 to 114, in one embodiment, the square roller 28 securely receives a discontinuous stepping edge 18 of a belt 18 in a slotted hole. And, the rear roller 30 securely receives a rear edge of a discontinuity% tread leather $ 18 in a narrow slot ιο09. The stepping belt 18 is wound around the front / reel wheels 28 and the rear roller 3 () so as to allow the stepping belt to have a U-shaped backward movement during use (that is, enough to adapt to various user steps) . As shown in Figure 1 1 3%,

In one embodiment, the front rollers 28 and the rear rollers 30 are pivoted via a __material == member delete and stud 1010 the front rollers 28 and two 14. In one embodiment, each The m 3G system is provided with a spring view, in which IS: the belt is moved forward. Alternatively, in the embodiment of the early roller (such as the front roller) 俜 被 槎 # right spring, The strong clothing lion) is provided with k as shown in Fig. 113. It is biased during use to move the belt forward. The 1008 series has-all-in one embodiment, the roller fixing member, A long rectangular bottom part ⑻2, which is suitable for 222 200427483 is fixed to the base frame 丨 4 and one end% w 〆 to the knowledge part cover 盍 1014, these part covers :: extends upward from the rectangular bottom part 1012 Each end; ::: 1014 is provided with a peg 1_. Each roller 28,30 i D, exists between a pair of end caps 10 and 4 and the female rollers 28,30 Does the yoke pivotally accommodate the adjacent end ladder 7 ... 1 the bolt 1010 of the dry dish 1014. This 28,3G can be fixed on the roller Within 1GG8, the opponent nails 1 〇 1 〇 pivots or rotates. As shown in FIG. 1 13, in a tone green μ —a shell example, the spring 1006 is a coil spring attached to the base end. The end of the base can be fixedly attached to the roller fixing member_. When the user's money touches the stepping belt 18 and moves the stepping belt μ backward, the front roller 28 will be in the opposite direction. Rotate in the direction of the spring force / and the front elastic spring will be tightened, and when the user's foot is removed from the money tread belt / stepping surface 18, the spring will quickly roll back and place the spring The front roller 28 rotates 'in a forward motion' to return the treadle belt 18 to its original position. The pedal assembly 12 is now balanced for receiving another motion of the foot. One or The plurality of pedal assemblies 12 may be constructed using discontinuous tread leather and belts 18 to form a treadmill surface. As shown in FIG. 114, in one embodiment, the front roller and the rear roller 30 are connected via A rectangular support plane ι〇ΐ8 and The ground is attached to the base frame 帛 14, and the support plane has a convex, edge i 〇2〇 which provides an upward extension of the fulcrum points for the rollers 29'30. In one example, a support The peg 1010 may extend through the rollers 28, 3022200427483 ′ or may be integrated into the interior of the rollers. In one embodiment, both the front roller 28 and the rear roller two may be provided. There is a spring 1006, which is biased to move the stepping belt 18 forward. An end cover 1014 springs each roller 8 3〇 and springs 1006 between the rollers. Between the flanges 1 020, the zone turning spindle is fixed. Alternatively, 'In another embodiment, an early independent roller 23 (such as the front roller) may be provided with a bullet 1006's Hai bomb yellow is biased to forward during use Move the stepping belt 18 〇 As explained in the foregoing, the front roller 28 has an elongated hole for securely receiving a rainy edge of a discontinuous stepping belt 18 ′ and the rear roller 3G has a narrow length. A hole mark for receiving a rear edge of the discontinuous tread leather # 18. In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 114, the belt material from 丄, 前方, and 兀 around the front roller 28 is larger than the belt material wound around the rear roller 30. In this way, Gu Xu stepping on the belt 18 will have enough backward movement during use (ie, enough to adapt to the steps of various users). ☆ When the person's foot touches the stepping belt 18 and moves the stepping leather backward 18, the front roller and swallow 4 and the rear rollers 28 and 30 will be in a direction φ opposite to the direction of the spring force浐 ^ ^ k ^, so that when the user's foot is removed from the stepping belt 18 (that is, stepping on the tread surface), the impeachment or the In the previous action, y and two θ taxis a J at first glance turn the front roller 28 or the rear roller 30 ′ to restore the pedal to its original position. One or more spine preparation plate of a fitness device, and the piece 12 can be assembled to use the 224 200427483 discontinuous stepping belt 18 to form the stepping surface 18 of the fitness device. Figure 115: With impact member installed Tubular Frame Pedal Figure 115 shows a tubular framed fitness device. «Each side is generally u-shaped with upstanding portions 42. A branch stick is suspended between the upright parts of the material. The impact members are located between the branch and the support rod in front of the pedal assembly. Although the comparative example of the present invention is # 7, the example of the slave bismuth has been described in the above with a certain degree of characteristics, and the scope of the spiritual disk for studying the present invention does not deviate from the post girl, the Various modifications are made to these embodiments. So: directional references (ie, up, down, up, down, left to left, right, top, bottom, above, below, vertical in clockwise, and counterclockwise) are only used for identification The use of the invention is understood by the present invention, and it does not limit the use of the invention in particular. The parameters of connectivity (ie, solutions, and ... = and the like) are intermediate components that are to be used between widely connected parts of the element, and between the connected parts of the element and between the elements without the need to infer #. Therefore, the reference of these connections ^ ,, is broken into a relationship that an element is directly connected to ^ A gj 疋. Anything you want to go to A is explained by the content of each other. "" "The changes contained above or shown in the accompanying drawings can be used and are not restrictive. Under the spirit of details or structure Γ deviation is carried out as defined in the present invention under the scope of the attached patent application "τ &lt; 225 [Simplified description of the drawings] (1) Detailed description of the drawings will be made with reference to the drawings under the reference symbol # _, where Identical: Tigers show different components, and are in the basin. Figure 1 is a fitness exercise according to the present invention; isometric view of an embodiment of tooth placement. Figure 2 is a fitness side panel of Figure 1 Removal: etc .: View 'its decorative and protective elements; Figure 3 shows the device more clearly with a 乂 Figure 3 is a left side view of the body as shown in Figure 2; the second is shown in Figure 2 Right side view of the fitness device; is a top view of the fitness device shown in FIG. 2; FIG. 6 is a front view of the fitness device shown in FIG. 2; FIG. 7 is a rear view of the fitness device shown in FIG. The bottom view of the fitness device is shown in FIG. 9 taken along the line 9-9 of FIG. 5 Sectional view; Figure 10 is a partial cut-off isometric view of the ++ amplifier view shown in Figure 2; the view shows that the arc-shaped rocker system corresponds to approximately one position in the most C direction. In this position, the right pedal is placed; the left pedal and a partially cut isometric view of the fitness device shown at about the highest position as 2 = 2, the == two rocker arms are oriented in one position, the Position 'fixed back to the left pedal in the position of FIG. 10 and the right pedal in a position of 226 200427483 lower than in FIG. 10; FIG. 12 is a partially cut isometric view of the fitness device shown in FIG. The view shows that the solitary rocker arm is oriented in a position corresponding to the left pedal at about the same height as the right pedal; Figure 13 is a partially cut isometric view of the fitness device shown in Figure 2, the The view shows that the curved rocker arm is oriented in a position corresponding to the left pedal in a position higher than the head 12 and the right pedal in a position lower than the position in FIG. 12; FIG. 14 is a part of the fitness apparatus shown in FIG. 2 Cut out the isometric view, which shows that the arc-shaped rocker arm is oriented in a position corresponding to a left pedal above 胄 13 ″ and a position below FIG. 13 Figure 15 is a left side view of an embodiment of an arc-shaped rocker arm according to the present invention; Figure 16 is an isometric view of the fitness device shown in Figure 2, which is about τ The left pedal in the lowest position and the right pedal approximately in the highest position; Figure 16B is a left side view of the exercise device in the orientation shown in Figure 16A and a representative user; Figure 17A is shown in Figure 2 An isometric view of a fitness device with a left pedal higher than that shown in FIG. 6A and a right pedal lower than that shown in FIG. 6a; FIG. 17B is in the orientation shown in FIG. 17A And a representative user's left side view; 200427483 Figure 1 8 A is an isometric view of the fitness device shown in Figure 2, the fitness device is approximately parallel and collectively at about 10% slope On the left and Side pedal; FIG. 18B is a left side view of the exercise device in the orientation shown in FIG. 18A and has a representative user; FIG. 19A is an isometric view of the exercise device shown in FIG. 2, the exercise device is strapped There is a left pedal as shown in Figure 18A and a lower right pedal as shown in Figure 1 § a;. Fishing is located on the left side view of a representative user of the fitness device in the orientation shown in FIG. 19A; FIG. 20A is an isometric view of the fitness device shown in FIG. 2, the fitness f belt is approximately at its highest position The left pedal in the middle and the right pedal approximately in the lowest position; FIG. 20B is a left side view of a representative user of the exercise device in the orientation shown in FIG. 20A; Partially cut isometric view of the fitness device, back, ~ ,,, and the locking mechanism according to the present invention, the locking mechanical nightmare technique, and the yoke positioning system of the m + 乂 clothing 被 is used to inhibit the pedal back and forth; Figure 22 is a view of the locking mechanism located in the joint position, the side of the locking position: the lock is located in a joint or Figure 24 is the storage of Figure 2, storage &amp; &lt; The fitness device is constructed in a single, isometric view; 228 2ϋϋ4274 ^ 3 ψ in each position. Figure 25 is the fitness part of Figure 2 and Figure 24. Cut Isometric View "Figure &amp; Shows C-shaped rocker lowered To the transport position, FIG. 26 is a base part of a fitness device. ^ Female y 々 Special angle view 'The fitness, ψ according to the embodiment of the present invention &amp; &quot; / $ • 』to change the position of the impact member Figure 27 is a partial detailed view of the entire structure from the picture of the beautiful Qiu Qiuban + ^ μ ^ ^ 土 # 〇Η 之 —a guide screw and a collar coupling; μ Figure; FIG. 28 is an impact member that can change position The isometric view of the adjustment component is a side view of the base portion of a fitness device, which has an impact member that can be repositioned according to an embodiment of the present invention. 3G is an isometric view of a base portion of a dual-floor fitness device ', wherein each sole has its own drive roller and motor; Figure 31 is a An isometric view of the pedal assembly of the embodiment; FIG. 32 is a side view of the pedal assembly according to the embodiment of the present invention. The second system "," A soft buffer and a hard buffer are not available for use " Device to support a step on an upper floor Figure 33 is a side view of a pedal assembly according to the present embodiment of the evening _ h ^ July, which shows the use of multiple soft bumpers to support a pedal of an upper floor; Figure 34 This is a side angle view of a pedal assembly according to one embodiment of the present invention, which shows the use of a plurality of bumpers that can change height and hardness to support 229 200427483 to support a pedal of an upper floor; The cover is a side view of a fitness device according to the present invention. The device has a front pivoting pedal and a side shield, wherein it is removed to show the pivoting connection device and the motor. View 'This attachment The structure is a sports lake with two pedals. Figure 36 is a part of an attached structure isometric for connecting in a dual floor fitness device; Figure 37 is a fitness equipment according to the present invention including an adjustable Position side view of the impact device, the exercise device 'for adjusting the slope of the pedal

Figure 38 is a detailed view of a bursting stud that can be used to adjust the position of the impact member that can be adjusted in Figure 37; Figure 39 is a detailed view of a guide screw and collar configuration used in Adjust the position of the impact member that can be adjusted as shown in Figure 37: Figure 40A is an isometric view of a double bottom plate and a base portion according to an embodiment of the present invention. The fitness device uses a scissors-type structure to support the pedal Figure 4B is an isometric view of a dual-floor fitness device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The fitness device uses a male-knife-type structure for building floor pedals and a device for alleviating such problems. Impact member of the reciprocating motion of the pedal; ... FIG. 41A is an isometric view of an embodiment of a dual-bottom fitness device: an eight-cylinder moderator Pei Zhizhi, which is equipped with one The shell part 'was removed to allow the internal structure of the ease 230 to be seen; Tuxian is a cut-away view taken along the double steam ridge and ^ shown in the figure;

Intercepted = Xian is a cross-section taken along the straight line A_A 2 of the dual-cylinder relief device shown in the figure, and the material plunger system is adjusted to a different position in the steam red &lt;Ning; Figure Xian is Figure 41A Exploded view of the dual-cylinder moderating device. Shi Λ4: is a σ | M graded angular view of an embodiment of a dual-board fitness device according to the present invention, the fitness device is anex mitigation device; / fitness 0 system uses- Figure 43 is an embodiment according to the present invention

An isometric view of a part of the fitness, the board-like fitness I board blood, the fitness dream department ... There is a relaxation device installed between the frames of these steps to restore impeachment; Figure 44A is a According to the present F1 ^ ^ ^, 4. Partial side view of an example of a drive roller mechanical dressing and a 5th plate assembly with an example; FIG. 44B is a top view of the drive of FIG. 44A; Fig. 4 is an isometric view of an example of a dual-bottom fitness device according to the present invention, the fitness equipment has straight pedals; Fig. 45B is a diagram The isometric view of the 45A's tongue production "fitness dream panyu," is also an isometric view of the heavy-duty fitness device, the fitness fitness system is folded into a staggered position; the figure seems to be a double bottom hr example Isometric view, the fitness equipment-a base frame system extends below the pedal; ^, 231 200427483 Figure 46B is an isometric view of the fitness device shown in Figure 46A, the positioning system is adjusted to a folded position; The isometric view of the exercise device shown in FIG. 46A is adjusted to a heart Figure 47B is an isometric view of a fitness device with a pedal mounted on the rear. Figure 47B is Figure 47Δ # 一 &gt; a FREE w 勹 α 47 The eight fitness equipment is adjusted. Isometric view; "1 port misplacement bit map 48A is an isometric view of a housing located in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention; Figure I placed on top of Figure 48B is a front part of the housing of Figure 48A The additional isometric view 1 is a side view of a fitness device according to an embodiment of the present invention. A moving pedal assembly is used to fasten a front column of a pivoting frame, and a person is attached to a frame connected to Between the pedals and the frame, a shield portion has been used to more clearly expose some aspects of the device;-removed, Figure 50 is a health view according to the present invention, which shows that A part of a pair of drag pedals, such as the equiangular arms, are connected to each other. They are arc-shaped rockers. Figure 51 is a view of a pair of deflection-mounted connection devices; Isometric view of a pair of pedal assemblies, each pedal assembly can be lifted Bias spring under the pedal assembly; ... 232 200427483 Figure 52B is a side view of the pedal assembly of Figure 51; Figure 53 is an isometric view of a brake combined with a belt and pulley system, the brake is used as a A dual-bottom fitness device buffer according to an embodiment of the present invention is used; FIG. 54 is a partial isometric view of the front end of a base frame of a fitness device, which uses a flat spring as a push-up pedal Figure 55 is a partial isometric view of the front part of a dual-floor fitness device. The fitness device uses a flat spring as the biasing device to push the pedal assembly upwards, and includes a device attached to such a device. Relief device of the pedal assembly; Figure 56 is a partial isometric view of the front part of a fitness device, which uses a spring leaf formed in a concave shape as a deflection device; Figure 57 is a front view of a fitness device Partial isometric view of the part, the fitness device uses a convex curved spring leaf to Make a deflection device; Figure 58 is a partial isometric view of the base portion of a fitness device, which uses a torsion spring as a deflection device; Figure 59 shows a front portion of the base frame of a fitness device Partial isometric view of the fitness device using a flat spring with double forks as a deflection device; Figure 60 is an isometric view of a buffer mechanism used for fitness with a dual pedal The devices are used together; 200427483 Figure 61A is an isometric view of a base portion of a dual floor fitness device 'the fitness device has a pedal assembly including three rollers; Figure ⑽ is the base of the fitness device shown in Figure 61A Side view of the part, in *, these pedal assemblies do not include a bottom plate part; Figure 62B is an isometric view of one of the pedals of Figure 62A, the pedal ^

It is in the use situation of a user biasing-a belt provided on the pedal assembly; FIG. 62C is a side view of the pedal assembly of FIG. 62A; FIG. 63A is a front left perspective view of the fitness device. Describe the pedal cover separated by the center strip on a base cover / Figure 63B is the front left perspective view of the fitness device, which is the pedal cover assembly of the 郇; 4 Figure 63C is the front left of the fitness device A perspective view depicting a pedal guard assembly with a square side baffle;

FIG. 63D is a front right perspective view of the fitness apparatus shown in FIG. 63. FIG. 63 to FIG. 63 show the pedal guard assembly in various other views and in an alternative embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 64A Is the front left perspective view of the fitness device, which depicts a pedal cover assembly with a flexible baffle; Figure 64B is the front right perspective view of the fitness device, which depicts a green pedal cover assembly with a flexible baffle $ Figure 64C is a 234 / call cut-away view depicting the pedal cover assembly with the flexible stretcher; Figure 65 is a front right perspective view of the J Hai fitness device, and the base does not have a regular square part FIG. 66A is a front left perspective view of the fitness device, and FIG. 66A is a pedal cover assembly partially covering a base cover. FIG. 66B is the fitness device. A front left side perspective view of a pedal cover assembly surrounding a base shield of an alternative embodiment is depicted by σ | M knife; FIG. 66C is a front left side perspective view of the fitness device.地 地 包 _ — an alternative embodiment of the pedal cover assembly of the base cover; the picture shows a front left perspective view of the fitness equipment, the legend depicts the pedal cover assembly with an accordion webcast board; the diagram is ° A perspective view of the front right side of the fitness device, which depicts a pedal cover assembly with an accordion pleated seeding board; 67C is a front left perspective view of the fitness device, which shows an accordion The pedal cover assembly of the shed baffle, and these hand-burning right shed sowing boards are combined with an alternative embodiment of the present invention; 'θ is a front left perspective view of the Xuan fitness device, which is a drawing Many accordion pleated pedal guards. Figure 68B is a front right perspective view of the storage | reservoir, which depicts the accordion pleated pedal guards; Figure 68C is. A front left perspective view of an alternative embodiment of the Hai fitness apparatus, which depicts a pedal guard covering the edge of the king, and the folds of the hand wind; 235

2UU4 ^ / 4 «J: 69A is a front left perspective view of the fitness device, which depicts a multi-folded pedal cover; 69B is a front right perspective view of the fitness device, which is a description ，， 出 出 Xi Xi refolded pedal cover; ^ ψ &quot; A front right perspective view of the Hai fitness apparatus, which depicts a center shield supported by a spring; FIG. 70B is a left cut-away view of the fitness apparatus of FIG. 70A; FIG. 70C is a center arm of the 70A A cut-away perspective view of the right side of the board; Figure 71 is a rear left perspective view of a pedal assembly, which depicts a treadmill floor that can be adjusted in length; Figure 72A depicts a lock mechanism with a dual-floor fitness device First view; FIG. 72B depicts a second view of the locking mechanism of FIG. 72A; / 73 series will show an alternative embodiment of the locking mechanism used with a dual floor fitness device; FIG. 75 depicts a third embodiment of a shackle mechanism used with a dual floor exercise device; FIG. 75 illustrates a dual floor exercise device and a pair of plates: the structure of the upper body, which has Two different interconnecting devices that connect the upper body structure to the female pedals;-Figure 76 depicts-a double bottom plate combined An embodiment of the board fitness device 'The pedals are driven by a reciprocating pivoting motion of a pair of handle sticks; FIG. 77 depicts a first embodiment of a fitness device, the fitness equipment 236 200427483 The placement system incorporates a resistance element in a handle stick structure; Figure 78 is a second embodiment of a fitness device that incorporates a handle stick structure attached to it Figure 79A is a "edge out-side view of the pedals, these pedals can be operatively connected to a height adjustment mechanism with a suit of adults α and a pedal; Figure view is riding out of 79A Isometric view of the height adjustment mechanism; Figure 79C shows a rear view of a bottom plate attached to a height; Yizhou ^ Straight Figure 7: depicts a for tensioning a drive belt By default, the drive belt is attached to a pedal such as the one shown in Figure M to Figure to adjust the height and a non-adjustable motor; Figure 80A depicts the pedal of the body device, and the Tuba is locked. Fuck in mode The rear side of the exercise board is located in one of the lowest positions provided by the adjustment mechanism of Fig. 7; the M system shows that the rear side of the temple pedal locked in a higher position is located in Figure 79A_W = one of the highest positions provided; 11 mechanical installation Figure 81 series depicts the pedals in Figure 80A and position; the car interrogation position and the lower figure 82 series depicts _ pedals Pitch adjustment mechanism; Fig. 83A depicts two extension directions for a pitch rod used in Fig. 82; Pitch adjustment mechanism drawing 83B depicts a pitch used in Fig. 82 .__ An isometric view with a pitch adjustment and pitch pull out of 237 200427483; Figure 83C depicts the difficult position along the stroke of Figure 83A ^ 〇 〇 I λ I pitch adjustment position of a pitch rod, pedal The relationship between the tilting self-sound, β is only the monthly and the angle of the pedal operation; Fig. 83D depicts various settings for adjusting the position along the pitch of a pitching rod according to head 83C; Figure 83E One of the rods is depicted along the angle shown in FIG. 83A

The relationship between the position of the angle adjustment and the start and stop angles of a range for a pedal action; Fig. 83F depicts various settings for adjusting the position along the pitch rod according to Fig. 83E; 84A is a solid diagram depicting a modular pedal and frame structure. 84B is a drive gear and motor assembly of the modular structure shown in FIG. 84A, and two pedal assemblies are installed in the structure;

FIG. 85 depicts an embodiment of a heavy-duty fitness device, wherein the action of the handle is the actuation of a pedal; FIG. 86 depicts an alternative embodiment of the drive gear and motor set shown in FIG. 84; FIG. 8 is an isometric view of a frame part according to the present invention. The pedal and base of the fitness apparatus of an embodiment show a low-friction interface. FIG. 88 is an enlarged view of the low-friction interface shown in FIG. 87. Isometric view. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the low-friction interface is formed by ^ 2004 200427483 smooth, slidable surfaces. Figure 89 is an enlarged isometric view of the low-friction interface shown in FIG. 87. In the view, according to the 4-solid embodiment of the present invention, the low-friction interface is formed by a group of rollers; Youchuan, according to the present invention ... η ... M &gt; ~ Take out and &lt; Jing plate and the frame part Isometric view 'wherein the fitness device is equipped with a third or intermediate pedal with a low-friction interface; Figure 91 is a pedal and base of a fitness device according to an embodiment of the present invention

Isometric view of the frame part, the tread surface of each towel: a set of rollers; Figure 92 is an isometric view of the pedal and beauty of a fitness device according to an embodiment of the present invention, Wherein, the base frame is coupled with the pedal frame at a position or a place between the longitudinal ends of each pedal; FIG. 93 is a pedal of a fitness apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention and Isometric view of the frame of the US Department

A τ-shaped frame member is provided to pivotally connect the pedals to the base frame at a position between the ends of the pedals; FIG. 94 is FIG. 93 Right side view of the pedal and base frame portion of the fitness device shown; FIG. 95 is an isometric view of the pedal and the frame portion of a beauty device according to an embodiment of the present invention, its towel, an articulated link device酉 土 自 置 系 is used to drag the pedals to the base frame. Figure 9 6 is the left side view of the pedal and connecting rod arrangement shown in Figure 9 5 239 200427483 Figure 97 is based on An isometric view of a pedal and a base frame portion of a fitness apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, wherein the pedals have an upper pedal frame with two wheels, a lower pedal frame with two rollers, and an The treadle belt is continuously stepped around the frames and rolled to form a trapezoidal structure when viewed from the side of the pedal. FIG. 98A is a right side view of the pedal shown in FIG. Means A trapezoidal structure formed by the frame, four rollers, and a continuous stepping belt is shown; FIG. 98B is a right side view of an alternative real yoke example of the embodiment of the present invention shown in FIG. 97, in other words, a belt There is a frame forming a triangular structure w, three rollers, and a pedal stepping on the belt continuously; FIG. 99A is a right side view of the pedal shown in FIG. 97, and it does not refer to a trapezoidal pedal that is displaced around a pivot point Figure 99B is the same view of the pedal shown in Figure 98B, and it does not refer to a triangular pedal that is displaced about a pivot point; an isometric view of the base frame portion, wherein the pedals have a

Fig. 100 is a pedal of a fitness apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, and 200427483 shows the folded state of the pedal; Fig. 10B is a right side view of the pedal shown in Fig. 91B, and it indicates The folded state of the pedal; "" Fig. 102: An isometric view of a pedal and a base frame portion of a fitness apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, wherein the pedals are coupled to each other via a pivoting connection member The base frame; FIG. 103 is an isometric view of a pedal and a base port of a fitness apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, wherein the pedals are coupled to the pedal via a four-link link device The base frame of the fitness device; _ Figure 104 & 103 left side view of the pedal and base frame portion of the fitness device; Figure 105 is a pedal and a frame of the fitness device according to an embodiment of the present invention: Angle view 'where each pedal is supported by two swing arms' and a cable system is used to connect the left and right pubic plates to each other, During the movement of the pedals relative to each other, FIG. 106 is an isometric view of the pedals and the base frame portion of a fitness device according to an embodiment of the present invention, wherein the fitness device has a utility; a left pedal and a right pedal Pulley and cable system for relative movement relative to each other; FIG. 107 is an isometric view of a pedal and a base frame portion of a fitness apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, wherein the fitness apparatus has an arc-shaped rocker arm system, It is used for the relative movement of the left pedal and the right pedal relative to each other; 241 200427483 FIG. 108 is an isometric view of the frame portion of the fitness base according to an embodiment of the present invention, in which the fitness x 57 is reversed. L, A flange structure with an elongated hole is used to adjust the position of a step frame. The base block diagram 109 is an isometric angle of the pedal and the base frame of the fitness set according to an embodiment of the present invention. A view, "a structure with a flange on the narrow side and a positioning element is used to adjust-a pedal on the base And means for limiting the slope of the frame 'angular displacement; "opponents - side view of a turning point of the bier flange structure 110 as depicted in FIG 1〇9 having elongated holes of the

Fig. 111 is an isometric view of a fitness part according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is a movement of a Y-arm of a curved rocker arm; f cam surface for controlling the picture &quot; 2 is according to the present invention A side view of the side and rear rollers and the treadle belt of an embodiment, which is used by the fitness device: a non-continuous treadle belt. Figure M is a partially exploded isometric view of the treadle shown in FIG. 112 according to the present invention. View; Figure 114 is a perspective view of the complete disassembly of the stepping belt shown in Figure 2 of the present invention; and Figure 2 is an isometric view of a fitness device consistent with the concept of the present invention. The fitness device has a tubular frame, and the resistance members of the impact member are like one. The resistance element is coupled between a frame member 242 200427483 and a tubular rod, and between the front side of the side member, and the frame member is The birch 〃 extends π on the pedal side. The tubular rod system extends between the uprights. (II) Symbols for components 1 〇 Fitness equipment 12 pedals / pedals 12 A first pedal assembly / left pedal assembly 12 B second pedal assembly / right pedal assembly 12 'pedal 14 frame 14 A rear base 14B front base 14 'Lower frame part 14' Upper frame part 1 6 Common host vehicle is stepped on by 1 8 Belt 18A Upper span _ 18B Lower span 20 Guarantee compliance with decorative control panel / protective housing 20 'Upper side wall 22 Front part 23 Roller 24 Behind Part 2 6 Platform / bottom plate 243 200427483 28 Front roller 30 Rear roller 3 1 Deviation roller 32 left member 34 right member 36 cross member 38 pillar 40 left column 42 right column 44 handle / side rail 46 first section 48 first Two sections 50 console 52 pedal frame 52A upper pedal frame 52B lower pedal frame 54 left member 56 right member 58 cross member 5 9 ball bearing 6 0 axle 62 opening 64 channel 66 end 244 200427483 6 8 plate 70 opening 7 6 Suppression element / resistance element / deflection device / mitigation device 78 Interconnecting member 80 Rear cross member 8 1A radial bearing 8 1B radial bearing 8 1 C radial bearing 82 drive Lever 83 collar 84A left drive bracket 84B middle drive bracket 84C right drive bracket 85 key 86 pulley 87 channel 88 motor 89 channel 90 bottom plate 9 1 set screw 92 motor shaft 94 flywheel 96 drive belt 98 motor pulley 245 200427483 100 Belt speed sensor 102 Reed switch 104 Magnet 106 Pickup 108 Impactor / relief device 108A end 108B end 1 1 0 Impactor / relief device 1 10A end 1 10B end 1 1 2 Arc Rocker arm assembly 1 1 2 A plate / sheet metal arm mold table I 1 2B plate / sheet metal arm mold table II 2C web / metal section below 1 1 4 arc rocker cross member 1 1 6 Key slot 1 1 8 Pivot opening hole 1 2 0 Arc rocker pole wheel shaft 1 22 Pivot pin / installation pin on the first or lower left side 1 24 Pivot pin / installation pin on the second or lower right side Nail 126 Bracket 128 First upper pivot bolt 130 Second upper pivot bolt 132 Second brace 200427483 1 34 First rod / sleeve nut / tightening rod 136 Second rod / sleeve nut / Tightening rod 1 3 8 ball joint / universal joint 140 sleeve 142 lever 144 step sensor 146 second reed switch 148 magnet 150 Picker 152 Bracket 1 54 Lowest horizontal component / Bottom component / Damping mechanism 155 Mounting bracket 160 Plastic protrusion / flange 156V-shaped bracket 157 Bracket 1 5 8 Mounting surface 160 Block 162 Locking lateral Member 164 Buffer 166 Locking mechanism 168 Control lever arm / latch 170 Lower part 172 Upper part 174 Control lever holder 200427483 1 7 6 Front cross member 178 Left latch branch pipe connection 180 Right latch branch pipe connection 1 8 2 Pivot spindle 184 Left slide support 186 Left guide support 188 Right slide support 190 Second or right guide support 192 Side wall 194 Side wall 196 Slotted hole 198 Guide stud 200 Panel 202 Slotted hole 204 Branched slotted hole 206 Retainer flange 208 foot platform 2 1 0 installation surface 212 platform support 214 rear installation platform 2 1 6 end cover 2 1 8 surrounding flange 220 collar 222 wheel 200427483 226 handle 3 00 base 302 collar 302 'collar 302 ”collar 304 guide screw 3 06 Adjustable impact member attachment device 308 Long rod 3 1 0 Opening hole 3 1 2 Explode bolt 3 14 Attachment point 3 1 6 Bolt 318 channel 320 device 324 support structure / suspension system / slow 324 'high and soft bumper 324 "short and hard retarder 326 bottom plate 328 rigid bumper 3 3 0 pivot spindle / pivot spindle / pivot position point 332 user 334 interconnecting device 336 support Frame 338 Rotary brake 200427483 340 Pulley 342 Belt 344 Buffer / Impact 346 Scissor frame 348 Retraction spring 3 5 0 End 352 End 354 Wheel 3 5 6 Track 358 End 360 Scissor point 364 Cylinder 3 6 6 Storage 368 connection line / channel 370 valve 372 plunger 374 unit body 376 pedal end cover 378 reservoir end cover 380 connecting rod 3 8 1 peg receiving hole 382 piston 3 84 piston rod 390 seal ring 200427483 392 push plate 394 compartment 3 3 cylindrical structure 398 opening 400 stopper 4 1 0 resistance mechanism 4 1 2 cable 4 1 4 pulley 416 spring return device 4 1 8 drive roller 420 pivot connection device / post pivot Shaft 422 Side rail pivot 424 Hinge mechanism 426A adjustment controller 426B adjustment controller 428 spring / bias mechanism 428A above cylinder 428B below cylinder 430 bottom / flange / spring support bracket 432 protrusion 434 base area Mounting jig 436 438 the free end 440 of the coil assembly alleviate 444 200 427 483 442 446 Bifurcation 448 brake pulley brake / flywheel differential relaxation belt 450 pulley 452 pulley system 452A

452B pulley 452C pulley 452D pulley 452E pulley 452F pulley 454 shaft 456 brake belt 458 pulley

460 Pivot stand 462 Stepping area 464 Base shield 464 'Base shield 464 "Base shield 466 Front portion 466" Front portion 468 Right portion 468 "Right portion 252 200427483 470 Left portion 470" Left portion 472 Rear portion 474 Top Site 476 front top surface 478 left top surface 480 right top surface 482 rear top surface 482 "rear top surface 484 pedal device 4 8 6 top surface center strip 488 pedal cover assembly 488 'pedal cover assembly 488" pedal cover assembly 490 outside side fence 490 'outside side fence 490 "outside side fence 492 inside side fence 492' inside side fence 492" inside side fence 494 front side fence 494 "front side Side baffle 496 inside baffle edge 498 outside baffle edge 253 200427483 500 top baffle edge 5 0 2 baffle track 502 "baffle track 504 bottom middle part 506 bottom baffle edge 506" bottom baffle edge 508 bottom baffle Edge 5 1 0 Flexible bezel 5 1 2 Bottom side fence 5 14 Right front part 5 1 6 Left front part 5 1 8 Right center part 520 Left center Bit 522 Top side baffle 524 Base shield Top edge 526 Accordion pleated baffle 526A First accordion pleated baffle 526B Second accordion pleated baffle 528 Center baffle 530 Pedal guard 532 Center drive bracket 534 Spring 536 rear part 5 3 8 pivot wheel 200427483 540 front part 542 pedal frame 5 4 4 left forward side tube 546 left backward side tube 5.48 right forward side tube 5 5 0 right backward side tube 552 forward Belt bottom plate 5 5 4 Intermediate belt bottom plate 556 Rear belt bottom plate 558 Upper bottom plate surface 560 Below bottom plate surface 562 Below bottom plate surface 564 Engagement side 5 6 6 Engagement side 568 Engagement side 702 Locking mechanism 704 Pedal 706 Rod 708 Locking convex Block 7 1 0 Rod slot 7 1 2 Pivot 7 1 4 Pivot support 7 1 6 Piano hinge 7 1 8 Locking post 200427483 720 Pivot slot hole 722 Locking projection structure 724 Locking mechanism 726 Rod slot 728 Rod 730 pedal 732 pivot 734 pivot support 736 wheel lever 738 stop wheel 740 stop cam 742 wheel shaft 744 cam support 7 4 6 cam shaft 748 wheel support 750 lock machine Mechanical device 752 rolling handle 7 5 4 rolling stick 7 5 6 rolling support 758 rolling key 760 upper limb structure 780 fitness device 782 pedal assembly 7 8 4 left column 256 200427483 786 right column 7 8 8 left handle rod 790 right handle rod 792 Interconnecting device on the left 794 Interconnecting device on the right 796 Slotted hole or recess 798 Attachment point 800 Joint 802 Converging key 804 Roller 808 Pedal assembly 8 1 0 Handle rod 8 1 2 Protrusion 8 14 Contact point 8 1 6 Slotted hole 8 1 8-wheel axle 820 position point 822 connector 824 left-side member 826 right-side member 828 fitness device 830 resistance element 832 handle rod 834 pedal 200427483 836 front body structure 8 3 8 column 8 4 0 pivot / joint 842 handle rear side 844 handle front side 846 fitness Device 848 Piston rod member 850 Piston body 852 Front roller 854 Adjustment mechanism 856 Side support 858 Slotted hole 860 Height adjustment element / Guide screw / Adjuster sleeve 862 Adjuster stud 864 Rear roller 866 Adjuster 868 Motor housing 870 tensioner 872 roller 8 7 4 drive belt 876 base 878 spring or elastic body 880 pedal pitch adjustment device 882 pivot support 200427483 884 pitch rod 8 8 6 pivot point 888 pitch adjustment bracket 890 pitch handle 892 pitch recess 894 pitch rod / pitch stud 895 angle adjuster 896 angle stick 897 angle handle 898 angle recess 899 angle Stud 902 Top surface / low friction interface 904 Inner edge 906 Inner edge 908 Roller 91 0 Third or intermediate pedal 9 1 2 Foot 9 14 Stepping surface 9 1 6 Middle roller 9 1 8 Linking member / frame member / flange Structure 920 First pivot position point 922 Second pivot position point 924 Pivot link 928 Bumper with / or spring structure 200427483 930 Structural member 932 Support rod 936 Link device 938 Above horizontal link member 940 Horizontal connection below Vertical link member in front of lever member 942 / swing arm 942 'first swing arm 942 "second swing arm 944 rear vertical link member / center support member 946 elastic cable 948 cable 948' cable 948" cable 950th A pulley 952A, a second pulley 952B, a second pulley 954, an axle 956, a brake mechanism 958 ', a left side rectangular pillar 958 ", a right side rectangular pillar 960, an arm portion 962', a sleeve 962, and a sleeve 964 'U-shaped coupling member / bracket 2004274 83 964 "U-shaped coupling member / bracket 966 'second attachment position point 966" first attachment position point 9 6 8 four pulley 970 arc rocker arm system 972U side frame member 974 front frame member 976 Rear frame member 978 Arc rocker arm 980 Arc rocker pivot point 982 'Left tie bar / Swing arm 982 "Right tie bar / Swing arm 984 Ball joint / Slotted hole 986 Nut 987 Arc rock Lever arm 988 flange structure 9 9 0 pivot shaft lever / positioning element 992 stop 994 knob 996 cam surface 998 control mechanism 1000 cam element 1002 lateral support lever 1004 knob 200427483 1006 spring 1007 slotted hole 1008 roller fixed member 1009 slotted hole 10 10 studs 10 12 Rectangular bottom 1014 End cover 10 1 6 Base end 1018 Support plane 1020 Flange 1200 Modular pedal and frame structure 1202 Pedal assembly 1204 Main frame assembly 1206 Connector / receptor 1208 cover 1 2 1 0 roller 1212 belt gear 1 2 1 4 wheel shaft 1 2 1 6 wheel shaft connector 1 2 1 8 slotted hole 1220 drive gear 1222 motor 1224 connector 1226 frame base 200427483 1228 stabilizer element 1230 frame 1232 drive wheel 1234 drive motor 1236 pedal assembly 1238 pedal belt 1240 roller 1242 wheel axle 1244 connector 1246 fitness device 1248 handle 1250 pedal belt 1252 fitness device body 1254 rotary joint 1256 rotary drive element 1258 pedal roller 1260 belt

Claims (1)

200427483 The scope of patent application: 1 · A fitness machine, which includes: a first pedal, which has a first internal edge; and a second pedal, which has a second internal edge, divided The first inner edge and the edge, the second and the second edge are adjacent to the first inner edge of the first pedal, wherein the first and second inner edges include one. β friction-reducing material fitness machine, which includes: 2 —the first pedal ’which has a first inner edge; and a second pedal which has a second inner edge which is adjacent to the inner edge On the first inner edge of the first pedal; Among them, the first and second inner edges define a sliding boundary. 3. A kind of fitness machine, which includes: a first pedal, which has a first inner-a second pedal, which has a The second inner edge = the first inner edge is adjacent to the first inner edge of the first pedal; wherein the first and second inner edges include a set of rollers. 4. A fitness machine comprising: two first pedals, which have a moving belt surface; second pedals, which have a mobile belt surface; and a third pedal, which is Positioned between the first and second pedals, the third pedal includes a low-friction top surface. 264 200427483 5. The fitness machine according to item 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein the third pedal is a stationary pedal. 6. · A fitness machine comprising: a first pedal having a plurality of first pulleys adjacent to each other, the first pulleys defining a top surface; and The two pedals have a plurality of second pulleys which are adjacent and coplanar, and the second pulleys define a top surface. 7. The fitness machine according to item 6 of the scope of patent application, wherein the plurality of first pulley systems are connected to each other. 8. The fitness machine according to item 7 of the scope of patent application, further comprising a driving mechanism for rotating the plurality of first pulleys in a controllable manner. 9. An exercise machine comprising: a frame; and a first pedal 'which has a belt, a pedal frame, a pair of wheels, and a fourth-class roller system is seated on the opposite end of the pedal frame ^ ^ The belt is positioned around the pair of rollers; and, the flanges such as "Hai" extend outwardly from the aforementioned frame 'and a lever member extends through the pedal frame and Pass through the pair of flanges. 1〇 · —A kind of fitness machine, which includes: a frame; a younger one pedal, hair # „” has a belt, a pedal frame, and a pair of rollers, and the stupid mouth / heart wheel system is located at On the first end of the pedal frame and the second end of 265, the belt is positioned around the pair of rollers, and is used to pivotally place the aforementioned pedal frame ^ M p Μ Μ and outside The dislocation of the wood at the location, and the location is between the two ends.丨 The first and uth of a pedal frame. A fitness machine, comprising: a frame; a first pedal, which is positioned with a pair of rollers; and-group ... ㈣-4 skins π, a pedal frame, they ... "The one-to-one roller, this belt is around the mechanism for pivotally connecting the aforementioned pedal frame to the frame, ★ 玄 位 去去 在 入 # 口姐 置 点 处 ㈣Ｍ 置 点 # is between the ends of the pedal frame. 12. As described in the U.S. patent application for the fitness machine, in the basin, the three roller systems of group j include a pair of upper rollers and A lower roller, the lower roller described above is pivotally connected to the aforementioned frame. 1 3 · A fitness machine, which includes: a frame; a first pedal, which has a belt and a pedal Frame 芊, and a pair of rollers' the belt is positioned around the pair of rollers; and a pivotal link is attached to the frame at a first pivot position point and at a first The two pivot positions are directly connected to the pedal 14. The fitness machine described in item 13 of the patent scope further includes: a spring connected between the frame and the pedal frame. 266 200427483 15 · The fitness machine described in item 13 of the patent scope Wherein, when the first pedal is pressed down, the pedal moves downwards and backwards relative to the frame. 1 6 ·· A kind of fitness machine, which includes a frame; a first pedal, which A four-step trapezoidal roller with a belt, a pedal frame, and a set, the belt being positioned around a pair of rollers; and A mechanism for pivotally coupling the pedal to the frame around a single swivel position. Π. The fitness machine according to item 16 of the scope of patent application, wherein the pedal frame includes an upper frame portion and a lower frame portion, the upper frame portion is coupled between a pair of top rollers and the lower portion The frame portion is coupled between a pair of bottom rollers. 18. The fitness machine described in item 17 of the Chinese Patent Application, the center, square frame and lower frame are lightly connected to a spring. 19. A fitness machine comprising: a frame; a first pedal, which has a belt, a pedal frame, and a set of four defining a flat circle around the pair of rollers to be m ...系 转 地 ㈣_The designated pivot position point connects the pedal surface to the mechanism that violates the frame. 20. The fitness machine as described in item 19 of the patent scope, wherein the pedal frame includes a frame portion between an upper frame portion and a lower frame portion, and the upper frame portion is coupled to a The top roller frame is coupled between a pair of bottom rollers. &amp; 21. The health as described in item 20 of the scope of the patent application, the upper frame portion and the lower frame portion are connected to the heart, J 22 · A fitness machine, which includes only coupling. A frame; a first pedal that is positioned with one and one such as a square roller and a rear roller; and A pedal frame, W Hai belt around the roller Received that; and between. Torsion springs, which are connected to the frame and pivotally connected 23. The fitness machine according to item 22 of the scope of patent application, wherein at the second pivot position point, the pivot link is pivotally attached to the rear roller. 24. The fitness machine according to item 22 of the scope of the patent application, wherein at the second pivot position point, the pivot link is pivotally attached to the frame of the pedal. 25 · —A kind of fitness machine, which includes: a frame; 'a pedal frame and a first pedal, which has a 268 200427483 and a front roller and a rear, outstanding exhibition wheel, the belt is around the rollers And is positioned; a four-link system, the rest of the turn is faced to the frame at a first pivot point and is pivotally consumed to the pedal at a second pivot point; and Biasing yellow, which is connected between the two links of the link device. 26. The fitness machine according to item 25 of the scope of patent application, wherein when the first pedal is depressed, the pedal moves downward and forward relative to the frame. 27. The fitness machine according to item 25 of the scope of patent application, wherein at the first pivot position point, the pivot link is pivotally attached to the rear roller. 28 · —A fitness machine comprising: a frame including a first side support member and a second side support member; a pedal, which includes a belt and a first pedal frame And a shovel roller and a rear roller, the belt is positioned around the rollers; a group of swing arms' the swing arms are pivotally attached to the aforementioned first side support member and the first Between a pedal frame; a second pedal having a belt, a second pedal frame ^, and a front roller and a rear roller, the belt is positioned around the rollers; 269 200427483 a set of swing arms The swing arm is pivoted on one side of the support member and the ground of the second pedal frame is attached to the aforementioned first room; and the first interconnecting mechanism, the second pedal, whereby, when the aforementioned The two pedals move forward. When the aforementioned first pedal is connected to the first pedal to move backwards, the aforementioned 29. The fitness machine described in item 28 of the scope of patent application, wherein the interconnecting mechanism described above includes a ... A pulley is close to the aforementioned first pedal; a second pulley is close to the aforementioned first pedal; a third pulley is close to the aforementioned second pedal; a fourth pulley is close to the aforementioned A second pedal; a wheel axle that is fixedly attached between the second and third pulleys; a second, `` see line '', which operatively connects the first pedal to the second pulley Hth is operatively connected to the second pedal to the third slide A., 30. The fitness machine as described in claim 29 of the patent scope, wherein when the [pedal moves backwards, the wheel axle will rotate and move the second pedal forward. 31 · —A fitness machine comprising: a frame wood 'which includes a lower frame portion and a pair of vertical pillars; plus; a first pedal, which is provided with a belt and a first pedal frame And a front roller and a rear roller, the belt is positioned around the 270 200427483 and other rollers; the second pedal is connected to the first first sleeve for the slidable vertical pillar; a second set A barrel for slidably connecting the second pedal to the second vertical post; a set of pulleys; and A cable is connected to the aforementioned first and second sleeves and is connected to the aforementioned pulley periphery® 'so that when the first pedal moves downward and the aforementioned second pedal moves upward. ^ 32. The fitness machine according to item 3 丨 in the scope of patent application, wherein each of the second and second sleeves includes a coupling member, and the coupling member: boundary: out to the first The connection of the pivot points of the two pedals allows the pedals such as thai to hug around the pivot points when the pedals move up or down. 33. A fitness machine comprising: A frame including a first side support member and a second side support member; a first pedal having a belt, a first pedal frame, a cube roller and a rear roller The belt is positioned around the rollers; a set of swing arms are pivotally attached between the aforementioned first side support member and the first pedal frame; a second Pedal, which has a belt, a second pedal frame, and a two-sided roller and a rear roller, the belt is positioned around the 271 200427483 and other rollers;-a group of swing arms, the swing arms are pivoted A ground is attached between the aforementioned second side support member and the second pedal frame; and an arc split rocker # group γ cattle, which connects the aforementioned first pedal to the second pedal, by Therefore, when the aforementioned first pedal moves backward, the aforementioned second pedal moves forward. Among them, 34. The fitness machine as described in Item 33 of the declared patent scope. The curved rocker arm is rotated around a vertical main shaft. It contains 35. The health described in item 33 of the patent application contains: W bullets, which are obliquely oriented vertically one by one. 'The boom is positioned on a 36-type fitness machine, which includes a frame; a first pedal' which has a belt, a frame, and a pedal frame seated at the opposite end of the pedal frame. The belt is positioned around the rollers; for the rollers, the mechanism for pivotally and fixedly connecting the vicinity of the aforementioned step selection position to the frame. The money can be 37. As described in item 36 of the scope of patent application, the mechanism for pivotally coupling includes a pair of projections. Wherein, the flanges extend outwardly from the aforementioned frame by a rod member through the pedal frame and through the pair of flanges. / Dry cow extension 38. The fitness machine H 272 as described in item 37 of the scope of the patent application. The pair of flanges includes-30 k arc-shaped elongated holes passing therethrough. 39. A fitness machine comprising: a frame; a 1 w pedal which is pivotally coupled to the aforementioned frame; and a positional restriction Du //, is attached to the aforementioned frame , Front left, second, second, dot and 1 Bit 4: Limit: = Γ has the body machine described in item Γ9, wherein, the outer extension. A flange is provided from the aforementioned frame to the front. As in the patent application, the flange includes the fitness machine described in the right W, which includes an arcuate slotted hole passing therethrough. 42 · —A kind of fitness machine ', which includes a frame; The aforementioned frame and a second pedal 'the # pedal is pivotally connected to the first peddle # 其', which is connected to the aforementioned first pedal and the aforementioned Yue Yijing board; and &amp; Attached to the aforementioned frame, the aforementioned control system limits the pivotal movement of the aforementioned arc-shaped rocker arm. 43. As described in item 42 of the scope of the patent application, the position is limited to Yuanshi Baijishi ^ Τ g g 葡 a set of cam elements ′ These flange elements are connected to load near a horizontal support rod. 44. The fitness machine as described in item 43 of the scope of patent application, wherein the control device includes a knob and a piece to engage the arc-shaped rocker f. k selectively rotates the cam element 45. A fitness machine including at least one pedal, the pedal system has a discontinuous belt, a 2 bottom plate, a pedal frame, and a -roller and- First:! Γ: That! The roller system is located on the opposite end of the pedal frame, and the leather system is an extension wheel at the first roller; and the upper part of the bottom plate reaches the second roller to the second roller, which is connected to the first roller and The spring system between the pedals adjusts the position of the discontinuous belt relative to the bottom plate. The fitness machine described in the “Patent Application” Item No. 45, in i, the == each of the second rollers includes a slotted hole for use, and one end of the sash belt is securely fitted. 7 • A variety of fitness machines, The system includes a first pedal, which is operatively mounted on a frame for pivoting relative to the aforementioned frame; and a first and a second resistance element, which are operable. It is installed between the aforementioned first pedals of the frame. The aforementioned first resistance element has a mounting position, which can be selectively used for private movement within the range of the mounting position. The position of the first step of the pedal relative to the aforementioned frame. 48. The fitness machine described in item 47 of the scope of the patent application, contains: a second pedal operatively mounted on the aforementioned frame 274 200427483 , For pivoting relative to the aforementioned frame; and a second resistance element, Dou Zai Fan ^ "can be operatively installed between the aforementioned younger one pedal and the aforementioned frame, the former 'aunt,, then The second resistance element described above has an upset position, and the installation position can be selected to adjust the position of the second pedal of the second brother relative to the aforementioned frame. For example, the fitness machine described in item 48 of the patent scope, ^. The aforementioned -resistance element is adjusted by a first continuous adjustment On the frame described above, the first resistance element is allowed to perform the continuous adjustment of the second skirt within the foregoing range of the component installation position; and the second resistance element is placed A second continuous adjustment structure is provided on the frame described above to allow the second resistance element to perform the continuous adjustment of the first setting position within the aforementioned range for the installation position of the third force element. 〇 Among which 50. The fitness machine as described in item 49 of the scope of patent application, At least one of the aforementioned continuous adjustment structures is a guide screw ^ 51. As for the fitness machine described in item 50 of the scope of the patent application, the guide screws of the moon and J fans can be operatively installed to a motor.丨 Guide screw. 52. The fitness machine described in item 48 of the scope of application for patent, &gt; The first resistance element described by τ,, J is installed to a :: frame by a first separation adjustment structure; and the aforementioned second resistance element It is attached to the aforementioned frame by a second separation I, 4. 53. The fitness machine according to item 52 of the scope of patent application, wherein the first and second separate adjustment structures of 275 200427483 include a pop-up pin structure. The fitness machine described in claim 48 of the patent scope, wherein the brother-resistance element is installed on an adjustment structure for selectively adjusting the aforementioned two: the second on the pedals Installation location. The difference is 55. For example, the patented fitness equipment of 47 items, in which the resistance element of the moon attack is an impact piece. 56 · A dual-bottom fitness device, which includes: ^ mesh-pure, which can be freshly ^ 彳-"frame, using the frame to insert and turn 'the aforementioned first-pedal brother consecutive bottoming;- A second pedal is operatively mounted to a frame for pivoting relative to the aforementioned frame, and the aforementioned first has a second continuous bottom; Μ includes a first motor for generating Applying force to the first continuous stepping motion; and &quot; *, a second motor for generating a driving force for the second continuous stepping motion. ，-, 57 · The double bottom plate arrangement described in item 56 of the scope of the patent application, which further includes:-a-driving roller, which is driven by the aforementioned-motor, the first driving roller system of I a It is in contact with the aforementioned first-step sole to apply the aforementioned driving force from the first motor to the front continuous sole; and the brother 276 200427483 a moving roller which will be awkward &gt;, ten , Zhan 铉 _ &quot; Zebian's second motor is driven, and the newly described one drives the roller system to contact with Qianyu Bai Yuyu, Shi and Rongdi, and is used to bring the two The aforementioned driving force is applied forcefully to the first ten consecutive bottoms. π ”described in the first one of the two sets of fitness equipment as described in the application / patent range 57 dual-bottom fitness device 'wherein the first-motor series and the second motor can be used at substantially the same speed as each other Drive the aforementioned first and second bottom 0 59. As claimed in the application—Please refer to the patent_57 item of the dual-board fitness device, wherein the first and second motors of the rigid frame can be controlled separately to simultaneously drive the aforementioned at different speeds from each other. First pedal and second pedal. 60. A pedal assembly used in a fitness apparatus, the pedal assembly includes: a frame; An upper floor that is separated from and substantially above the frame; a tread that is slidably across a top surface of the aforementioned upper floor; and a suspension device that is operatively contacted The aforementioned frame and the aforementioned upper bottom plate are used to maintain the aforementioned upper bottom plate in a proper position adjacent to the tread bottom and are generally located below the tread bottom. The aforementioned suspension device is arranged when the aforementioned upper bottom plate faces the aforementioned When the frame is inclined, the upper bottom plate is cushioned. 277 200427483 II 61. The pedal assembly as described in item 60 of the scope of patent application, and the suspension set of the middle = includes at least one elastic member, which is inserted in the frame of the J-Jack and the above upper part Between the bottom plates. 62. The pedal assembly according to item 60 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the suspension assembly of the fan includes a plurality of elastic buffers, which are interposed between the frame and the upper bottom plate.隹 人 63. The pedal assembly according to item 62 of the scope of patent application, which further includes a roller rotatably connected to the aforementioned frame, and wherein the aforementioned sole is a continuous one provided around the aforementioned roller. Leather belt. This kind of fitness device 'includes a pair of pedals, and these pedals' are also proposed in the 63rd scope of Shen Qing's patent. Yi, 65. The pedal assembly as described in item 60 of the scope of patent application, wherein the heart-suspending device of the time unit includes at least one rigid bumper and at least one rigid bumper. The rigid bumper is inserted Between the frame and the upper bottom plate, and the elastic buffer is interposed between the frame and the upper bottom plate. 1、6. The pedal assembly as described in claim 60 of the patent scope, wherein: 逑: the upper floor plate is a cantilever relative to the aforementioned frame, and its' the aforementioned suspension device system includes at least one An elastic member interposed between the frame wood bismuth and the upper bottom plate. ^ 7 'The pedal assembly according to item 60 of the declared patent scope, wherein the aforementioned suspension device includes: / ,,-an elastic member, which is inserted between the aforementioned frame and the aforementioned upper bottom plate' When the upper base plate has just started to deflect toward the aforementioned frame, the aforementioned 278 200427483 elasticity = will contact one of the lower surfaces of the aforementioned upper base plate; and the center between the plates is inserted between the aforementioned frame and the aforementioned upper shoulder. Hard two two = The paste starts facing the front side, then the bottom surface of the upper bottom plate is separated. • The aforementioned suspension device of the pedal set described in item 67 of the patent application scope includes: "reverse, uniform, and, wherein, the aforementioned plurality of elastic members are the aforementioned deflections of the frame; and, The plurality of stiffer members are described with the upper base plate facing the aforementioned frame. The plurality of elastic members mentioned above have the upper base plate just facing the front. The plurality of rigid members mentioned above are used as spacers to prevent excessive front deflection. 69. A fitness device comprising: a frame; a first pedal, basin at ρ, the system has a limit end and a 丨 "other-mentioned brother-pedal is close to the aforementioned limit The end is connected to the aforementioned frame, and the aforementioned first pedal includes One continuous belt is formed at the top of the pedal and is formed by the unfolded portion; a motor for driving the aforementioned belt on the aforementioned pedal. A-resistance device, which is used at least- Anti-pivoting movement of the aforementioned-pedal-the aforementioned first resistance device is operatively attached between the aforementioned frame and the aforementioned pedal, so that there are 1 VI first blackboards, which have A restricted end and a second pedal are described. The front pedal close to the aforementioned second pedal is inclined downward from the restricted end toward the free end by a Chu-She 4c. ~ End 279 200427483 system The ends are pivotally attached to the aforementioned frame, the aforementioned—including—the bottom position of the pedal bag by a second continuous belt brother; the second resistance device is formed by the unfolding portion, which is It is used for at least one anti-pivot movement of the aforementioned second pedal, and the aforementioned second knife setting device is acceptable; although attached to the aforementioned frame and the aforementioned second μ ”^ ^, AW The second pedal system described The limiting end portion is inclined downward toward the free end portion described above; otherwise, the month * J wherein the aforementioned frame includes a post, and the limiting end portions of the second, first, and second pedals are connected Attached to the aforementioned post. Quotation 70. As described in item 69 of the scope of the patent application: The frame described includes a post ', and wherein the first two and two sets are attached to the aforementioned first pedal and the aforementioned Between the ridges, 71, / ° The fitness device described in item 69 of the scope of patent application, wherein the first resistance device Sun Liyi // u is a frame that resists the first pedal in one direction. 72. The fitness device as described in item 69 of the scope of patent application, and middle. An interconnected I device is operatively connected to each pedal to cause one pedal to be lifted while the other pedal is lowered. And the aforementioned resistance device does not include the function of a return spring. 73. The fitness device as described in the item of the scope of patent application, wherein: the aforementioned resistance device h K4 ^ device includes an impact member, Operable Each pedal is connected. 〃 The fitness device described in Item 69 of the declared patent scope, of which: 280 200427483-an interconnecting device shoots and presses down to guide one pedal up while the other pedal is lowered; At least one of the impact members does not include a fitness device with a double-stroke effect 75 · —a dual-bottom fitness device, which includes: a frame; One = a pedal that is pivotally mounted on the aforementioned frame; a second pedal that is pivotally mounted on the aforementioned frame; an attachment structure that is operatively connected to the two pedals The surname is mounted to the aforementioned frame, so that when any pedal is directed toward: the pedals will be pushed upward; and the mechanical resistance mechanism, which is operatively linked to the aforementioned attachments, to resist the aforementioned The movement of the dependent structure: The resistance of the movement of the first and second pedals. For the first 76. The fitness device described in item 75 of the scope of patent application, the aforementioned attachment structure is a swing arm. ,,in 77. The fitness device according to item 75 of the scope of patent application, wherein the resistance mechanism described in W is a rotary brake. 78. The fitness device according to item 75 of the patent application scope, wherein the aforementioned resistance mechanism is an electromagnetic brake. 〃 79. The fitness device as described in item 75 of the scope of patent application, wherein the resistance mechanism of Yushu is a hydraulic mechanical device. 80. A fitness device comprising: a frame, the aforementioned frame has a range of attachment positions, a first pedal, which is pivotally mounted to the aforementioned Jiahua wood, with 281 200427483 at Pivot in a substantially vertical plane; Adjacent mountains: a younger-resistance element with a top end and a bottom. | ^ And. That is, the bottoms W -Γ, +, »鳊 of the first resistance element. The system is insertedly attached to the described first pedal, and the aforementioned top of the first ^, .y resistance element is adjusted at a first position to the width m. The raft is attached to the aforementioned Frame, the position of Θ is within the range of the aforementioned attachment position. 41: The adjustment of the aforementioned top end of the first resistance element to a different position within the range of the just-distance attachment position changes the aforementioned The height of a pedal; and the fourth one, wherein the aforementioned first resistance element is attached to the aforementioned frame. The guide screw is mechanically mounted widely. The fitness device as described in item 80 of the scope of patent application, wherein the frame includes a second eight including: 干 Position of the dry position 'This fitness device is more useful: a second The pedal 'is pivotally mounted to the aforementioned frame for pivoting in a substantially vertical plane; the part &quot; a I :: force element, which has a top end and a bottom; Second statement: the aforementioned bottom end of the resistance element is operatively connected = ::: pedal 'and the aforementioned top W of the aforementioned second resistance element is adjustable at a position of the first position which is located at The aforementioned month and year, Kuang Mu, wherein the aforementioned second resistance: Yuan: = /: within the Wai; and Yi, f Μ-MW, said the top part to a second position in the range of attachment position The height of the pedal. The adjustment of the position of the door in the front has changed the first 282 200427483 82. The fitness device described in item 81 of the scope of patent application, straight.-An attachment structure is operatively attached to the aforementioned-pedal plate Between the second pedals, when one pedal moves downwards, the other pedal will move upwards; and each of the aforementioned resistance elements does not have a resilient recovery feature. 83. According to the fitness device described in item 81 of the scope of patent application, in the basin, the adjustment of the aforementioned-pedal is independent of the: pedal, so that the aforementioned cymbal can be adjusted to different heights. 84. A dual-bottom fitness device comprising: a frame; a first pedal; a second pedal; a frame; • an f-th blade frame that connects the first pedal to the frame; A second scissor-type frame that connects the second pedal to the frame; each of the aforementioned scissor-type frames can be moved between one lower and one upper position; and 〃, each of the foregoing scissor-type frames There is a deflecting member for elastically orienting the aforementioned scissor-shaped frame toward the upper position. Containing: 85. The fitness farm according to item 84 of the scope of patent application, which further includes a suppressor 'which is connected to each of the aforementioned pedals. 86. The fitness clothes set described in item 84 of the scope of patent application, which includes 283 200427483, includes: an attachment device, which is operatively connected to each of the aforementioned liters. For the purpose of making one pedal descend, the other pedal system will meet 87. The fitness device described in item 84 of the scope of the patent application, the order of the men's knife-shaped frame system described above will lead to each frame When moving down, each fan can stay parallel to a supporting table. In the fitness device described in Item 84 of the patent application, the pedal is moved from the upper position to the lower position. The deflection member can be placed under tension. ~ 89 · As described in the 84th patent application for the fitness device, the pedal of the fan can be placed in compression from the above upper position to the above lower part. Mobile ... a restraining device for a restraining device with a pedal arrangement comprising: a reservoir containing hydraulic fluid, the reservoir being made up of-a first chamber and a The second container room is a plunger in each of the first and second container rooms described above, and the column base system can be connected to a pedal step by step; The Lr plungers are pushed by their respective aforementioned pedals into their respective reservoirs containing the fluid-contained flow system via the aforementioned valves to the other front, and the other aforementioned plungers and their pedals are pushed outward. Please refer to the item 9G of the patent scope as an adjustable one to produce a changing inhibitory effect. 284 200427483 92. As the suppressing device described in item% of the patent scope, the aforementioned plunger is provided in the first and second cylinders, and in the first and second cylinders Sealed by a common cover. &quot; And the aforementioned M 93. As for the suppressing device described in item% of the scope of the patent application, the cylinders described above are installed side by side in a casing. The order, 94. As described in item 93 of the patent scope, the front cover cover system includes a channel, which is connected to the above-mentioned, and the brother-valley chamber to allow hydraulic fluid to flow in the aforementioned The first-the first brother-between the second room. Gu Zhi Yu Di Its _, link. It is also used to suppress the device as described in Item 90 of the scope of the patent application. The aforementioned master plugs the disk Jiuba Xi A, Shi, Tu, and Gu Zizhi just described the pedal via an attachment device. Phase eight 96. The suppressing device described in item 90 of the scope of patent application, includes a biasing mechanism 褒 i which is biased toward each pedal. &amp; 々 乂 7 ·, the suppression device as described in item 96 of the scope of patent application, The above-mentioned deflection mechanism includes a corresponding spring. % · Suppression device as described in item 97 of the scope of patent application, wherein each plunger includes a corresponding piston; ^ The column base system described above can be operatively connected with its corresponding corresponding connecting rod ; And ^ φ,, 丄, and the spring system described above is operatively connected between the frame and the material pedal. 99. A fitness kit comprising: a frame: 285 200427483 a first pedal that is pivotally attached to the aforementioned frame for the first pedal in a substantially vertical plane Pivoting motion; a brother-suppressor, which is attached between the aforementioned frame and the aforementioned first pedal to resist the movement of the aforementioned pedal; and a first elastic yellow ', which is attached to the aforementioned frame And the first pedal is used to push the first pedal upward. 100. The fitness apparatus according to item 99 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: a second pedal which is pivotally attached to the aforementioned pedal for the aforementioned first in a substantially vertical plane. Pivoting motion of two pedals; a second suppressor, which is attached between the aforementioned frame and the aforementioned first pedal, to resist movement of the aforementioned pedal; and a second spring, which is attached to Between the frame and the second pedal, the second pedal is pushed upward. 101. The fitness device as described in claim 100, wherein the first and second springs are elastic. 102. The fitness device according to item 101 of the scope of patent application, wherein the first and second springs described in the above are extended by the downward movement of their corresponding first and second pedals. 103. The fitness device according to item 101 of the scope of patent application, wherein the aforementioned first and second springs are compressed by the downward movement of their corresponding first and second pedals. 104. The fitness device as described in claim 100, wherein the first suppressor described above resists downward movement of the first pedal. 286 200427483 W5. The fitness device according to item 100 of the scope of patent application, wherein the degree of resistance of the aforementioned first suppressor can be adjusted. 106. The fitness device according to item 100 of the scope of patent application, wherein the para-inhibited lineage resists the upward movement of the aforementioned first pedal, but: "Medium" for the aforementioned upward movement of the aforementioned first pedal 4 The resistance was overcome by the aforementioned upward push of the first bullet yellow. 107. —A fitness device with dual soleplates, which includes a frame; 'foot and lame pedal You are attached to the aforementioned cymbals, and have a front left pedal roller and a rear left pedal roller and a left sole extending around the aforementioned left pedal roller; a right pedal, which is pivoted The ground is attached to the aforementioned frame, and has a front right pedal roller and a rear right pedal roller and two right bottoms extending around the right pedal roller: a left driving roller mechanism, On that left side and used to drive the aforementioned left sole; and -A right-side drive roller mechanism, which is used to drive the right-side sole described above. Taxi Xi η Γ. As described in the item 范围 of the patent application, the fitness device described in the item ⑽ of the left side of the driving roller and the frictional engagement of € / A ^ described in the above; to: the mechanical device is in line with the aforementioned left I Among the frictional engagements of the right-hand drive roller described above. / 、 Introduce fans to step on the right side Λ 10 9 · As described in the patent application for the fitness equipment described in item 107, it is 287 200427483 and the left side of the pedal wheel is mechanically mounted on the rear of the roller. Among the frictional engagements of the eight, ··· 5 The right-hand drive roller machine just described ~ '衣 1 系 在 在 血箭 # A n 的 后 右侧 的 轮 轮 的 中 / 、 攻 攻 方 方 and 10 · If the scope of patent application is 107 .. Λ, the fitness equipment described on the page, the left-hand drive roller machine mentioned in the above is located on the left and left pedal rollers in the middle and the rear ... is in the forward engagement with the front side and righteous + /,. · And the right side of the right side of the right side of the right side of the right side of the right wheel drive wheel of the pedal wheel-the positive connection of the fan and the woman stated in the patent Qiangan No. 107 fitness results, middle: the left side and the right side The driving roller mechanism includes two driving roller mechanisms L3 and two driving rollers. 1 1 2 · The fitness envy as described in item 11 of the patent application band II χ encirclement 11 is in frictional engagement with the bean midsole. The aforementioned left sole and right. Side pedal, front = ° The fitness device described in item 111 of the second patent range, wherein the wide drive roller system is in frictional engagement with the aforementioned left sole and right sole. # 底 和 右 梯 ^ Π4. As described in the item 专利 of the patent scope, please refer to the common driving roller system of Lu Li, one of the T rollers, and the front left and the other left sides and the left pedal. Of positive engagement. “% Of them” 15. According to the fitness installation described in item ⑴ of the scope of the patent application, the common drive roller system of Lizhong ’s rain is provided with a control mechanism, with 288 200427483 to facilitate the change of the aforementioned left and right sides. Speed at the bottom. 116 · A fitness device comprising: a frame; a pedal assembly, JL will know the knot aayt to the aforementioned frame; and ... a post is attached to a post by a connection device, which is attached To the aforementioned frame; wherein the pedal assembly as described above is operable to connect the mounting area around the aforementioned pivot connection to a storage position substantially parallel to the aforementioned post. ιπ. The fitness device according to item 116 of the scope of patent application, which includes: /, and is attached to one side guide, which can be pivotally attached to the side guide by a side guide rail And the aforementioned side guide is operable to pivot into a storage position about the aforementioned axis. Guide rail extension 118. The fitness device as described in item 6 of the patent application scope, and further includes a locking mechanism for holding the aforementioned pedal assembly in a beautiful storage position. Looking for a 119. The fitness device described in item 6 of the scope of the patent application, the aforementioned pedal assembly in the basin is located in the aforementioned storage position, and the fitness ^ = stands on the aforementioned frame without restriction, The uprights described in the aforementioned pedal set are located in a substantially vertical orientation. 0 · * Applicable patent scope: The fitness device described in item 1b, wherein when the pedal assembly mentioned above is located in the aforementioned storage position, the aforementioned anti-assembly is rotated into an off-center orientation. 289 200427483 121 · A fitness device comprising: · a base σ 卩 frame wood 'which is provided with a pedal assembly rotatably attached thereto; and a post which is pivoted by a post A storage pivot is attached to the aforementioned base frame; and, a side rail is pivotally attached to the aforementioned post by a side rail; wherein The aforementioned side guide system can be operated to pivot around the aforementioned side rail yoke to a storage position; and the above-mentioned post system can be operated to pivot about the aforementioned post storage yoke to a storage position Storage location. 122. The fitness device according to item 121 of the scope of patent application, which includes: a lateral support, which can be pivotally attached to the base frame as described by a base frame ; And wherein the aforementioned base frame is operable * The base frame pivot described by F M and Wu Z is pivoted into a lateral support storage position. Gongyi23 · The fitness equipment as described in the scope of application patent No. 121, where 'when the aforementioned column is pivoted into the aforementioned storage position, the fitness equipment: it stands upright without restriction on the aforementioned base frame At least one front end and one bottom portion of the upright column, at least one of the base frame and the upright column are located in a substantially vertical orientation. 124. A fitness device, comprising: a rear base frame, and a frame, and eight pedals 290 200427483 components attached to it; 丞 〇 丨 very Zhu pivot to the ground It is attached to a front part of the aforementioned rear base frame, an upright post, which predicts the front. Among them, the aforementioned rear base frame can be technically defined, f / and 4r. And the base frame is pivoted between an operating position and a storage position, "in the working position, the aforementioned front base frame is generally transverse to n, a column, and wherein the middle frame is close to the storage position and Substantially parallel μ material domains. "25. The fitness device according to item 124 of the patent application scope, wherein the other pedal assembly is attached to a rear portion of the aforementioned rear base frame. It is more than 26. The fitness device as described in claim 124 of the patent application includes: a side guide, which is pivotally attached to a post described by a side guide pivot; and The side guides described in the previous section can be operated to rotate around the aforementioned side guides to a storage position. ^ 7. The fitness device as described in item 124 of the patent application scope, wherein when the rear base frame is located in the aforementioned storage position, the: clothing is placed upright on the aforementioned front base frame without restriction. , And the front: the rear base frame and the aforementioned post system are located in a generally vertical orientation. 128. The fitness device according to item 127 of the scope of patent application, wherein 291 200427483, when the aforementioned rear base frame is located in the aforementioned storage position, the rear base frame is rotated into an over-centered orientation4, Top 129 · —A kind of fitness equipment, which includes: among them. A main frame; a body 'which is fixedly attached to the aforementioned main frame · at least one pedal which is attached to the aforementioned main frame and the height of the aforementioned housing is at least equal to the aforementioned pedal 1; wherein The height of the pedal. ′ 、 Jian Jianjian No. The key described in item 129 of the patent application scope includes a resistance element which can be operatively attached between it and the aforementioned casing. Punch said pedal 131. As described in the patent application No. 129, the aforementioned casing is a single-piece structure. , /, 132. The fitness equipment described in item 129 of the patent application includes a recovery element which is operatively attached to the aforementioned pedal:: between the housings. Quoted pedals and rigid 133. A fitness device, which includes: a frame: the first and first movable belt pedal set is set to the frame; and, a first-suppressing device is rotatably installed, which Is coupled between the frame and the first pedal assembly; ^ is flat, it is gripped between the frame and the first pedal assembly; 292 200427483 between a second suppressor plate assembly ; And a younger one is biased between the device board components. It is coupled to the frame and the second step. It is coupled to the frame and the second step. 1 · The fitness device according to item 133 of Shen Qing's patent scope, wherein the- The pedal assembly of the second movable belt includes individual driving rollers; the fitness device further includes: a motor that is mounted to the frame; A drive shaft, the drive roller train is fixed to the moving shaft, and the drive shaft train is rotatably coupled to the frame to provide a first and second pedal assembly A pivot shaft; and a torque transmission mechanism, which connects the drive shaft to the 135 ′ fitness equipment according to item 133 of the patent application scope, wherein the frame includes an upright member; and ^ and the second A movable belt pedal assembly is pivotally mounted to the upright member. 1 3 6 · The fitness device according to item 135 of the scope of patent application, wherein the upright member is a single long structure, and the pedal components of the first and second movable leather f are installed in the The respective opposite sides of the structure 3 7. The fitness device as described in item 1 35 of the scope of patent application, wherein the child standing member includes two spaced apart long structures, the first and the 293 200427483 Two movable belt pedal assemblies are installed between these structures. 138. The fitness date according to item 135 of the scope of the patent application ′ The pedal components of the first and second movable belts are towed to ground = wherein a fixed pivot is installed to the pillar member. M a solid 139. The fitness equipment described in item 135 of the scope of patent application, the pedal assembly of the Le- and second movable belt is pivoted ", wherein the changed pivot is installed to the pillar member. From the “140” fitness as described in the 133th patent application scope &amp; &, where The first restraint device and the first deflection device are integrated into the handle between the upright post and the first pedal assembly, and there are 被 ... The system is connected between the upright post and the second pedal assembly ... After being installed, it is as described in item 133 of the patent scope. ’The first and second movable belt pedal assemblies include: The respective belts, such as belts, have their respective upper parts being frictionally engaged by the user's feet; and the surface is used for a drive mechanism for pivotally mounting to the frame away from the movable belt pedal assembly The direction can be moved to the upper surface of the belt. ^ Drive the .M2. The fitness clothes as described in the scope of patent application * 141, wherein the frame system includes a column member; 294 The Fu Zhuan mechanical device has a single such first and M 7 * A dedicated main shaft, and the pivot main shaft are split into the column member. , And the parts are pivotally along, the: i. The fitness device as described in item 133 of the patent application scope, wherein the movable belt pedal assembly includes a respective belt. These belts are Each user's foot has a material surface for a driving mechanism for use in a direction pivotally mounted to the frame toward a moving belt pedal assembly: moving :: waiting for the belt Upper surface. 144. The fitness device according to item 143 of the scope of patent application, wherein the frame system includes a column member; the pivot = mechanical equipment / has a single pivot spindle; and -A movable belt pedal assembly is pivotally mounted to the upright member along the pivoting spindle. 145. A fitness device comprising: a pair of pedal assemblies operatively connected to a frame for a user to step on a stepped portion of each pedal assembly Complementary opposite movements are performed in the vertical plane on the m body; and the stepping position of the middle mother is formed by a separate movable belt; a driving mechanism for comparing the aforementioned movable belt with respect to the other 295 The pedal assembly moves, and the drive mechanisms in the other two ways are complementary to each other. The pedal assembly described above is in which the front belt drives the aforementioned belt while moving, and the frame is fixed. Chastity is in a direction relative to the aforementioned mouth, making the aforementioned treadmill function. Jushen Lingzhi can be like a 6 kinds of fitness equipment, which includes a pair of pedal components, Xuan Sang a frame, ❹ ^ ° # 板 读 料 is operatively connected to-on, a female One stepping part of the pedal assembly and a complementary opposite movement in the straight plane; adult; the female stepping part is formed by a separate movable belt | zone moving mechanism, the two aforementioned pedal assemblies move; use Therefore, the movable belt can be used to complement the aforementioned driving mechanism with the aforementioned pedal assembly to drive the aforementioned belt while moving with each other; and the movable belt can be locked in one The relative position ′ relative to the front 4 pedal assembly allows the aforementioned fitness device to function as a stepper. ^ 7. A fitness apparatus comprising: a frame cavity 1 pedal assembly, the pedal assemblies are operatively connected to an upper guard for a user to step on a stepped part of each pedal assembly; Complementary opposite movements are carried out in a generally vertical plane; 296 200427483 and among them, each stepping part is formed by a separate movable belt, a driving mechanism for moving which will benefit from what will be described The belt is moved relative to the aforementioned pedal assembly; wherein the aforementioned driving mechanism may drive the aforementioned belt while moving relative to each other in a complementary manner to the aforementioned pedal assembly; and wherein the aforementioned pedal assembly may be locked in a relative In the fixed orientation of the aforementioned frame, the fitness device described by the Borrower, Plus, and T-Benner can function as one: a car; and wherein the aforementioned movable belt can be locked relative to the aforementioned pedal assembly. The fixed-position towel makes the aforementioned body-building device function like a stepper. 148. A fitness device comprising: a frame; a first movable belt pedal assembly 'which is pivotally installed in the frame; "&gt;-a second movable belt pedal assembly The rest of the turn is mounted to the frame; an arc-shaped rocker arm is pivotally mounted to the frame and has a first end and a second end; a first link Piece 'which has a first end portion that is attached to the brother-end portion of the curved rocker arm and a second end portion that is coupled to the first pedal assembly; a second link rod piece 'It has a second end—a first end—programmed to the second end of the curved rocker arm 297; it is very thickly connected to the second pedal assembly of the younger brother, the first link of Yanhai Di Shanning, which is coupled to the arced rocker arm, is coupled to the 6-axis pedal assembly by the second end of the universal joint and the head of the Wan-Fan fastener; and If the first end of the tie rod is coupled to the _ # # joint of the arc rocker arm, the younger brother knows, and And the mountain of the second link is lightly connected to the second pedal assembly by a universal joint. &quot; .149. The fitness device as described in claim 148, wherein the two ends are attached to a side frame member, and the side frame member is located at the first coupling point of the first link member. To the first pedal assembly pedal assembly; and the second end of the second link lever is coupled to the second pedal assembly at a side frame member, and the side frame member is located at the second On the pedal assembly. * 150. A fitness device comprising: a frame; a first movable belt pedal assembly, which is pivotally mounted to the frame; a second movable belt pedal assembly, which is pivotally Is mounted to the frame; an arc-shaped rocker arm is pivotally mounted to the frame and has a first end and a second end; 298 first contacts are called Zhu, No. ~ The side of Qiu is "dry", has a piece of flute ~ 4 which is coupled to the arc rocker arm, and is connected to the first pedal group 1 and the second end. The first biased position, the first ~ # Μ * ^ /, has a coupling to the arc-shaped rocker arm at the mouth P-仞 筮 _ second end A and 4 and is coupled to One M of the frame, one of the second link members, one of the first one of the frame, and one of the first and second portions of the frame; and 'which has an end portion coupled to the arced rocker arm and Coupled to the second pedal assembly It has a second rocker arm coupled to the arc rocker arm and a second deflection device coupled to the frame, a first second end portion at the end. 151. A fitness device comprising: a frame; which is pivotally mounted to the first movable belt pedal assembly frame; A first deflection device, which is operatively provided between the frame fish and the first movable belt pedal assembly for acting on the first movable belt pedal assembly with an upward biasing force; A second movable belt pedal assembly that is pivotally mounted to the frame; and a second deflection device that is operatively provided between the frame and the first movable belt pedal assembly For acting on the second movable belt pedal assembly with an upward biasing force. 299 200427483, including 152. The fitness equipment as described in item 151 of the patent application scope. The second and second: the device has a fixed biasing feature. 153. The described fitness equipment 6 'a base frame member 3 and the first and second biasing devices are directly coupled to the base frame ^ ▲ 154. The fitness equipment described in item 151 of the patent application scope, the compound ‘the first and second deflection devices have variable deflection characteristics. As described in item 154 of the scope of patent application, each of the first and second deflection devices includes a deflection feature of a spring ...:. It can be used to serve 156. As described in item 154 of the patent application, the 4th and 2nd deflection devices include their own springs and two common variable-length mechanical devices to obtain their J The first and second deflection devices include a spiral impeachment. , 'Its 1 158. According to the fitness dream described in item 157 of the patent application scope, the spiral bombs are bearing against the base frame at one end: ^ bearing on the other end One case provided, '' 'on the flange. A suitable pedal 絚 159. A fitness device, which includes: a frame; 300 200427483 a first-may ^ the frame; a pedal assembly, which is pivotally mounted to a second child ^ the A frame; and a pedal assembly, which is installed to a brake base to suppress the centripetal suppression of the pedal assembly. The movable pedal is connected to the first movable pedal ... The first of the π% pedal pedal assembly is connected to the second movable μ k Pigon and a second belt coupled to the mobile spider pedal assembly. ⑽ · As claimed in the patent scope No. 159, the brake base restraint system includes: 置 $ 置, where a separate continuous restraint belt, the end of the continuous restraint belt; the first skin π 鳊 is A brake; = a differential flywheel, which is connected to one side of the brake and a second side; and, a pulley system for guiding the continuous suppression system Coupling to the differential flywheel: 6 &quot; moon gear train and a brother flywheel which is connected to the second side of the differential flywheel with a bite of 4 brother. A separate continuous restraint belt, the first and first ends of the continuous restraint belt; a brake; and a pulley system for guiding the continuous restraint line, the pulley system is as described in the scope of patent application No. 159 As mentioned, the brake base restraint assembly includes: a middle belt end is 301 200427483, and grams have a pulley coupled to the brake. • The fitness device as described in claim 159 of the patent scope of item 159, wherein the brake restraint assembly of °° includes: the first belt end is the first restraint leather and the first restraint belt, the The end of the first belt; a second restraint belt, the end of the belt; T heart-skin center is a brake of the second restraint leather; Differential flywheels, the first side and the second side are connected to the M brake and have a -slip system: the wheel system is used to guide the -suppressing belt, and the first slip is light The first second-skating age moon wheel system which is connected to the first side of the differential flywheel is used to guide the second-second wheel system to have a _m Tepi second wheel. (Consumed to the second side of the differential flywheel 163. As described in item 159 of the scope of patent application, the brake base restraint assembly includes: a middle belt, the first belt end is an end of the first restraint leather, a first restraint belt; a second The end of the restraint belt; the end of the second belt is a first brake of the second restraint; a second brake; 302 200427483 &gt; ... π 轱 system for guiding the first-restraint belt, the first :: standby system has a first pulley coupled to the first brake; two second pulley systems for guiding the second restraining belt, the first system has a lightly connected to the first brake The second pulley of the two brakes. 164 'The fitness device described in item 159 of the patent scope, the basin further includes an interconnected dream $ &quot; Module ㈣T # _, ^ / 付 自 彳 ㈣ The belt pedal is pushed upwards to move another one The belt pedal assembly will correspond to the first 165 steps of the fitness device as described in item 164 of the patent scope, where the rotation inhibition effect = the aforementioned downward rotation force of the brake base inhibition assembly is applied with two Γ resistance forces Where provided, this resistance is provided by the aforementioned interconnection means.疋 Turn and be transferred to this kind of fitness device, the system includes: a frame; _ brewing> ^ J ^ J ^ the frame; the mobile material pedal assembly, which is pivotally mounted to the frame; # The σ moving pedal assembly is pivotally mounted to a 1; =: coupling, restraining belt, which has a first end portion and a plate assembly and two ... end portions are coupled to the first-may Mobile pedals; Z — the cymbal is coupled to a second movable pedal set 303 200427483 a flywheel;-a differential flywheel that is coupled to the flywheel and has a first side and a A second side; and a pulley system for guiding the continuous restraint belt, the pulley system, the washing machine, a first pulley lightly connected to the first side of the differential flywheel, and a broken coupling A second pulley to the second side of the differential flywheel. W7 · A kind of fitness device, which includes a frame; a first movable step pedal assembly, which is pivotally mounted to the frame; a first movable step pedal assembly, which pivots Mounted to the frame; an individual continuous restraint belt having a ㈣-end and a second end, the first end being coupled to the first movable tread pedal assembly and the The second end is coupled to a second movable pedal assembly; a differential flywheel having a first side and a second side; and a pulley system for guiding the continuous restraint belt, The pulley system has a first pulley coupled to a first side of the differential flywheel and a second pulley coupled to a second side of the differential flywheel. 168. —A kind of fitness device 'which includes: a frame; a first and first movable stepping pedal assembly, the pedal assembly pivot 304 200427483 is mounted to the frame in turn; a first biasing mechanism, It has a support member arranged on the first movable stepping pedal assembly, and an elastic member coupled to the frame; and a second biasing mechanism, which has a Move the ## tilt on the pedal assembly to the frame's elastic member. The n support pieces are transferred to 1: ... Please refer to item 168 of the patent scope, which includes a flat spring, which is generally connected to the frame so that _ ', ~ are coupled Among them: It is convenient to establish a first-arm portion and a second-arm portion, and the first-biased mechanical support member # 一 movable stepping pedal &amp;# has a first rigidity from the first ^^ anti-assembly Protruding part; the first arm part of the first-biased mechanical device, the thousand-arm dagger has the flat spring, the second arm part, and the second biasing device's support member includes two movable pedal details The second rigid protruding portion is an elastic member system from the first and second biases to a large size n and a garment. 3 has the flat spring 170. If the patent is applied and is used to cover J, there are two fitness devices that are lightly connected to the frame: it is a fitness device that establishes a second one: the depression of the moving pedal assembly *, Relative to the first = one: $ two arms, of which: the first supporting surface of the white private mechanical device includes 305 200427483 a movable stepping pedal assembly connected to the first surface-the-biasing mechanism The first arm portion of the elastic structure; 3 has the yellow piece of impeachment-the first: the cutting member biased to the mechanical device includes a second surface connected to the movable stepping pedal assembly, and is fixed to the second and second bias The elastic member of the mechanical device is the second arm portion. There is the yellow film impeachment. As described in item 168 of the scope of the patent application, the key contains a cyanine film that is said to be connected to the frame, and it is set to: its first and second movable steps The convex surface of the pedal component :: a first arm portion and a second arm portion are relatively established, wherein: the supporting member for the first biasing mechanism is a first surface connected with the movable stepping pedal component; The first arm of the elastic structure of the first-biased mechanism; the support member of the yellow-plate spring, the second-biased mechanism includes a phase corresponding to the first-degree pedal pedal assembly The connected second surface and the elastic member of the directional mechanical device include the fitness device described in the Jingyue Bomb item, and the spring is divided into a torsion spring section and a 172 ·· section at several positions. For example, the scope of patent application No. 168 contains a multi-section torsion spring, which is connected to the frame, and has a first torsion spring section, which includes a support member system connected to the first biasing mechanism.306 427483 a first surface to which the movable pedal assembly is connected; the elastic member of the first biasing mechanism includes a linear section of the torsion spring extending from the first torsion spring section;-the The branch member system of the second biasing mechanism includes a second surface connected to the first movable stepping pedal assembly; and the elastic member system of the second biasing mechanism includes a yellow elastic spring from the second torsion. A linear section of the torsion spring extends at the section. • 173. The fitness device as described in item 168 of the patent scope, which has 3 flats and 5 early yellows. The spring system is mounted on the frame and has at least several positions. The frame has at least one first fork portion and at least one second fork portion which are configured to face the first and second movable stepping pedal assemblies, wherein: the first-biased branch member system Containing a first surface connected to the first movable stepping pedal assembly; the first-biased mechanically split elastic member system includes a slave portion; the second support mechanism of the second-biased mechanical device system includes a The second surface connected to the two movable stepping pedal assemblies, and the elastic / biasing mechanism that is biased toward the mechanical device 15 and the flat member includes a second fork portion. 174. A fitness device comprising: a frame; a first and first movable stepping pedal assembly, the pedal assemblies are pivotally mounted to the frame; 307 ZUU4Z / 4 «J a first—π β ,, ^ ,, Youchong mechanical devices, ## 古 古, 上 此 弟-Movable pedal assembly = broken configuration between the frame and the sexual component; and between a rigid component and a bomb-a second buffer A mechanical mechanism is installed, and the second movable stepping pedal is attached to the frame and the sexual member. A rigid member and a bullet between the two pieces of fitness equipment as described in the scope of patent application of the 74th paragraph, where r Γ — the rigid member of the buffer mechanism includes the "quot private movement step_ The plate assembly protrudes-a rigid protrusion. The elastic component of the cushioning mechanism can be used as the first shock absorber. The rubber shock absorber, the grandson ', a first soft /, is joined to the A frame; the rigid member of the second cushioning mechanism includes a rigid protrusion protruding from the step pedal assembly; and the elastic member of the second cushioning mechanism includes a rubber shock absorber that is coupled to the frame . Gu Di-Quality 176 · A fitness device, which includes a frame;-: Gu Di-movable belt pedal assembly, which has a first belt, a first drive roller and first and second Rollers; wherein the first driving roller and the first and second roller trains are arranged in a first configuration of a generally 三角 ^ ^, ^ angled, and the first driving roller train is located at At the apex of the first configuration of the dihedral, "wherein the first belt is arranged around the first driving roller and the 308 200427483 and the second roller; _", the first movable belt pedal assembly of 5th Hai Fastened to the frame in the vicinity of the first drive roller; a first movable belt pedal assembly having a second belt—a second drive roller and third and fourth rollers; , The second driving roller and the third and fourth roller trains are arranged in a second configuration that is generally an inverted triangle, and the second driving roller train is located at the apex of the second configuration of the triangle; Wherein, the second belt is arranged around the second driving roller and the second and fourth rollers; and wherein the second movable belt pedal assembly is pivotally mounted near the second driving roller. Set to that framework. 1 7 7 · The fitness device described in item 17 of the patent scope of application 凊 17, further comprising: a first and a second pivoting support frame, which are attached to the frame; A motor is connected to the frame; a driving shaft, the first and second driving papers are fixed to the driving shaft, and the driving shaft system is rotatably coupled to the driving shaft. The swivel frame is provided with a holding shaft for the first and second pedals ；; and a torque transmission mechanism that couples the driving shaft to the motor. 178. The fitness equipment according to item 176 of the scope of patent application, wherein the fitness equipment 309 200427483 includes: a first restraining device coupled between the frame and the first movable belt pedal assembly; a A first deflection device, which is coupled between the frame and the first movable belt pedal assembly; a second restraining device, which is coupled between the frame and the second movable belt pedal assembly Between; a second deflection device that is coupled between the frame and the second movable belt pedal assembly; and a reciprocating link device that is coupled to the first movable belt pedal Between the assembly and the second movable belt pedal assembly. 179. The fitness device according to item 178 of the scope of patent application, wherein the frame system includes a column; a first restraint device i and the 帛 -biasing device system are integrated in a The device 'the first unit type I device is purely in the column. The Haidi movable belt pedal assembly; and j the second suppression device and the second deflection device are coupled to the ^ early 70-type device 'the second unit-type positioning system is reduced to the stand 4 Removable belt pedal assembly. 180. A fitness device, comprising: a frame; a first pedal assembly, which is pivotally coupled to the frame "u fewer-a first-front roller and a first rear roller, And "310 200427483 A first movable belt is arranged around the first front roller and the first rear roller, and a first stepping area is defined on the first movable belt and interposed between the first front and Between the first rear rollers, and a bottom plate will not appear in the stepping area of the brother; and A first pedal assembly 'is pivotally coupled to the frame and has at least a second front roller and a second rear roller, and / or a second movable belt is disposed at the second front Around the roller and the second rear spoke, a second stepping area is defined on the second movable belt between the second front and second rear rollers, and a bottom plate system does not appear in the first Among the two treading areas • 181. The fitness device as described in claim 180, wherein the first movable belt includes a reinforced edge; and the second movable belt includes a reinforced edge. Inch = μ Please refer to the fitness device described in item 181 of the patent scope, wherein the side: the door II, the second movable belt is placed in a tension state between the aforementioned reinforced sides, and 彖. Contains: The fitness device described in item 180 of the scope of the patent application, its more-a second-deflection device, between its extension plate assembly; and a second deflection device that is stepped on by this brother, which is coupled Between the board components. ιmu and the two steps 1 8 4 · The fitness equipment as described in the 18th item of the Shenzhou Master Zhouyue Patent Section 311 200427483 includes:-a motor, which is installed on the frame; They drive the shaft, the first and the first front rolling on the drive shaft ▲ brother-the square roller core is fixed to the ^ and the drive shaft system can be rotatably coupled to the frame; and provide a personal use A common pivot axis of the first and second pedal components is a torque transmission mechanism, which couples the drive shaft to the 185. The fitness equipment described in item 18 of the scope of patent application 1 contains : /, A motor, which is installed on the frame; Drive shafts, the first and second rear roller trains are fixed to the drive shaft t 'Asia and the drive trains can be rotatably connected to the frame' for providing one for the first And a common pivot of the second pedal assembly; and a torque transmission mechanism that couples the drive shaft to the motor. 186. A fitness device comprising: a frame; a first pedal assembly 'which is pivotally coupled to the frame and has a first front roller and a first rear roller, and a first movable The leather f 'is arranged around the first front roller and the first rear roller, and a first bottom is reversed, and it has a user-selectable first position and a user-selectable first position. A second position, the first 312 200427483 position is close to a first stepping area defined between the first front roller and the first rear roller, and the second position is removed from the first stepping area; and A first pedal assembly is rotatably coupled to the frame and has a first front roller and a second rear roller #, and a second movable leather belt, which is arranged in the second front Around the roller and the second rear wheel, and a second bottom plate, which has a user-selectable first position and a user-selectable second position, the first position is close to the definition The second front roller and the second rear wheel ^ ㈣- second depression region m the second position is removed from the system at a second depression region. 187. The fitness equipment described in item (1) of the scope of patent application includes: 〃 a first deflection device, which is coupled between the frame and the plate assembly; and a plate group deflection device, which is connected in rotation In the frame and the second step, the fitness device as described in claim 186, wherein the first movable belt includes a reinforced edge; and the first movable belt includes a reinforced edge. Second = reverse, one :: body machine, which includes a first pedal, a low friction surface between the aforementioned pedals. The fitness set described in item 189 of the target range, including 313 200427483, and the wipe surface includes a set of rollers. 2 191 · The fitness device according to item 1 89 of the patent application scope, wherein the low-friction surface includes a sliding surface. 1 Q 〇 Among them ^. The fitness device as described in the scope of patent application No. 191 〆 The surface that can / bone moves is nylon or Teflon. 1 Q 0 Of which • The surface of the fitness device as described in Shen Jing's patent No. 191 for Y H / f is lubricated. 194. The health device according to item 189 of the scope of patent application includes a Gazan 1 pedal and a second pedal, and wherein the low friction surface is a part of the pedal. Tian Yi 4 Di Er 195. The fitness low-friction surface according to item 194 of the patent application includes a set of rollers. ′, Chinese and Xi Γ1 is the fitness device described in item 194 of the scope of patent application, wherein the MW rubbing surface includes a sliding surface. Xi, Γ, ..., the fitness device as described in the scope of application for patent No. 196, in which the surface of M &quot; bone movement is nylon or Teflon. 198. According to the fitness device described in item 196 of the scope of patent application, the sliding surface is lubricated. ^ Medium 199. As described in item 194 of the patent application scope, the third pedal is biased in an upward position. Among them, 200. The second step of fitness / hai as described in item 194 of the scope of the patent application is tied to one of the highest pedal displacement points and one to the middle and the other to chase the pedal and the second pedal instead, and the middle丄 ". Between the high pedal displacement point and the lowest pedal displacement point. At the maximum 200427483 201 · The fitness device described in item 189 of the patent application scope, wherein the first pedal system includes a first edge , The second pedal system = there is a second edge adjacent to the first edge, and the low friction surface% includes at least one part of one of the aforementioned edges. The species has a first 'the protective protection 202 · —A protective guard piece for a fitness device for a pedal assembly and a second pedal assembly includes: a base shield, which has at least one pedal opening; a first pedal guard Cover, which is comparable to the aforementioned first pedal assembly A second pedal guard is connected to the aforementioned second pedal assembly; and wherein the aforementioned first pedal guard and the aforementioned second pedal guard surround the aforementioned first pedal assembly, the aforementioned The area between the second pedal assembly and the aforementioned base shield. 203 · Protective protective piece as described in item 202 of the scope of patent application, The aforementioned at least one pedal opening includes a first pedal opening and a second pedal opening. 204. The protective protection member according to item 202 of the scope of patent application, wherein: ~ the aforementioned first pedal guard includes a first-outer baffle, a first front-side baffle, and a first inner baffle The aforementioned second pedal guard includes a second outer baffle, a second front side baffle, and a second inner baffle; and 315 200427483 plate 0, wherein the aforementioned first inner baffle is adjacent to the month ' For the protective protective piece of the second inner block described in J, the above-mentioned base shield is applied by a front part, a rear part, a left part with a plurality of left side baffle tracks, and a It has a right part of a plurality of right seeding boards and a top part and is defined; Wherein, the aforementioned first pedal shield includes a first outer shield and a first inner baffle, the aforementioned first outer baffle has a first plurality of channels; wherein, the aforementioned second pedal guard The second outer baffle plate includes a second outer sow plate and a second inner baffle plate. The second outer baffle plate has a second plurality of lanes. The first plurality of lanes are slidably connected to the plurality of right sides. Bezels; and Among them, the aforementioned second plurality of execution paths are slidably connected to the aforementioned plurality of left side baffle rails. 206. The protective protective member according to item 202 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: a center baffle interposed between the aforementioned first pedal assembly and the aforementioned second pedal assembly; and wherein, The aforementioned central baffle can be rotatably supported on the aforementioned fitness device by a central driving support and a spring. 207. A protective guard for a fitness device having a first 316 200427483 protective protection of a left-side pedal assembly and a second pedal assembly includes: a base shield, It is defined by a right side part and a rear side part; a first pedal guard is connected; and a second pedal guard is connected. It is connected to the aforementioned first pedal assembly. It is connected to the aforementioned second pedal assembly. 208. The protective protection described in claim 207 of the patent application range wherein: ^ The first pedal guard described in 2 includes a first outer baffle, a first uranium side baffle, and a first An inner stretcher; the second pedal guard described in the clause includes a second outer guard, a first side guard, and a second inner guard; and wherein the first inner guard and The aforementioned second inner shield is connected to a flexible shield. 209 · The protective piping according to item 207 of the scope of patent application, wherein: the first pedal cover includes a first-outer side baffle, a first front side baffle, and a first inner side baffle. Plate; the aforementioned second pedal guard includes a second outer guard, a first% guard, and a second inner guard; and wherein the aforementioned first inner guard is adjacent to the aforementioned first guard Two inner shields. 317 200427483 2 10. The protective protection member according to item 207 of the patent application scope, wherein the aforementioned base shield is further defined by a first front part and a second front part; The first pedal assembly described above is located in a first-down position, and the aforementioned first square part is partially surrounded by the aforementioned board cover; and wherein, when the aforementioned second pedal When the component is located in a second downward position, the aforementioned second front part is surrounded by a part of the floor shield. ^ Brother W stepped on one of them ^ The protective guards described in item Q of the Shen Qiao patent range, the plurality of executions on the front part of the two pedals are connected with the plurality of executions on the aforementioned side plate cover . Its more 1 :: The protective protective piece described in the 21 ° scope of the patent application, a first accordion pleated cover is connected with the base cover of the front material '·; The second accordion pleated shield is connected with the prosthetic grass and the aforementioned base shield. The second pedal protector is the protective protective piece described in item 207 of the scope of patent application No. 207, and the other base shield is further defined by the neck part; one front part and one of them. One accordion pleated, one brother and one accordion pleated, the 4 cover system is connected to the aforementioned second pedal 200427483 differential cover and the aforementioned top portion of the base shield; and-, wherein a center baffle is adjacent The aforementioned first pedal guard and the second pedal guard described above. 214. The protective protective member described in item 207 of the scope of the patent application, /, the thin base cover as described above is further defined by a T page part; It is connected to the aforementioned first pedal shield and the aforementioned base shield; and wherein a second multi-folding shield is connected to the aforementioned second pedal shield_ and the aforementioned base shield. 21 5 · The protective protection member described in item 207 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: a center baffle 'between the aforementioned first pedal assembly and the aforementioned second pedal assembly; And, the aforementioned central baffle can be pivotally supported on the aforementioned fitness device by a central driving support and a spring. 216 · —An adjustable-length pedal assembly, which is used for an I fitness equipment, the fitness device includes: a pedal frame, which has a first slidingly connected to a second side pipe fitting One side pipe fitting, and a third side pipe fitting slidingly connected to the fourth side pipe fittings; a first roller, which is in contact with the aforementioned first side pipe fitting and the aforementioned third side pipe fitting Connection; a second roller, which is connected to the aforementioned second side pipe fitting and the aforementioned 319 200427483 fourth side pipe fitting; a circulation pedal belt, between the second roller, and ... brother-roller and the aforementioned A belt bottom plate, 1 wound wide 'on May 5, /, 糸 /, there is a first section, a second zone 4 and up to &gt;, a removable, 4 ·, A Jin J Leyi &amp; ^ In addition, the first section is connected to the aforementioned first side pipe fitting and the aforementioned second-stage official fitting, and the second section is connected to the aforementioned second side pipe fitting one. . Youyi,, and the fourth pipe fittings are connected. In JL, at least one of the described third and third removed sections is related to the aforementioned first and second sections.相 你 姑 # α 1 Also between the aforementioned second section and located in the aforementioned ㈣-section and fitness: Twenty-one: Heavy adjustable length pedal assembly, this assembly is used for a kind of fitness, the fitness The device system includes: a pedal frame 'which has a second pipe fitting slidingly connected to the first side pipe fitting and a third side pipe fitting slidingly connected to a fourth side pipe fitting; a A first roller, which is connected to the aforementioned first side pipe and the aforementioned white and third side pipes; 'a second roller, which is connected to the aforementioned second side M &amp; The four sides of the pipe are connected; a circulating pedal belt is interposed between the aforementioned first and second rollers; and a belt bottom plate is provided with a first section, _ a- * Section, and at least one removable third Segment, the at least one removable Κ third line segment may be positioned on the removable dust J brother of a front section and a second section between said 320,200,427,483. 2 1 8. A pedal assembly, the fitness device system includes: a heart frame for a fitness device, a pedal frame, and the gub system has an adjustable length; a brother-roller, its transmission Jin Xie connects the pedal frame of a fan; a second roller, 1 connects the bathroom and the 8 series with the pedal frame described above; a circulating pedal belt, the first roller of which is described in the above description and the aforementioned Between a roller and a roller; and a belt bottom plate, which has a first section and at least one second section, beans φ, at least one second section described in Jin, +,, and Ba. Removably positioned between the aforementioned first roller and the aforementioned second roller. 9. A pedal assembly that can be used for a full length of 5 weeks. The assembly is used in a fitness device. The fitness device includes a pedal frame that has a frame that is selectively extended and retracted. A pedal belt. It is operatively connected to pass around the pedal frame; and a belt bottom plate has an adjustable length to cooperate with the adjustment of the pedal frame. 22〇 · A device for preventing pedaling in a fitness machine, comprising: a foot lamp; a stick fixed to the pedal; a pivot shaft at least partially Accommodated in the aforementioned rod; 321 pivot structures, which are connected to the aforementioned pivot and are connected to a base in the moon, J, the aforementioned pivot is in the aforementioned pivot structure row Drag; and a locking projection structure, which is operatively connected to the aforementioned rod action PΓΓ as a connection, a control element 2 formed on the bottom side of the aforementioned pedal / the locking projection described above The block structure is connected to the aforementioned motion limits ^ 'M1, and the motion limitation elements described above prevent movement. 221. According to the device described in claim 220 of the scope of the patent application, the structure of the complex locking projection includes:… 4 at least one locking projection; a mouth-locking post, which is fixed at an angle-at least one locking projection m Each key 'the locking post rotates around the hinge. 、 +, 222 · As for the device described in the scope of application for patent No. 221, the policy of the action bamboo iM-A ’is restricted to include a channel. 23. The device according to item 22 of the scope of the patent application, which has a stick with a square #, and further includes a long hole, which is formed in the aforementioned rod. Among them, at least part of the aforementioned pivot system It is accommodated in the aforementioned elongated hole; and the stubby rod, wherein when the aforementioned pedal is depressed, the aforementioned elongated hole of the pivoted rod is moved. Top 24. For the device described in item 22 of the scope of the patent application, there is a red 4 E with a °° ▲, a hole. The slotted hole system is formed in the aforementioned fitness machine. And among them: 胄 身 机 ㈣ 322 200427483 When the aforementioned foot lamp is depressed, Qiancheng ^ Zemei's drag shaft structure slides along the narrow slot of the rod of +, +,.者 切 4 Zhuang 225.-A device for preventing the production of a device in a fitness machine-its system includes: pedals for pedal action; of which: the length of the narrower part: the system is fixed to the-define-a A pivot, which is at least partially accommodated by a locking wheel; a wheel rod, which is placed in the aforementioned rod; Zhixiaoqueyanhai extended out of the locking wheel and was accommodated in the aforementioned rod narrowly and closely, a locking cam, which was operated to connect to stop the movement; and in the hole; the pedal described in the ribs to prevent: Wheel axles, which actuate the aforementioned locking cams of the wheel levers. Accept # 226. A device for preventing stepping in a fitness machine, which includes: a slider handle of a seat pedal; a slider rod, which is fixed to the aforementioned slider handle; Say a slide support 'which is fixed to the aforementioned fitness machine, and the slider rod is passed through the aforementioned slider handle; and The slider key part described above is attached to the aforementioned fitness equipment, which includes: a handle stick; a slider stick 323 227. 200427483; and an interconnecting device that operates The aforementioned ground rod is attached to the aforementioned pedal, and the aforementioned interconnection means connects the motion of a handle rod to the motion of a pedal. 228. The device according to item 227 of the scope of patent application, wherein: the interconnecting device described in the month is a solid component; the pedal action described above occurs laterally; and The side action of the aforementioned pedal drives a side handle stick action: 29: The device described in the scope of application for patent No. 228, wherein the interconnecting device described in month J is a solid component; the handle described in 2 The stick action occurs laterally; and the side action of Li Shu handles the stick is driving a pedal action. Inch 〇: The device described in the scope of patent application No. 228, wherein: the interconnection of the person / '〃 includes an element, the element includes a one-way bearing B stem. The 7 pieces are selected from the bag; and a group of wheel and lever mechanical dresses, the aforementioned buckle technique 7 and the + the aforementioned action is a reciprocating side action; the aforementioned handle hazel + ^ The relationship includes: "The motion of the aforementioned confession to the aforementioned pedal action is a backward motion of the stick: a clockwise action to the aforementioned pedal; when / side action 'Titian then attack the handle The action of the stick is a forward side action, and does not provide the action to the aforementioned pedal. 324 200427483. The device described in item 228 of the patent scope: The handle described above defines a long and narrow hole in the handle; ^ · A first of the Lishu interconnecting device is placed inside the aforementioned handle; &gt; a pedal which is partially accommodated by the aforementioned interconnecting device; and the first one is fixed to the front of the aforementioned interconnecting device. One of your moving products is, in response to the aforementioned movement of the handle, back and forth within the narrow hole of Lishu. 232. A kind of fitness device, which includes: a handle stick; a Pedals; hand sticks :: Γ attached to the aforementioned pedal at a first end and the second pedal attached to the aforementioned pedal; and an interconnecting device attached to the aforementioned stand H, tm The handle of the handle of the rod is not mentioned. The connection device of the other is resistant. The handle of the handle has an agricultural property as described in item 232 of the patent, which further includes: and its towel post is attached to the aforementioned The interconnecting device described in the handle bar includes _ impact members. 234. As described in item 232 of the towel eye patent, there is a spring joint, which is the aforementioned handle; Stick 325 200427483 (The interconnecting device described above includes a fixed-length member. 235. A fitness device that includes ... a first handle stick; a protrusion from the aforementioned first handle stick Extended out as well A first pedal is slidably attached to the aforementioned protrusion. 236. The device according to item 235 of the scope of patent application, wherein: the slidable attachment device between the first pedal and the second pedal described above includes an elongated hole, and the elongated hole is at least Extending partly along the length of the pedal; and &amp; actions will be performed along the aforementioned protrusions, thereby transmitting a force provided to the aforementioned handle bar to the aforementioned slotted first pedal . They consider η ν-ν 衮 罝, wherein the first handle stick is pivotally attached to the frame of the aforementioned fitness apparatus. ,, 238. Taxi _ σ month patent | The dress described in No. 237, which includes: a second pedal, which is pivotally attached to the aforementioned frame and / or: an interconnecting member ' It is fixed to the aforementioned first pedal and the aforementioned pedal, and the aforementioned interconnecting member is operated to move the aforementioned second pedal in a direction opposite to the aforementioned motion of the aforementioned-pedal. 239. The arrangement described in item 238 of the scope of patent application, wherein the interconnecting member described in 326 200427483 is a z-shape. 240. The device according to item 238 of the scope of patent application, wherein the interconnecting members described above are C-shaped. 241. A fitness device comprising: a frame; a first handle stick; A first protrusion that is attached to the aforementioned first handle stick; a first pedal that is operatively attached to the aforementioned frame; a first elongated hole that is formed on the aforementioned first pedal Among the two sides, the aforementioned long and narrow holes are slidably matched with the aforementioned first protrusions; ^ Ding Pingding is a second protruding portion which is attached to the aforementioned second handle rod. On the contrary, it is operatively attached to the two narrow holes on the side of the aforementioned frame, and it is formed on the aforementioned second pedal,- The other elongated hole system slidably cooperates with the aforementioned second protrusion; among them, the first and second action of the younger brother of the first handle is to slide the aforementioned protrusion along the elongated hole to move the aforementioned protrusion The first action of the above mentioned pedal; and the second action of the aw $ work to: the second hand of the second brother of the stick is to slide the aforementioned protrusion along the front hole: the slotted hole, and set the aforementioned first value as Mentioned pedal. A movement of the brother J to 242. A kind of resistance handle structure for fitness breakage, the structure 327 contains: a handle stick; a mandrel element; and a resistance element holding the hand stick in a first "Gu Di-the force element fixed to the handle at the end provides a resistance against the resistance of the aforementioned" δ "... piece". One action of the handle stick 243. If the towel is patented, the resistance element is a piston. The right handle "dance, where 24: as described in the scope of the application for the patent No. 243, the mandrel element contains the ancient times, and then the handle of the stick-one action two 'and the ^ element is transmitted to the first' for moving The pedal. 245. According to the patent application No. 243, the mandrel element includes right ... k ^^ pedals, and one of the pedals increases the aforementioned resistance of the aforementioned resistance element. The action system 246.-a kind of fitness device The height-adjusting mechanical device contains: "A package which includes a support frame, which is fixed to the aforementioned fitness equipment; a narrow hole in the text box, which is defined within the foregoing support frame;-an adjuster A peg 'that is held at least partially within the aforementioned elongated hole; a latitude adjustment mechanism that is operatively attached to the aforesaid adjuster peg; and π 328 200427483 a pedal that It is operatively attached to the aforementioned adjuster studs 247. For example, the height adjustment machine described in item 246 of the patent scope includes a: a motor; a drive belt; The ground is attached to the aforementioned pedal of the motor 1J; and a tensioner device for tensioning the aforementioned driving belt. Set the height adjustment as described in item 247 of the scope of the patent application, where 'the tensioner device includes: clothing: a tensioner head that is docked on the aforementioned drive belt; two springs' which are Attached to the aforementioned tensioner head; and-a base 'which is attached to the aforementioned support element; and it is attached to the spring system described above. The resistance force \ ,: head 4 acts on the belt, and is increased by the aforementioned drive plate being lifted. a, &amp; anti-force is with the aforementioned step 1: such as: the scope of the patent scope of the 246 height adjustment machine equipped with a motor, the aforementioned motor #I 二 = ^ 别 to other pedals; There are 250 fans of pedals-up and down. 250 · —A kind of mechanical device for fitness cattle includes: a pedal action adjustment mechanism, a pitch rod; a pivot axis, and the aforementioned pitch distance meridian system pivots around the pivot axis; 329 200427483 A pitch adjustment device that is operable to move along the aforementioned pitch rod; a pitch handle that is operatively attached to the aforementioned pitch adjustment device, the pitch handle system It can be operated to allow the aforementioned pitch to adjust the action of the aforementioned pitch rod; its towel extension, mouth. As described above, the pitch can be used to change the aforementioned pitch of the pedal. 251. Please adjust the pedal action described in item ⑽ of the patent The clothing set further includes: an angle wise child, which is attached to the aforementioned pitch adjusting device; an angle adjusting device, 苴 杨 'stick movement; in which it is known to be used to move along the aforementioned corpse. The angle adjustment device of the pedal and the pitch adjustment can be described as an angle stick system that forms an operation attachment device between the front whole device; and an angle rod that is described in fantasy to move the foregoing to change the one of the pedal. Operating angle. Pick up, schema: as next page 330